Mercurial > vim
annotate src/edit.c @ 3448:c1a6e1745cb5 v7.3.489
updated for version 7.3.489
Problem: CTRL-] in Insert mode does not expand abbreviation when used in a
mapping. (Yichao Zhou)
Solution: Special case using CTRL-]. (Christian Brabandt)
| author | Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org> |
|---|---|
| date | Thu, 05 Apr 2012 16:07:06 +0200 |
| parents | de60f6fa3d8d |
| children | 75037f9bc97a |
| rev | line source |
|---|---|
| 7 | 1 /* vi:set ts=8 sts=4 sw=4: |
| 2 * | |
| 3 * VIM - Vi IMproved by Bram Moolenaar | |
| 4 * | |
| 5 * Do ":help uganda" in Vim to read copying and usage conditions. | |
| 6 * Do ":help credits" in Vim to see a list of people who contributed. | |
| 7 * See README.txt for an overview of the Vim source code. | |
| 8 */ | |
| 9 | |
| 10 /* | |
| 11 * edit.c: functions for Insert mode | |
| 12 */ | |
| 13 | |
| 14 #include "vim.h" | |
| 15 | |
| 16 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND | |
| 17 /* | |
| 18 * definitions used for CTRL-X submode | |
| 19 */ | |
| 20 #define CTRL_X_WANT_IDENT 0x100 | |
| 21 | |
| 22 #define CTRL_X_NOT_DEFINED_YET 1 | |
| 23 #define CTRL_X_SCROLL 2 | |
| 24 #define CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE 3 | |
| 25 #define CTRL_X_FILES 4 | |
| 26 #define CTRL_X_TAGS (5 + CTRL_X_WANT_IDENT) | |
| 27 #define CTRL_X_PATH_PATTERNS (6 + CTRL_X_WANT_IDENT) | |
| 28 #define CTRL_X_PATH_DEFINES (7 + CTRL_X_WANT_IDENT) | |
| 29 #define CTRL_X_FINISHED 8 | |
| 30 #define CTRL_X_DICTIONARY (9 + CTRL_X_WANT_IDENT) | |
| 31 #define CTRL_X_THESAURUS (10 + CTRL_X_WANT_IDENT) | |
| 32 #define CTRL_X_CMDLINE 11 | |
| 12 | 33 #define CTRL_X_FUNCTION 12 |
| 523 | 34 #define CTRL_X_OMNI 13 |
| 477 | 35 #define CTRL_X_SPELL 14 |
| 36 #define CTRL_X_LOCAL_MSG 15 /* only used in "ctrl_x_msgs" */ | |
| 7 | 37 |
| 38 #define CTRL_X_MSG(i) ctrl_x_msgs[(i) & ~CTRL_X_WANT_IDENT] | |
| 39 | |
| 40 static char *ctrl_x_msgs[] = | |
| 41 { | |
| 42 N_(" Keyword completion (^N^P)"), /* ctrl_x_mode == 0, ^P/^N compl. */ | |
| 819 | 43 N_(" ^X mode (^]^D^E^F^I^K^L^N^O^Ps^U^V^Y)"), |
| 449 | 44 NULL, |
| 7 | 45 N_(" Whole line completion (^L^N^P)"), |
| 46 N_(" File name completion (^F^N^P)"), | |
| 47 N_(" Tag completion (^]^N^P)"), | |
| 48 N_(" Path pattern completion (^N^P)"), | |
| 49 N_(" Definition completion (^D^N^P)"), | |
| 50 NULL, | |
| 51 N_(" Dictionary completion (^K^N^P)"), | |
| 52 N_(" Thesaurus completion (^T^N^P)"), | |
| 12 | 53 N_(" Command-line completion (^V^N^P)"), |
| 54 N_(" User defined completion (^U^N^P)"), | |
| 523 | 55 N_(" Omni completion (^O^N^P)"), |
| 819 | 56 N_(" Spelling suggestion (s^N^P)"), |
| 449 | 57 N_(" Keyword Local completion (^N^P)"), |
| 7 | 58 }; |
| 59 | |
| 1869 | 60 static char e_hitend[] = N_("Hit end of paragraph"); |
| 2631 | 61 #ifdef FEAT_COMPL_FUNC |
| 62 static char e_complwin[] = N_("E839: Completion function changed window"); | |
| 63 static char e_compldel[] = N_("E840: Completion function deleted text"); | |
| 64 #endif | |
| 7 | 65 |
| 66 /* | |
| 67 * Structure used to store one match for insert completion. | |
| 68 */ | |
| 681 | 69 typedef struct compl_S compl_T; |
| 70 struct compl_S | |
| 7 | 71 { |
| 464 | 72 compl_T *cp_next; |
| 73 compl_T *cp_prev; | |
| 74 char_u *cp_str; /* matched text */ | |
| 681 | 75 char cp_icase; /* TRUE or FALSE: ignore case */ |
| 786 | 76 char_u *(cp_text[CPT_COUNT]); /* text for the menu */ |
| 659 | 77 char_u *cp_fname; /* file containing the match, allocated when |
| 78 * cp_flags has FREE_FNAME */ | |
| 464 | 79 int cp_flags; /* ORIGINAL_TEXT, CONT_S_IPOS or FREE_FNAME */ |
| 80 int cp_number; /* sequence number */ | |
| 7 | 81 }; |
| 82 | |
| 464 | 83 #define ORIGINAL_TEXT (1) /* the original text when the expansion begun */ |
| 7 | 84 #define FREE_FNAME (2) |
| 85 | |
| 86 /* | |
| 87 * All the current matches are stored in a list. | |
| 449 | 88 * "compl_first_match" points to the start of the list. |
| 89 * "compl_curr_match" points to the currently selected entry. | |
| 90 * "compl_shown_match" is different from compl_curr_match during | |
| 91 * ins_compl_get_exp(). | |
| 7 | 92 */ |
| 464 | 93 static compl_T *compl_first_match = NULL; |
| 94 static compl_T *compl_curr_match = NULL; | |
| 95 static compl_T *compl_shown_match = NULL; | |
| 449 | 96 |
| 825 | 97 /* After using a cursor key <Enter> selects a match in the popup menu, |
| 98 * otherwise it inserts a line break. */ | |
| 99 static int compl_enter_selects = FALSE; | |
| 100 | |
| 657 | 101 /* When "compl_leader" is not NULL only matches that start with this string |
| 102 * are used. */ | |
| 103 static char_u *compl_leader = NULL; | |
| 104 | |
| 665 | 105 static int compl_get_longest = FALSE; /* put longest common string |
| 106 in compl_leader */ | |
| 107 | |
| 657 | 108 static int compl_used_match; /* Selected one of the matches. When |
| 109 FALSE the match was edited or using | |
| 110 the longest common string. */ | |
| 111 | |
| 874 | 112 static int compl_was_interrupted = FALSE; /* didn't finish finding |
| 113 completions. */ | |
| 114 | |
| 115 static int compl_restarting = FALSE; /* don't insert match */ | |
| 116 | |
| 449 | 117 /* When the first completion is done "compl_started" is set. When it's |
| 118 * FALSE the word to be completed must be located. */ | |
| 644 | 119 static int compl_started = FALSE; |
| 449 | 120 |
| 1927 | 121 /* Set when doing something for completion that may call edit() recursively, |
| 122 * which is not allowed. */ | |
| 123 static int compl_busy = FALSE; | |
| 124 | |
| 464 | 125 static int compl_matches = 0; |
| 126 static char_u *compl_pattern = NULL; | |
| 127 static int compl_direction = FORWARD; | |
| 128 static int compl_shows_dir = FORWARD; | |
| 716 | 129 static int compl_pending = 0; /* > 1 for postponed CTRL-N */ |
| 464 | 130 static pos_T compl_startpos; |
| 131 static colnr_T compl_col = 0; /* column where the text starts | |
| 132 * that is being completed */ | |
| 133 static char_u *compl_orig_text = NULL; /* text as it was before | |
| 134 * completion started */ | |
| 135 static int compl_cont_mode = 0; | |
| 136 static expand_T compl_xp; | |
| 449 | 137 |
| 3078 | 138 static int compl_opt_refresh_always = FALSE; |
| 139 | |
| 449 | 140 static void ins_ctrl_x __ARGS((void)); |
| 141 static int has_compl_option __ARGS((int dict_opt)); | |
| 1430 | 142 static int ins_compl_accept_char __ARGS((int c)); |
| 944 | 143 static int ins_compl_add __ARGS((char_u *str, int len, int icase, char_u *fname, char_u **cptext, int cdir, int flags, int adup)); |
| 681 | 144 static int ins_compl_equal __ARGS((compl_T *match, char_u *str, int len)); |
| 665 | 145 static void ins_compl_longest_match __ARGS((compl_T *match)); |
| 681 | 146 static void ins_compl_add_matches __ARGS((int num_matches, char_u **matches, int icase)); |
| 7 | 147 static int ins_compl_make_cyclic __ARGS((void)); |
| 540 | 148 static void ins_compl_upd_pum __ARGS((void)); |
| 149 static void ins_compl_del_pum __ARGS((void)); | |
| 648 | 150 static int pum_wanted __ARGS((void)); |
| 707 | 151 static int pum_enough_matches __ARGS((void)); |
| 659 | 152 static void ins_compl_dictionaries __ARGS((char_u *dict, char_u *pat, int flags, int thesaurus)); |
| 703 | 153 static void ins_compl_files __ARGS((int count, char_u **files, int thesaurus, int flags, regmatch_T *regmatch, char_u *buf, int *dir)); |
| 667 | 154 static char_u *find_line_end __ARGS((char_u *ptr)); |
| 7 | 155 static void ins_compl_free __ARGS((void)); |
| 156 static void ins_compl_clear __ARGS((void)); | |
| 657 | 157 static int ins_compl_bs __ARGS((void)); |
| 3078 | 158 static int ins_compl_need_restart __ARGS((void)); |
| 874 | 159 static void ins_compl_new_leader __ARGS((void)); |
| 657 | 160 static void ins_compl_addleader __ARGS((int c)); |
| 3078 | 161 static int ins_compl_len __ARGS((void)); |
| 874 | 162 static void ins_compl_restart __ARGS((void)); |
| 694 | 163 static void ins_compl_set_original_text __ARGS((char_u *str)); |
| 659 | 164 static void ins_compl_addfrommatch __ARGS((void)); |
| 540 | 165 static int ins_compl_prep __ARGS((int c)); |
| 3095 | 166 static void ins_compl_fixRedoBufForLeader __ARGS((char_u *ptr_arg)); |
| 7 | 167 static buf_T *ins_compl_next_buf __ARGS((buf_T *buf, int flag)); |
| 724 | 168 #if defined(FEAT_COMPL_FUNC) || defined(FEAT_EVAL) |
| 169 static void ins_compl_add_list __ARGS((list_T *list)); | |
| 3078 | 170 static void ins_compl_add_dict __ARGS((dict_T *dict)); |
| 724 | 171 #endif |
| 659 | 172 static int ins_compl_get_exp __ARGS((pos_T *ini)); |
| 7 | 173 static void ins_compl_delete __ARGS((void)); |
| 174 static void ins_compl_insert __ARGS((void)); | |
| 665 | 175 static int ins_compl_next __ARGS((int allow_get_expansion, int count, int insert_match)); |
| 610 | 176 static int ins_compl_key2dir __ARGS((int c)); |
| 644 | 177 static int ins_compl_pum_key __ARGS((int c)); |
| 610 | 178 static int ins_compl_key2count __ARGS((int c)); |
| 681 | 179 static int ins_compl_use_match __ARGS((int c)); |
| 7 | 180 static int ins_complete __ARGS((int c)); |
| 1872 | 181 static unsigned quote_meta __ARGS((char_u *dest, char_u *str, int len)); |
| 7 | 182 #endif /* FEAT_INS_EXPAND */ |
| 183 | |
| 184 #define BACKSPACE_CHAR 1 | |
| 185 #define BACKSPACE_WORD 2 | |
| 186 #define BACKSPACE_WORD_NOT_SPACE 3 | |
| 187 #define BACKSPACE_LINE 4 | |
| 188 | |
| 661 | 189 static void ins_redraw __ARGS((int ready)); |
| 7 | 190 static void ins_ctrl_v __ARGS((void)); |
| 191 static void undisplay_dollar __ARGS((void)); | |
| 192 static void insert_special __ARGS((int, int, int)); | |
| 2004 | 193 static void internal_format __ARGS((int textwidth, int second_indent, int flags, int format_only, int c)); |
| 7 | 194 static void check_auto_format __ARGS((int)); |
| 195 static void redo_literal __ARGS((int c)); | |
| 196 static void start_arrow __ARGS((pos_T *end_insert_pos)); | |
| 744 | 197 #ifdef FEAT_SPELL |
| 221 | 198 static void check_spell_redraw __ARGS((void)); |
| 484 | 199 static void spell_back_to_badword __ARGS((void)); |
| 497 | 200 static int spell_bad_len = 0; /* length of located bad word */ |
| 221 | 201 #endif |
| 7 | 202 static void stop_insert __ARGS((pos_T *end_insert_pos, int esc)); |
| 203 static int echeck_abbr __ARGS((int)); | |
| 204 static int replace_pop __ARGS((void)); | |
| 205 static void replace_join __ARGS((int off)); | |
| 206 static void replace_pop_ins __ARGS((void)); | |
| 207 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 208 static void mb_replace_pop_ins __ARGS((int cc)); | |
| 209 #endif | |
| 210 static void replace_flush __ARGS((void)); | |
| 1782 | 211 static void replace_do_bs __ARGS((int limit_col)); |
| 212 static int del_char_after_col __ARGS((int limit_col)); | |
| 7 | 213 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT |
| 214 static int cindent_on __ARGS((void)); | |
| 215 #endif | |
| 216 static void ins_reg __ARGS((void)); | |
| 217 static void ins_ctrl_g __ARGS((void)); | |
| 449 | 218 static void ins_ctrl_hat __ARGS((void)); |
| 477 | 219 static int ins_esc __ARGS((long *count, int cmdchar, int nomove)); |
| 7 | 220 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT |
| 221 static void ins_ctrl_ __ARGS((void)); | |
| 222 #endif | |
| 223 #ifdef FEAT_VISUAL | |
| 224 static int ins_start_select __ARGS((int c)); | |
| 225 #endif | |
| 449 | 226 static void ins_insert __ARGS((int replaceState)); |
| 227 static void ins_ctrl_o __ARGS((void)); | |
| 7 | 228 static void ins_shift __ARGS((int c, int lastc)); |
| 229 static void ins_del __ARGS((void)); | |
| 230 static int ins_bs __ARGS((int c, int mode, int *inserted_space_p)); | |
| 231 #ifdef FEAT_MOUSE | |
| 232 static void ins_mouse __ARGS((int c)); | |
|
2409
0ca06a92adfb
Add support for horizontal scroll wheel. (Bjorn Winckler)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2378
diff
changeset
|
233 static void ins_mousescroll __ARGS((int dir)); |
| 7 | 234 #endif |
| 692 | 235 #if defined(FEAT_GUI_TABLINE) || defined(PROTO) |
| 236 static void ins_tabline __ARGS((int c)); | |
| 237 #endif | |
| 7 | 238 static void ins_left __ARGS((void)); |
| 239 static void ins_home __ARGS((int c)); | |
| 240 static void ins_end __ARGS((int c)); | |
| 241 static void ins_s_left __ARGS((void)); | |
| 242 static void ins_right __ARGS((void)); | |
| 243 static void ins_s_right __ARGS((void)); | |
| 244 static void ins_up __ARGS((int startcol)); | |
| 245 static void ins_pageup __ARGS((void)); | |
| 246 static void ins_down __ARGS((int startcol)); | |
| 247 static void ins_pagedown __ARGS((void)); | |
| 248 #ifdef FEAT_DND | |
| 249 static void ins_drop __ARGS((void)); | |
| 250 #endif | |
| 251 static int ins_tab __ARGS((void)); | |
| 252 static int ins_eol __ARGS((int c)); | |
| 253 #ifdef FEAT_DIGRAPHS | |
| 254 static int ins_digraph __ARGS((void)); | |
| 255 #endif | |
| 256 static int ins_copychar __ARGS((linenr_T lnum)); | |
| 449 | 257 static int ins_ctrl_ey __ARGS((int tc)); |
| 7 | 258 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT |
| 259 static void ins_try_si __ARGS((int c)); | |
| 260 #endif | |
| 261 static colnr_T get_nolist_virtcol __ARGS((void)); | |
| 3390 | 262 #ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD |
| 263 static char_u *do_insert_char_pre __ARGS((int c)); | |
| 264 #endif | |
| 7 | 265 |
| 266 static colnr_T Insstart_textlen; /* length of line when insert started */ | |
| 267 static colnr_T Insstart_blank_vcol; /* vcol for first inserted blank */ | |
| 268 | |
| 269 static char_u *last_insert = NULL; /* the text of the previous insert, | |
| 270 K_SPECIAL and CSI are escaped */ | |
| 271 static int last_insert_skip; /* nr of chars in front of previous insert */ | |
| 272 static int new_insert_skip; /* nr of chars in front of current insert */ | |
| 603 | 273 static int did_restart_edit; /* "restart_edit" when calling edit() */ |
| 7 | 274 |
| 275 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT | |
| 276 static int can_cindent; /* may do cindenting on this line */ | |
| 277 #endif | |
| 278 | |
| 279 static int old_indent = 0; /* for ^^D command in insert mode */ | |
| 280 | |
| 281 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT | |
| 298 | 282 static int revins_on; /* reverse insert mode on */ |
| 283 static int revins_chars; /* how much to skip after edit */ | |
| 284 static int revins_legal; /* was the last char 'legal'? */ | |
| 285 static int revins_scol; /* start column of revins session */ | |
| 7 | 286 #endif |
| 287 | |
| 288 static int ins_need_undo; /* call u_save() before inserting a | |
| 289 char. Set when edit() is called. | |
| 290 after that arrow_used is used. */ | |
| 291 | |
| 292 static int did_add_space = FALSE; /* auto_format() added an extra space | |
| 293 under the cursor */ | |
| 294 | |
| 295 /* | |
| 296 * edit(): Start inserting text. | |
| 297 * | |
| 298 * "cmdchar" can be: | |
| 299 * 'i' normal insert command | |
| 300 * 'a' normal append command | |
| 301 * 'R' replace command | |
| 302 * 'r' "r<CR>" command: insert one <CR>. Note: count can be > 1, for redo, | |
| 303 * but still only one <CR> is inserted. The <Esc> is not used for redo. | |
| 304 * 'g' "gI" command. | |
| 305 * 'V' "gR" command for Virtual Replace mode. | |
| 306 * 'v' "gr" command for single character Virtual Replace mode. | |
| 307 * | |
| 308 * This function is not called recursively. For CTRL-O commands, it returns | |
| 309 * and lets the caller handle the Normal-mode command. | |
| 310 * | |
| 311 * Return TRUE if a CTRL-O command caused the return (insert mode pending). | |
| 312 */ | |
| 313 int | |
| 314 edit(cmdchar, startln, count) | |
| 315 int cmdchar; | |
| 316 int startln; /* if set, insert at start of line */ | |
| 317 long count; | |
| 318 { | |
| 319 int c = 0; | |
| 320 char_u *ptr; | |
| 321 int lastc; | |
| 1869 | 322 int mincol; |
| 7 | 323 static linenr_T o_lnum = 0; |
| 324 int i; | |
| 325 int did_backspace = TRUE; /* previous char was backspace */ | |
| 326 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT | |
| 327 int line_is_white = FALSE; /* line is empty before insert */ | |
| 328 #endif | |
| 329 linenr_T old_topline = 0; /* topline before insertion */ | |
| 330 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF | |
| 331 int old_topfill = -1; | |
| 332 #endif | |
| 333 int inserted_space = FALSE; /* just inserted a space */ | |
| 334 int replaceState = REPLACE; | |
| 477 | 335 int nomove = FALSE; /* don't move cursor on return */ |
| 7 | 336 |
| 603 | 337 /* Remember whether editing was restarted after CTRL-O. */ |
| 338 did_restart_edit = restart_edit; | |
| 339 | |
| 7 | 340 /* sleep before redrawing, needed for "CTRL-O :" that results in an |
| 341 * error message */ | |
| 342 check_for_delay(TRUE); | |
| 343 | |
| 344 #ifdef HAVE_SANDBOX | |
| 345 /* Don't allow inserting in the sandbox. */ | |
| 346 if (sandbox != 0) | |
| 347 { | |
| 348 EMSG(_(e_sandbox)); | |
| 349 return FALSE; | |
| 350 } | |
| 351 #endif | |
| 632 | 352 /* Don't allow changes in the buffer while editing the cmdline. The |
| 353 * caller of getcmdline() may get confused. */ | |
| 634 | 354 if (textlock != 0) |
| 632 | 355 { |
| 356 EMSG(_(e_secure)); | |
| 357 return FALSE; | |
| 358 } | |
| 7 | 359 |
| 360 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND | |
| 844 | 361 /* Don't allow recursive insert mode when busy with completion. */ |
| 1927 | 362 if (compl_started || compl_busy || pum_visible()) |
| 844 | 363 { |
| 364 EMSG(_(e_secure)); | |
| 365 return FALSE; | |
| 366 } | |
| 7 | 367 ins_compl_clear(); /* clear stuff for CTRL-X mode */ |
| 368 #endif | |
| 369 | |
| 11 | 370 #ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD |
| 371 /* | |
| 372 * Trigger InsertEnter autocommands. Do not do this for "r<CR>" or "grx". | |
| 373 */ | |
| 374 if (cmdchar != 'r' && cmdchar != 'v') | |
| 375 { | |
| 532 | 376 # ifdef FEAT_EVAL |
| 11 | 377 if (cmdchar == 'R') |
| 378 ptr = (char_u *)"r"; | |
| 379 else if (cmdchar == 'V') | |
| 380 ptr = (char_u *)"v"; | |
| 381 else | |
| 382 ptr = (char_u *)"i"; | |
| 383 set_vim_var_string(VV_INSERTMODE, ptr, 1); | |
| 532 | 384 # endif |
| 11 | 385 apply_autocmds(EVENT_INSERTENTER, NULL, NULL, FALSE, curbuf); |
| 386 } | |
| 387 #endif | |
| 388 | |
|
2378
85b7dc8da5eb
Add the 'concealcursor' option to decide when the cursor line is to be
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2348
diff
changeset
|
389 #ifdef FEAT_CONCEAL |
|
85b7dc8da5eb
Add the 'concealcursor' option to decide when the cursor line is to be
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2348
diff
changeset
|
390 /* Check if the cursor line needs redrawing before changing State. If |
|
85b7dc8da5eb
Add the 'concealcursor' option to decide when the cursor line is to be
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2348
diff
changeset
|
391 * 'concealcursor' is "n" it needs to be redrawn without concealing. */ |
|
2428
33148c37f3c9
Changes for VMS. Mostly by Zoltan Arpadffy.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
392 conceal_check_cursur_line(); |
|
2378
85b7dc8da5eb
Add the 'concealcursor' option to decide when the cursor line is to be
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2348
diff
changeset
|
393 #endif |
|
85b7dc8da5eb
Add the 'concealcursor' option to decide when the cursor line is to be
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2348
diff
changeset
|
394 |
| 7 | 395 #ifdef FEAT_MOUSE |
| 396 /* | |
| 397 * When doing a paste with the middle mouse button, Insstart is set to | |
| 398 * where the paste started. | |
| 399 */ | |
| 400 if (where_paste_started.lnum != 0) | |
| 401 Insstart = where_paste_started; | |
| 402 else | |
| 403 #endif | |
| 404 { | |
| 405 Insstart = curwin->w_cursor; | |
| 406 if (startln) | |
| 407 Insstart.col = 0; | |
| 408 } | |
| 1869 | 409 Insstart_textlen = (colnr_T)linetabsize(ml_get_curline()); |
| 7 | 410 Insstart_blank_vcol = MAXCOL; |
| 411 if (!did_ai) | |
| 412 ai_col = 0; | |
| 413 | |
| 414 if (cmdchar != NUL && restart_edit == 0) | |
| 415 { | |
| 416 ResetRedobuff(); | |
| 417 AppendNumberToRedobuff(count); | |
| 418 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE | |
| 419 if (cmdchar == 'V' || cmdchar == 'v') | |
| 420 { | |
| 421 /* "gR" or "gr" command */ | |
| 422 AppendCharToRedobuff('g'); | |
| 423 AppendCharToRedobuff((cmdchar == 'v') ? 'r' : 'R'); | |
| 424 } | |
| 425 else | |
| 426 #endif | |
| 427 { | |
| 428 AppendCharToRedobuff(cmdchar); | |
| 429 if (cmdchar == 'g') /* "gI" command */ | |
| 430 AppendCharToRedobuff('I'); | |
| 431 else if (cmdchar == 'r') /* "r<CR>" command */ | |
| 432 count = 1; /* insert only one <CR> */ | |
| 433 } | |
| 434 } | |
| 435 | |
| 436 if (cmdchar == 'R') | |
| 437 { | |
| 438 #ifdef FEAT_FKMAP | |
| 439 if (p_fkmap && p_ri) | |
| 440 { | |
| 441 beep_flush(); | |
| 442 EMSG(farsi_text_3); /* encoded in Farsi */ | |
| 443 State = INSERT; | |
| 444 } | |
| 445 else | |
| 446 #endif | |
| 447 State = REPLACE; | |
| 448 } | |
| 449 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE | |
| 450 else if (cmdchar == 'V' || cmdchar == 'v') | |
| 451 { | |
| 452 State = VREPLACE; | |
| 453 replaceState = VREPLACE; | |
| 454 orig_line_count = curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count; | |
| 455 vr_lines_changed = 1; | |
| 456 } | |
| 457 #endif | |
| 458 else | |
| 459 State = INSERT; | |
| 460 | |
| 461 stop_insert_mode = FALSE; | |
| 462 | |
| 463 /* | |
| 464 * Need to recompute the cursor position, it might move when the cursor is | |
| 465 * on a TAB or special character. | |
| 466 */ | |
| 467 curs_columns(TRUE); | |
| 468 | |
| 469 /* | |
| 470 * Enable langmap or IME, indicated by 'iminsert'. | |
| 471 * Note that IME may enabled/disabled without us noticing here, thus the | |
| 472 * 'iminsert' value may not reflect what is actually used. It is updated | |
| 473 * when hitting <Esc>. | |
| 474 */ | |
| 475 if (curbuf->b_p_iminsert == B_IMODE_LMAP) | |
| 476 State |= LANGMAP; | |
| 477 #ifdef USE_IM_CONTROL | |
| 478 im_set_active(curbuf->b_p_iminsert == B_IMODE_IM); | |
| 479 #endif | |
| 480 | |
| 481 #ifdef FEAT_MOUSE | |
| 482 setmouse(); | |
| 483 #endif | |
| 484 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO | |
| 485 clear_showcmd(); | |
| 486 #endif | |
| 487 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT | |
| 488 /* there is no reverse replace mode */ | |
| 489 revins_on = (State == INSERT && p_ri); | |
| 490 if (revins_on) | |
| 491 undisplay_dollar(); | |
| 492 revins_chars = 0; | |
| 493 revins_legal = 0; | |
| 494 revins_scol = -1; | |
| 495 #endif | |
| 496 | |
| 497 /* | |
| 498 * Handle restarting Insert mode. | |
| 499 * Don't do this for "CTRL-O ." (repeat an insert): we get here with | |
| 500 * restart_edit non-zero, and something in the stuff buffer. | |
| 501 */ | |
| 502 if (restart_edit != 0 && stuff_empty()) | |
| 503 { | |
| 504 #ifdef FEAT_MOUSE | |
| 505 /* | |
| 506 * After a paste we consider text typed to be part of the insert for | |
| 507 * the pasted text. You can backspace over the pasted text too. | |
| 508 */ | |
| 509 if (where_paste_started.lnum) | |
| 510 arrow_used = FALSE; | |
| 511 else | |
| 512 #endif | |
| 513 arrow_used = TRUE; | |
| 514 restart_edit = 0; | |
| 515 | |
| 516 /* | |
| 517 * If the cursor was after the end-of-line before the CTRL-O and it is | |
| 518 * now at the end-of-line, put it after the end-of-line (this is not | |
| 519 * correct in very rare cases). | |
| 520 * Also do this if curswant is greater than the current virtual | |
| 521 * column. Eg after "^O$" or "^O80|". | |
| 522 */ | |
| 523 validate_virtcol(); | |
| 524 update_curswant(); | |
| 230 | 525 if (((ins_at_eol && curwin->w_cursor.lnum == o_lnum) |
| 7 | 526 || curwin->w_curswant > curwin->w_virtcol) |
| 527 && *(ptr = ml_get_curline() + curwin->w_cursor.col) != NUL) | |
| 528 { | |
| 529 if (ptr[1] == NUL) | |
| 530 ++curwin->w_cursor.col; | |
| 531 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 532 else if (has_mbyte) | |
| 533 { | |
| 474 | 534 i = (*mb_ptr2len)(ptr); |
| 7 | 535 if (ptr[i] == NUL) |
| 536 curwin->w_cursor.col += i; | |
| 537 } | |
| 538 #endif | |
| 539 } | |
| 230 | 540 ins_at_eol = FALSE; |
| 7 | 541 } |
| 542 else | |
| 543 arrow_used = FALSE; | |
| 544 | |
| 545 /* we are in insert mode now, don't need to start it anymore */ | |
| 546 need_start_insertmode = FALSE; | |
| 547 | |
| 548 /* Need to save the line for undo before inserting the first char. */ | |
| 549 ins_need_undo = TRUE; | |
| 550 | |
| 551 #ifdef FEAT_MOUSE | |
| 552 where_paste_started.lnum = 0; | |
| 553 #endif | |
| 554 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT | |
| 555 can_cindent = TRUE; | |
| 556 #endif | |
| 557 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING | |
| 558 /* The cursor line is not in a closed fold, unless 'insertmode' is set or | |
| 559 * restarting. */ | |
| 560 if (!p_im && did_restart_edit == 0) | |
| 561 foldOpenCursor(); | |
| 562 #endif | |
| 563 | |
| 564 /* | |
| 565 * If 'showmode' is set, show the current (insert/replace/..) mode. | |
| 566 * A warning message for changing a readonly file is given here, before | |
| 567 * actually changing anything. It's put after the mode, if any. | |
| 568 */ | |
| 569 i = 0; | |
| 644 | 570 if (p_smd && msg_silent == 0) |
| 7 | 571 i = showmode(); |
| 572 | |
| 573 if (!p_im && did_restart_edit == 0) | |
| 1473 | 574 change_warning(i == 0 ? 0 : i + 1); |
| 7 | 575 |
| 576 #ifdef CURSOR_SHAPE | |
| 577 ui_cursor_shape(); /* may show different cursor shape */ | |
| 578 #endif | |
| 579 #ifdef FEAT_DIGRAPHS | |
| 580 do_digraph(-1); /* clear digraphs */ | |
| 581 #endif | |
| 582 | |
| 603 | 583 /* |
| 584 * Get the current length of the redo buffer, those characters have to be | |
| 585 * skipped if we want to get to the inserted characters. | |
| 586 */ | |
| 7 | 587 ptr = get_inserted(); |
| 588 if (ptr == NULL) | |
| 589 new_insert_skip = 0; | |
| 590 else | |
| 591 { | |
| 592 new_insert_skip = (int)STRLEN(ptr); | |
| 593 vim_free(ptr); | |
| 594 } | |
| 595 | |
| 596 old_indent = 0; | |
| 597 | |
| 598 /* | |
| 599 * Main loop in Insert mode: repeat until Insert mode is left. | |
| 600 */ | |
| 601 for (;;) | |
| 602 { | |
| 603 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT | |
| 604 if (!revins_legal) | |
| 605 revins_scol = -1; /* reset on illegal motions */ | |
| 606 else | |
| 607 revins_legal = 0; | |
| 608 #endif | |
| 609 if (arrow_used) /* don't repeat insert when arrow key used */ | |
| 610 count = 0; | |
| 611 | |
| 612 if (stop_insert_mode) | |
| 613 { | |
| 614 /* ":stopinsert" used or 'insertmode' reset */ | |
| 615 count = 0; | |
| 616 goto doESCkey; | |
| 617 } | |
| 618 | |
| 619 /* set curwin->w_curswant for next K_DOWN or K_UP */ | |
| 620 if (!arrow_used) | |
| 621 curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE; | |
| 622 | |
| 623 /* If there is no typeahead may check for timestamps (e.g., for when a | |
| 624 * menu invoked a shell command). */ | |
| 625 if (stuff_empty()) | |
| 626 { | |
| 627 did_check_timestamps = FALSE; | |
| 628 if (need_check_timestamps) | |
| 629 check_timestamps(FALSE); | |
| 630 } | |
| 631 | |
| 632 /* | |
| 633 * When emsg() was called msg_scroll will have been set. | |
| 634 */ | |
| 635 msg_scroll = FALSE; | |
| 636 | |
| 637 #ifdef FEAT_GUI | |
| 638 /* When 'mousefocus' is set a mouse movement may have taken us to | |
| 639 * another window. "need_mouse_correct" may then be set because of an | |
| 640 * autocommand. */ | |
| 641 if (need_mouse_correct) | |
| 642 gui_mouse_correct(); | |
| 643 #endif | |
| 644 | |
| 645 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING | |
| 646 /* Open fold at the cursor line, according to 'foldopen'. */ | |
| 647 if (fdo_flags & FDO_INSERT) | |
| 648 foldOpenCursor(); | |
| 649 /* Close folds where the cursor isn't, according to 'foldclose' */ | |
| 650 if (!char_avail()) | |
| 651 foldCheckClose(); | |
| 652 #endif | |
| 653 | |
| 654 /* | |
| 655 * If we inserted a character at the last position of the last line in | |
| 656 * the window, scroll the window one line up. This avoids an extra | |
| 657 * redraw. | |
| 658 * This is detected when the cursor column is smaller after inserting | |
| 659 * something. | |
| 660 * Don't do this when the topline changed already, it has | |
| 661 * already been adjusted (by insertchar() calling open_line())). | |
| 662 */ | |
| 663 if (curbuf->b_mod_set | |
| 664 && curwin->w_p_wrap | |
| 665 && !did_backspace | |
| 666 && curwin->w_topline == old_topline | |
| 667 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF | |
| 668 && curwin->w_topfill == old_topfill | |
| 669 #endif | |
| 670 ) | |
| 671 { | |
| 672 mincol = curwin->w_wcol; | |
| 673 validate_cursor_col(); | |
| 674 | |
| 1869 | 675 if ((int)curwin->w_wcol < mincol - curbuf->b_p_ts |
| 7 | 676 && curwin->w_wrow == W_WINROW(curwin) |
| 677 + curwin->w_height - 1 - p_so | |
| 678 && (curwin->w_cursor.lnum != curwin->w_topline | |
| 679 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF | |
| 680 || curwin->w_topfill > 0 | |
| 681 #endif | |
| 682 )) | |
| 683 { | |
| 684 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF | |
| 685 if (curwin->w_topfill > 0) | |
| 686 --curwin->w_topfill; | |
| 687 else | |
| 688 #endif | |
| 689 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING | |
| 690 if (hasFolding(curwin->w_topline, NULL, &old_topline)) | |
| 691 set_topline(curwin, old_topline + 1); | |
| 692 else | |
| 693 #endif | |
| 694 set_topline(curwin, curwin->w_topline + 1); | |
| 695 } | |
| 696 } | |
| 697 | |
| 698 /* May need to adjust w_topline to show the cursor. */ | |
| 699 update_topline(); | |
| 700 | |
| 701 did_backspace = FALSE; | |
| 702 | |
| 703 validate_cursor(); /* may set must_redraw */ | |
| 704 | |
| 705 /* | |
| 706 * Redraw the display when no characters are waiting. | |
| 707 * Also shows mode, ruler and positions cursor. | |
| 708 */ | |
| 661 | 709 ins_redraw(TRUE); |
| 7 | 710 |
| 711 #ifdef FEAT_SCROLLBIND | |
| 712 if (curwin->w_p_scb) | |
| 713 do_check_scrollbind(TRUE); | |
| 714 #endif | |
| 715 | |
|
2250
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2227
diff
changeset
|
716 #ifdef FEAT_CURSORBIND |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2227
diff
changeset
|
717 if (curwin->w_p_crb) |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2227
diff
changeset
|
718 do_check_cursorbind(); |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2227
diff
changeset
|
719 #endif |
| 7 | 720 update_curswant(); |
| 721 old_topline = curwin->w_topline; | |
| 722 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF | |
| 723 old_topfill = curwin->w_topfill; | |
| 724 #endif | |
| 725 | |
| 726 #ifdef USE_ON_FLY_SCROLL | |
| 727 dont_scroll = FALSE; /* allow scrolling here */ | |
| 728 #endif | |
| 729 | |
| 730 /* | |
| 1526 | 731 * Get a character for Insert mode. Ignore K_IGNORE. |
| 7 | 732 */ |
| 733 lastc = c; /* remember previous char for CTRL-D */ | |
| 1526 | 734 do |
| 735 { | |
| 736 c = safe_vgetc(); | |
| 737 } while (c == K_IGNORE); | |
| 7 | 738 |
| 978 | 739 #ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD |
| 740 /* Don't want K_CURSORHOLD for the second key, e.g., after CTRL-V. */ | |
| 741 did_cursorhold = TRUE; | |
| 742 #endif | |
| 743 | |
| 7 | 744 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT |
| 745 if (p_hkmap && KeyTyped) | |
| 746 c = hkmap(c); /* Hebrew mode mapping */ | |
| 747 #endif | |
| 748 #ifdef FEAT_FKMAP | |
| 749 if (p_fkmap && KeyTyped) | |
| 750 c = fkmap(c); /* Farsi mode mapping */ | |
| 751 #endif | |
| 752 | |
| 753 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND | |
| 659 | 754 /* |
| 755 * Special handling of keys while the popup menu is visible or wanted | |
| 897 | 756 * and the cursor is still in the completed word. Only when there is |
| 757 * a match, skip this when no matches were found. | |
| 659 | 758 */ |
| 897 | 759 if (compl_started |
| 760 && pum_wanted() | |
| 761 && curwin->w_cursor.col >= compl_col | |
| 762 && (compl_shown_match == NULL | |
| 763 || compl_shown_match != compl_shown_match->cp_next)) | |
| 659 | 764 { |
| 765 /* BS: Delete one character from "compl_leader". */ | |
| 766 if ((c == K_BS || c == Ctrl_H) | |
| 836 | 767 && curwin->w_cursor.col > compl_col |
| 768 && (c = ins_compl_bs()) == NUL) | |
| 657 | 769 continue; |
| 770 | |
| 659 | 771 /* When no match was selected or it was edited. */ |
| 772 if (!compl_used_match) | |
| 657 | 773 { |
| 659 | 774 /* CTRL-L: Add one character from the current match to |
| 836 | 775 * "compl_leader". Except when at the original match and |
| 776 * there is nothing to add, CTRL-L works like CTRL-P then. */ | |
| 777 if (c == Ctrl_L | |
| 778 && (ctrl_x_mode != CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE | |
| 1872 | 779 || (int)STRLEN(compl_shown_match->cp_str) |
| 836 | 780 > curwin->w_cursor.col - compl_col)) |
| 659 | 781 { |
| 782 ins_compl_addfrommatch(); | |
| 783 continue; | |
| 784 } | |
| 785 | |
| 1430 | 786 /* A non-white character that fits in with the current |
| 787 * completion: Add to "compl_leader". */ | |
| 788 if (ins_compl_accept_char(c)) | |
| 659 | 789 { |
| 3390 | 790 #ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD |
| 791 /* Trigger InsertCharPre. */ | |
| 792 char_u *str = do_insert_char_pre(c); | |
| 793 char_u *p; | |
| 794 | |
| 795 if (str != NULL) | |
| 796 { | |
| 797 for (p = str; *p != NUL; mb_ptr_adv(p)) | |
| 798 ins_compl_addleader(PTR2CHAR(p)); | |
| 799 vim_free(str); | |
| 800 } | |
| 801 else | |
| 802 #endif | |
| 803 ins_compl_addleader(c); | |
| 659 | 804 continue; |
| 805 } | |
| 665 | 806 |
| 887 | 807 /* Pressing CTRL-Y selects the current match. When |
| 825 | 808 * compl_enter_selects is set the Enter key does the same. */ |
| 809 if (c == Ctrl_Y || (compl_enter_selects | |
| 810 && (c == CAR || c == K_KENTER || c == NL))) | |
| 665 | 811 { |
| 812 ins_compl_delete(); | |
| 813 ins_compl_insert(); | |
| 814 } | |
| 657 | 815 } |
| 816 } | |
| 817 | |
| 7 | 818 /* Prepare for or stop CTRL-X mode. This doesn't do completion, but |
| 819 * it does fix up the text when finishing completion. */ | |
| 665 | 820 compl_get_longest = FALSE; |
| 1526 | 821 if (ins_compl_prep(c)) |
| 657 | 822 continue; |
| 7 | 823 #endif |
| 824 | |
| 477 | 825 /* CTRL-\ CTRL-N goes to Normal mode, |
| 826 * CTRL-\ CTRL-G goes to mode selected with 'insertmode', | |
| 827 * CTRL-\ CTRL-O is like CTRL-O but without moving the cursor. */ | |
| 7 | 828 if (c == Ctrl_BSL) |
| 829 { | |
| 830 /* may need to redraw when no more chars available now */ | |
| 661 | 831 ins_redraw(FALSE); |
| 7 | 832 ++no_mapping; |
| 833 ++allow_keys; | |
| 1389 | 834 c = plain_vgetc(); |
| 7 | 835 --no_mapping; |
| 836 --allow_keys; | |
| 477 | 837 if (c != Ctrl_N && c != Ctrl_G && c != Ctrl_O) |
| 7 | 838 { |
| 477 | 839 /* it's something else */ |
| 7 | 840 vungetc(c); |
| 841 c = Ctrl_BSL; | |
| 842 } | |
| 843 else if (c == Ctrl_G && p_im) | |
| 844 continue; | |
| 845 else | |
| 846 { | |
| 477 | 847 if (c == Ctrl_O) |
| 848 { | |
| 849 ins_ctrl_o(); | |
| 850 ins_at_eol = FALSE; /* cursor keeps its column */ | |
| 851 nomove = TRUE; | |
| 852 } | |
| 7 | 853 count = 0; |
| 854 goto doESCkey; | |
| 855 } | |
| 856 } | |
| 857 | |
| 858 #ifdef FEAT_DIGRAPHS | |
| 859 c = do_digraph(c); | |
| 860 #endif | |
| 861 | |
| 862 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND | |
| 863 if ((c == Ctrl_V || c == Ctrl_Q) && ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_CMDLINE) | |
| 864 goto docomplete; | |
| 865 #endif | |
| 866 if (c == Ctrl_V || c == Ctrl_Q) | |
| 867 { | |
| 868 ins_ctrl_v(); | |
| 869 c = Ctrl_V; /* pretend CTRL-V is last typed character */ | |
| 870 continue; | |
| 871 } | |
| 872 | |
| 873 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT | |
| 874 if (cindent_on() | |
| 875 # ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND | |
| 876 && ctrl_x_mode == 0 | |
| 877 # endif | |
| 878 ) | |
| 879 { | |
| 880 /* A key name preceded by a bang means this key is not to be | |
| 881 * inserted. Skip ahead to the re-indenting below. | |
| 882 * A key name preceded by a star means that indenting has to be | |
| 883 * done before inserting the key. */ | |
| 884 line_is_white = inindent(0); | |
| 885 if (in_cinkeys(c, '!', line_is_white)) | |
| 886 goto force_cindent; | |
| 887 if (can_cindent && in_cinkeys(c, '*', line_is_white) | |
| 888 && stop_arrow() == OK) | |
| 889 do_c_expr_indent(); | |
| 890 } | |
| 891 #endif | |
| 892 | |
| 893 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT | |
| 894 if (curwin->w_p_rl) | |
| 895 switch (c) | |
| 896 { | |
| 897 case K_LEFT: c = K_RIGHT; break; | |
| 898 case K_S_LEFT: c = K_S_RIGHT; break; | |
| 899 case K_C_LEFT: c = K_C_RIGHT; break; | |
| 900 case K_RIGHT: c = K_LEFT; break; | |
| 901 case K_S_RIGHT: c = K_S_LEFT; break; | |
| 902 case K_C_RIGHT: c = K_C_LEFT; break; | |
| 903 } | |
| 904 #endif | |
| 905 | |
| 906 #ifdef FEAT_VISUAL | |
| 907 /* | |
| 908 * If 'keymodel' contains "startsel", may start selection. If it | |
| 909 * does, a CTRL-O and c will be stuffed, we need to get these | |
| 910 * characters. | |
| 911 */ | |
| 912 if (ins_start_select(c)) | |
| 913 continue; | |
| 914 #endif | |
| 915 | |
| 916 /* | |
| 917 * The big switch to handle a character in insert mode. | |
| 918 */ | |
| 919 switch (c) | |
| 920 { | |
| 449 | 921 case ESC: /* End input mode */ |
| 7 | 922 if (echeck_abbr(ESC + ABBR_OFF)) |
| 923 break; | |
| 924 /*FALLTHROUGH*/ | |
| 925 | |
| 449 | 926 case Ctrl_C: /* End input mode */ |
| 7 | 927 #ifdef FEAT_CMDWIN |
| 928 if (c == Ctrl_C && cmdwin_type != 0) | |
| 929 { | |
| 930 /* Close the cmdline window. */ | |
| 931 cmdwin_result = K_IGNORE; | |
| 932 got_int = FALSE; /* don't stop executing autocommands et al. */ | |
| 929 | 933 nomove = TRUE; |
| 7 | 934 goto doESCkey; |
| 935 } | |
| 936 #endif | |
| 937 | |
| 938 #ifdef UNIX | |
| 939 do_intr: | |
| 940 #endif | |
| 941 /* when 'insertmode' set, and not halfway a mapping, don't leave | |
| 942 * Insert mode */ | |
| 943 if (goto_im()) | |
| 944 { | |
| 945 if (got_int) | |
| 946 { | |
| 947 (void)vgetc(); /* flush all buffers */ | |
| 948 got_int = FALSE; | |
| 949 } | |
| 950 else | |
| 951 vim_beep(); | |
| 952 break; | |
| 953 } | |
| 954 doESCkey: | |
| 955 /* | |
| 956 * This is the ONLY return from edit()! | |
| 957 */ | |
| 958 /* Always update o_lnum, so that a "CTRL-O ." that adds a line | |
| 959 * still puts the cursor back after the inserted text. */ | |
| 230 | 960 if (ins_at_eol && gchar_cursor() == NUL) |
| 7 | 961 o_lnum = curwin->w_cursor.lnum; |
| 962 | |
| 477 | 963 if (ins_esc(&count, cmdchar, nomove)) |
| 11 | 964 { |
| 965 #ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD | |
| 966 if (cmdchar != 'r' && cmdchar != 'v') | |
| 967 apply_autocmds(EVENT_INSERTLEAVE, NULL, NULL, | |
| 968 FALSE, curbuf); | |
| 993 | 969 did_cursorhold = FALSE; |
| 11 | 970 #endif |
| 7 | 971 return (c == Ctrl_O); |
| 11 | 972 } |
| 7 | 973 continue; |
| 974 | |
| 449 | 975 case Ctrl_Z: /* suspend when 'insertmode' set */ |
| 976 if (!p_im) | |
| 977 goto normalchar; /* insert CTRL-Z as normal char */ | |
| 978 stuffReadbuff((char_u *)":st\r"); | |
| 979 c = Ctrl_O; | |
| 980 /*FALLTHROUGH*/ | |
| 981 | |
| 982 case Ctrl_O: /* execute one command */ | |
| 502 | 983 #ifdef FEAT_COMPL_FUNC |
| 523 | 984 if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_OMNI) |
| 449 | 985 goto docomplete; |
| 986 #endif | |
| 987 if (echeck_abbr(Ctrl_O + ABBR_OFF)) | |
| 988 break; | |
| 989 ins_ctrl_o(); | |
| 853 | 990 |
| 991 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT | |
| 992 /* don't move the cursor left when 'virtualedit' has "onemore". */ | |
| 993 if (ve_flags & VE_ONEMORE) | |
| 994 { | |
| 995 ins_at_eol = FALSE; | |
| 996 nomove = TRUE; | |
| 997 } | |
| 998 #endif | |
| 449 | 999 count = 0; |
| 1000 goto doESCkey; | |
| 1001 | |
| 464 | 1002 case K_INS: /* toggle insert/replace mode */ |
| 1003 case K_KINS: | |
| 1004 ins_insert(replaceState); | |
| 1005 break; | |
| 1006 | |
| 1007 case K_SELECT: /* end of Select mode mapping - ignore */ | |
| 1008 break; | |
| 1009 | |
| 449 | 1010 #ifdef FEAT_SNIFF |
| 1011 case K_SNIFF: /* Sniff command received */ | |
| 1012 stuffcharReadbuff(K_SNIFF); | |
| 1013 goto doESCkey; | |
| 1014 #endif | |
| 1015 | |
| 1016 case K_HELP: /* Help key works like <ESC> <Help> */ | |
| 1017 case K_F1: | |
| 1018 case K_XF1: | |
| 1019 stuffcharReadbuff(K_HELP); | |
| 1020 if (p_im) | |
| 1021 need_start_insertmode = TRUE; | |
| 1022 goto doESCkey; | |
| 1023 | |
| 1024 #ifdef FEAT_NETBEANS_INTG | |
| 1025 case K_F21: /* NetBeans command */ | |
| 1026 ++no_mapping; /* don't map the next key hits */ | |
| 1389 | 1027 i = plain_vgetc(); |
| 449 | 1028 --no_mapping; |
| 1029 netbeans_keycommand(i); | |
| 1030 break; | |
| 1031 #endif | |
| 1032 | |
| 1033 case K_ZERO: /* Insert the previously inserted text. */ | |
| 7 | 1034 case NUL: |
| 1035 case Ctrl_A: | |
| 449 | 1036 /* For ^@ the trailing ESC will end the insert, unless there is an |
| 1037 * error. */ | |
| 7 | 1038 if (stuff_inserted(NUL, 1L, (c == Ctrl_A)) == FAIL |
| 1039 && c != Ctrl_A && !p_im) | |
| 1040 goto doESCkey; /* quit insert mode */ | |
| 1041 inserted_space = FALSE; | |
| 1042 break; | |
| 1043 | |
| 449 | 1044 case Ctrl_R: /* insert the contents of a register */ |
| 7 | 1045 ins_reg(); |
| 1046 auto_format(FALSE, TRUE); | |
| 1047 inserted_space = FALSE; | |
| 1048 break; | |
| 1049 | |
| 449 | 1050 case Ctrl_G: /* commands starting with CTRL-G */ |
| 7 | 1051 ins_ctrl_g(); |
| 1052 break; | |
| 1053 | |
| 449 | 1054 case Ctrl_HAT: /* switch input mode and/or langmap */ |
| 1055 ins_ctrl_hat(); | |
| 7 | 1056 break; |
| 1057 | |
| 1058 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT | |
| 449 | 1059 case Ctrl__: /* switch between languages */ |
| 7 | 1060 if (!p_ari) |
| 1061 goto normalchar; | |
| 1062 ins_ctrl_(); | |
| 1063 break; | |
| 1064 #endif | |
| 1065 | |
| 449 | 1066 case Ctrl_D: /* Make indent one shiftwidth smaller. */ |
| 7 | 1067 #if defined(FEAT_INS_EXPAND) && defined(FEAT_FIND_ID) |
| 1068 if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_PATH_DEFINES) | |
| 1069 goto docomplete; | |
| 1070 #endif | |
| 1071 /* FALLTHROUGH */ | |
| 1072 | |
| 449 | 1073 case Ctrl_T: /* Make indent one shiftwidth greater. */ |
| 7 | 1074 # ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND |
| 1075 if (c == Ctrl_T && ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_THESAURUS) | |
| 1076 { | |
| 449 | 1077 if (has_compl_option(FALSE)) |
| 1078 goto docomplete; | |
| 1079 break; | |
| 7 | 1080 } |
| 1081 # endif | |
| 1082 ins_shift(c, lastc); | |
| 1083 auto_format(FALSE, TRUE); | |
| 1084 inserted_space = FALSE; | |
| 1085 break; | |
| 1086 | |
| 449 | 1087 case K_DEL: /* delete character under the cursor */ |
| 7 | 1088 case K_KDEL: |
| 1089 ins_del(); | |
| 1090 auto_format(FALSE, TRUE); | |
| 1091 break; | |
| 1092 | |
| 449 | 1093 case K_BS: /* delete character before the cursor */ |
| 7 | 1094 case Ctrl_H: |
| 1095 did_backspace = ins_bs(c, BACKSPACE_CHAR, &inserted_space); | |
| 1096 auto_format(FALSE, TRUE); | |
| 1097 break; | |
| 1098 | |
| 449 | 1099 case Ctrl_W: /* delete word before the cursor */ |
| 7 | 1100 did_backspace = ins_bs(c, BACKSPACE_WORD, &inserted_space); |
| 1101 auto_format(FALSE, TRUE); | |
| 1102 break; | |
| 1103 | |
| 449 | 1104 case Ctrl_U: /* delete all inserted text in current line */ |
| 12 | 1105 # ifdef FEAT_COMPL_FUNC |
| 1106 /* CTRL-X CTRL-U completes with 'completefunc'. */ | |
| 449 | 1107 if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_FUNCTION) |
| 12 | 1108 goto docomplete; |
| 1109 # endif | |
| 7 | 1110 did_backspace = ins_bs(c, BACKSPACE_LINE, &inserted_space); |
| 1111 auto_format(FALSE, TRUE); | |
| 1112 inserted_space = FALSE; | |
| 1113 break; | |
| 1114 | |
| 1115 #ifdef FEAT_MOUSE | |
| 449 | 1116 case K_LEFTMOUSE: /* mouse keys */ |
| 7 | 1117 case K_LEFTMOUSE_NM: |
| 1118 case K_LEFTDRAG: | |
| 1119 case K_LEFTRELEASE: | |
| 1120 case K_LEFTRELEASE_NM: | |
| 1121 case K_MIDDLEMOUSE: | |
| 1122 case K_MIDDLEDRAG: | |
| 1123 case K_MIDDLERELEASE: | |
| 1124 case K_RIGHTMOUSE: | |
| 1125 case K_RIGHTDRAG: | |
| 1126 case K_RIGHTRELEASE: | |
| 1127 case K_X1MOUSE: | |
| 1128 case K_X1DRAG: | |
| 1129 case K_X1RELEASE: | |
| 1130 case K_X2MOUSE: | |
| 1131 case K_X2DRAG: | |
| 1132 case K_X2RELEASE: | |
| 1133 ins_mouse(c); | |
| 1134 break; | |
| 1135 | |
| 449 | 1136 case K_MOUSEDOWN: /* Default action for scroll wheel up: scroll up */ |
|
2409
0ca06a92adfb
Add support for horizontal scroll wheel. (Bjorn Winckler)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2378
diff
changeset
|
1137 ins_mousescroll(MSCR_DOWN); |
| 7 | 1138 break; |
| 1139 | |
| 449 | 1140 case K_MOUSEUP: /* Default action for scroll wheel down: scroll down */ |
|
2409
0ca06a92adfb
Add support for horizontal scroll wheel. (Bjorn Winckler)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2378
diff
changeset
|
1141 ins_mousescroll(MSCR_UP); |
|
0ca06a92adfb
Add support for horizontal scroll wheel. (Bjorn Winckler)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2378
diff
changeset
|
1142 break; |
|
0ca06a92adfb
Add support for horizontal scroll wheel. (Bjorn Winckler)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2378
diff
changeset
|
1143 |
|
0ca06a92adfb
Add support for horizontal scroll wheel. (Bjorn Winckler)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2378
diff
changeset
|
1144 case K_MOUSELEFT: /* Scroll wheel left */ |
|
0ca06a92adfb
Add support for horizontal scroll wheel. (Bjorn Winckler)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2378
diff
changeset
|
1145 ins_mousescroll(MSCR_LEFT); |
|
0ca06a92adfb
Add support for horizontal scroll wheel. (Bjorn Winckler)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2378
diff
changeset
|
1146 break; |
|
0ca06a92adfb
Add support for horizontal scroll wheel. (Bjorn Winckler)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2378
diff
changeset
|
1147 |
|
0ca06a92adfb
Add support for horizontal scroll wheel. (Bjorn Winckler)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2378
diff
changeset
|
1148 case K_MOUSERIGHT: /* Scroll wheel right */ |
|
0ca06a92adfb
Add support for horizontal scroll wheel. (Bjorn Winckler)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2378
diff
changeset
|
1149 ins_mousescroll(MSCR_RIGHT); |
| 7 | 1150 break; |
| 1151 #endif | |
| 692 | 1152 #ifdef FEAT_GUI_TABLINE |
| 1153 case K_TABLINE: | |
| 1154 case K_TABMENU: | |
| 1155 ins_tabline(c); | |
| 1156 break; | |
| 1157 #endif | |
| 7 | 1158 |
| 449 | 1159 case K_IGNORE: /* Something mapped to nothing */ |
| 7 | 1160 break; |
| 1161 | |
| 661 | 1162 #ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD |
| 1163 case K_CURSORHOLD: /* Didn't type something for a while. */ | |
| 1164 apply_autocmds(EVENT_CURSORHOLDI, NULL, NULL, FALSE, curbuf); | |
| 1165 did_cursorhold = TRUE; | |
| 1166 break; | |
| 1167 #endif | |
| 1168 | |
| 625 | 1169 #ifdef FEAT_GUI_W32 |
| 1170 /* On Win32 ignore <M-F4>, we get it when closing the window was | |
| 1171 * cancelled. */ | |
| 1172 case K_F4: | |
| 1173 if (mod_mask != MOD_MASK_ALT) | |
| 1174 goto normalchar; | |
| 1175 break; | |
| 1176 #endif | |
| 1177 | |
| 7 | 1178 #ifdef FEAT_GUI |
| 1179 case K_VER_SCROLLBAR: | |
| 1180 ins_scroll(); | |
| 1181 break; | |
| 1182 | |
| 1183 case K_HOR_SCROLLBAR: | |
| 1184 ins_horscroll(); | |
| 1185 break; | |
| 1186 #endif | |
| 1187 | |
| 449 | 1188 case K_HOME: /* <Home> */ |
| 7 | 1189 case K_KHOME: |
| 1190 case K_S_HOME: | |
| 1191 case K_C_HOME: | |
| 1192 ins_home(c); | |
| 1193 break; | |
| 1194 | |
| 449 | 1195 case K_END: /* <End> */ |
| 7 | 1196 case K_KEND: |
| 1197 case K_S_END: | |
| 1198 case K_C_END: | |
| 1199 ins_end(c); | |
| 1200 break; | |
| 1201 | |
| 449 | 1202 case K_LEFT: /* <Left> */ |
| 180 | 1203 if (mod_mask & (MOD_MASK_SHIFT|MOD_MASK_CTRL)) |
| 1204 ins_s_left(); | |
| 1205 else | |
| 1206 ins_left(); | |
| 7 | 1207 break; |
| 1208 | |
| 449 | 1209 case K_S_LEFT: /* <S-Left> */ |
| 7 | 1210 case K_C_LEFT: |
| 1211 ins_s_left(); | |
| 1212 break; | |
| 1213 | |
| 449 | 1214 case K_RIGHT: /* <Right> */ |
| 180 | 1215 if (mod_mask & (MOD_MASK_SHIFT|MOD_MASK_CTRL)) |
| 1216 ins_s_right(); | |
| 1217 else | |
| 1218 ins_right(); | |
| 7 | 1219 break; |
| 1220 | |
| 449 | 1221 case K_S_RIGHT: /* <S-Right> */ |
| 7 | 1222 case K_C_RIGHT: |
| 1223 ins_s_right(); | |
| 1224 break; | |
| 1225 | |
| 449 | 1226 case K_UP: /* <Up> */ |
| 665 | 1227 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND |
| 1228 if (pum_visible()) | |
| 1229 goto docomplete; | |
| 1230 #endif | |
| 180 | 1231 if (mod_mask & MOD_MASK_SHIFT) |
| 1232 ins_pageup(); | |
| 1233 else | |
| 1234 ins_up(FALSE); | |
| 7 | 1235 break; |
| 1236 | |
| 449 | 1237 case K_S_UP: /* <S-Up> */ |
| 7 | 1238 case K_PAGEUP: |
| 1239 case K_KPAGEUP: | |
| 613 | 1240 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND |
| 610 | 1241 if (pum_visible()) |
| 1242 goto docomplete; | |
| 613 | 1243 #endif |
| 7 | 1244 ins_pageup(); |
| 1245 break; | |
| 1246 | |
| 449 | 1247 case K_DOWN: /* <Down> */ |
| 665 | 1248 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND |
| 1249 if (pum_visible()) | |
| 1250 goto docomplete; | |
| 1251 #endif | |
| 180 | 1252 if (mod_mask & MOD_MASK_SHIFT) |
| 1253 ins_pagedown(); | |
| 1254 else | |
| 1255 ins_down(FALSE); | |
| 7 | 1256 break; |
| 1257 | |
| 449 | 1258 case K_S_DOWN: /* <S-Down> */ |
| 7 | 1259 case K_PAGEDOWN: |
| 1260 case K_KPAGEDOWN: | |
| 613 | 1261 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND |
| 610 | 1262 if (pum_visible()) |
| 1263 goto docomplete; | |
| 613 | 1264 #endif |
| 7 | 1265 ins_pagedown(); |
| 1266 break; | |
| 1267 | |
| 1268 #ifdef FEAT_DND | |
| 449 | 1269 case K_DROP: /* drag-n-drop event */ |
| 7 | 1270 ins_drop(); |
| 1271 break; | |
| 1272 #endif | |
| 1273 | |
| 449 | 1274 case K_S_TAB: /* When not mapped, use like a normal TAB */ |
| 7 | 1275 c = TAB; |
| 1276 /* FALLTHROUGH */ | |
| 1277 | |
| 449 | 1278 case TAB: /* TAB or Complete patterns along path */ |
| 7 | 1279 #if defined(FEAT_INS_EXPAND) && defined(FEAT_FIND_ID) |
| 1280 if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_PATH_PATTERNS) | |
| 1281 goto docomplete; | |
| 1282 #endif | |
| 1283 inserted_space = FALSE; | |
| 1284 if (ins_tab()) | |
| 1285 goto normalchar; /* insert TAB as a normal char */ | |
| 1286 auto_format(FALSE, TRUE); | |
| 1287 break; | |
| 1288 | |
| 449 | 1289 case K_KENTER: /* <Enter> */ |
| 7 | 1290 c = CAR; |
| 1291 /* FALLTHROUGH */ | |
| 1292 case CAR: | |
| 1293 case NL: | |
| 1294 #if defined(FEAT_WINDOWS) && defined(FEAT_QUICKFIX) | |
| 1295 /* In a quickfix window a <CR> jumps to the error under the | |
| 1296 * cursor. */ | |
| 1297 if (bt_quickfix(curbuf) && c == CAR) | |
| 1298 { | |
| 644 | 1299 if (curwin->w_llist_ref == NULL) /* quickfix window */ |
| 1300 do_cmdline_cmd((char_u *)".cc"); | |
| 1301 else /* location list window */ | |
| 1302 do_cmdline_cmd((char_u *)".ll"); | |
| 7 | 1303 break; |
| 1304 } | |
| 1305 #endif | |
| 1306 #ifdef FEAT_CMDWIN | |
| 1307 if (cmdwin_type != 0) | |
| 1308 { | |
| 1309 /* Execute the command in the cmdline window. */ | |
| 1310 cmdwin_result = CAR; | |
| 1311 goto doESCkey; | |
| 1312 } | |
| 1313 #endif | |
| 1314 if (ins_eol(c) && !p_im) | |
| 1315 goto doESCkey; /* out of memory */ | |
| 1316 auto_format(FALSE, FALSE); | |
| 1317 inserted_space = FALSE; | |
| 1318 break; | |
| 1319 | |
|
2250
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2227
diff
changeset
|
1320 #if defined(FEAT_DIGRAPHS) || defined(FEAT_INS_EXPAND) |
| 449 | 1321 case Ctrl_K: /* digraph or keyword completion */ |
| 7 | 1322 # ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND |
| 1323 if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_DICTIONARY) | |
| 1324 { | |
| 449 | 1325 if (has_compl_option(TRUE)) |
| 1326 goto docomplete; | |
| 1327 break; | |
| 7 | 1328 } |
| 1329 # endif | |
| 1330 # ifdef FEAT_DIGRAPHS | |
| 1331 c = ins_digraph(); | |
| 1332 if (c == NUL) | |
| 1333 break; | |
| 1334 # endif | |
| 1335 goto normalchar; | |
| 449 | 1336 #endif |
| 7 | 1337 |
| 1338 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND | |
| 464 | 1339 case Ctrl_X: /* Enter CTRL-X mode */ |
| 1340 ins_ctrl_x(); | |
| 1341 break; | |
| 1342 | |
| 449 | 1343 case Ctrl_RSB: /* Tag name completion after ^X */ |
| 7 | 1344 if (ctrl_x_mode != CTRL_X_TAGS) |
| 1345 goto normalchar; | |
| 1346 goto docomplete; | |
| 1347 | |
| 449 | 1348 case Ctrl_F: /* File name completion after ^X */ |
| 7 | 1349 if (ctrl_x_mode != CTRL_X_FILES) |
| 1350 goto normalchar; | |
| 1351 goto docomplete; | |
| 477 | 1352 |
| 1353 case 's': /* Spelling completion after ^X */ | |
| 1354 case Ctrl_S: | |
| 1355 if (ctrl_x_mode != CTRL_X_SPELL) | |
| 1356 goto normalchar; | |
| 1357 goto docomplete; | |
| 7 | 1358 #endif |
| 1359 | |
| 449 | 1360 case Ctrl_L: /* Whole line completion after ^X */ |
| 7 | 1361 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND |
| 1362 if (ctrl_x_mode != CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE) | |
| 1363 #endif | |
| 1364 { | |
| 1365 /* CTRL-L with 'insertmode' set: Leave Insert mode */ | |
| 1366 if (p_im) | |
| 1367 { | |
| 1368 if (echeck_abbr(Ctrl_L + ABBR_OFF)) | |
| 1369 break; | |
| 1370 goto doESCkey; | |
| 1371 } | |
| 1372 goto normalchar; | |
| 1373 } | |
| 1374 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND | |
| 1375 /* FALLTHROUGH */ | |
| 1376 | |
| 449 | 1377 case Ctrl_P: /* Do previous/next pattern completion */ |
| 7 | 1378 case Ctrl_N: |
| 1379 /* if 'complete' is empty then plain ^P is no longer special, | |
| 1380 * but it is under other ^X modes */ | |
| 1381 if (*curbuf->b_p_cpt == NUL | |
| 1382 && ctrl_x_mode != 0 | |
| 449 | 1383 && !(compl_cont_status & CONT_LOCAL)) |
| 7 | 1384 goto normalchar; |
| 1385 | |
| 1386 docomplete: | |
| 1927 | 1387 compl_busy = TRUE; |
| 7 | 1388 if (ins_complete(c) == FAIL) |
| 449 | 1389 compl_cont_status = 0; |
| 1927 | 1390 compl_busy = FALSE; |
| 7 | 1391 break; |
| 1392 #endif /* FEAT_INS_EXPAND */ | |
| 1393 | |
| 449 | 1394 case Ctrl_Y: /* copy from previous line or scroll down */ |
| 1395 case Ctrl_E: /* copy from next line or scroll up */ | |
| 1396 c = ins_ctrl_ey(c); | |
| 7 | 1397 break; |
| 1398 | |
| 1399 default: | |
| 1400 #ifdef UNIX | |
| 1401 if (c == intr_char) /* special interrupt char */ | |
| 1402 goto do_intr; | |
| 1403 #endif | |
| 1404 | |
| 2845 | 1405 normalchar: |
| 7 | 1406 /* |
| 1407 * Insert a nomal character. | |
| 1408 */ | |
| 2845 | 1409 #ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD |
| 1410 if (!p_paste) | |
| 1411 { | |
| 3390 | 1412 /* Trigger InsertCharPre. */ |
| 1413 char_u *str = do_insert_char_pre(c); | |
| 1414 char_u *p; | |
| 1415 | |
| 1416 if (str != NULL) | |
| 2845 | 1417 { |
| 3390 | 1418 if (*str != NUL && stop_arrow() != FAIL) |
| 2845 | 1419 { |
| 3390 | 1420 /* Insert the new value of v:char literally. */ |
| 1421 for (p = str; *p != NUL; mb_ptr_adv(p)) | |
| 2845 | 1422 { |
| 3390 | 1423 c = PTR2CHAR(p); |
| 1424 if (c == CAR || c == K_KENTER || c == NL) | |
| 1425 ins_eol(c); | |
| 1426 else | |
| 1427 ins_char(c); | |
| 2845 | 1428 } |
| 3390 | 1429 AppendToRedobuffLit(str, -1); |
| 2845 | 1430 } |
| 3390 | 1431 vim_free(str); |
| 1432 c = NUL; | |
| 2845 | 1433 } |
| 1434 | |
| 3390 | 1435 /* If the new value is already inserted or an empty string |
| 1436 * then don't insert any character. */ | |
| 2845 | 1437 if (c == NUL) |
| 1438 break; | |
| 1439 } | |
| 1440 #endif | |
| 7 | 1441 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT |
| 1442 /* Try to perform smart-indenting. */ | |
| 1443 ins_try_si(c); | |
| 1444 #endif | |
| 1445 | |
| 1446 if (c == ' ') | |
| 1447 { | |
| 1448 inserted_space = TRUE; | |
| 1449 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT | |
| 1450 if (inindent(0)) | |
| 1451 can_cindent = FALSE; | |
| 1452 #endif | |
| 1453 if (Insstart_blank_vcol == MAXCOL | |
| 1454 && curwin->w_cursor.lnum == Insstart.lnum) | |
| 1455 Insstart_blank_vcol = get_nolist_virtcol(); | |
| 1456 } | |
| 1457 | |
| 3448 | 1458 /* Insert a normal character and check for abbreviations on a |
| 1459 * special character. Let CTRL-] expand abbreviations without | |
| 1460 * inserting it. */ | |
| 1461 if (vim_iswordc(c) || (!echeck_abbr( | |
| 7 | 1462 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE |
| 1463 /* Add ABBR_OFF for characters above 0x100, this is | |
| 1464 * what check_abbr() expects. */ | |
| 1465 (has_mbyte && c >= 0x100) ? (c + ABBR_OFF) : | |
| 1466 #endif | |
| 3448 | 1467 c) && c != Ctrl_RSB)) |
| 7 | 1468 { |
| 1469 insert_special(c, FALSE, FALSE); | |
| 1470 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT | |
| 1471 revins_legal++; | |
| 1472 revins_chars++; | |
| 1473 #endif | |
| 1474 } | |
| 1475 | |
| 1476 auto_format(FALSE, TRUE); | |
| 1477 | |
| 1478 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING | |
| 1479 /* When inserting a character the cursor line must never be in a | |
| 1480 * closed fold. */ | |
| 1481 foldOpenCursor(); | |
| 1482 #endif | |
| 1483 break; | |
| 1484 } /* end of switch (c) */ | |
| 1485 | |
| 978 | 1486 #ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD |
| 1487 /* If typed something may trigger CursorHoldI again. */ | |
| 1488 if (c != K_CURSORHOLD) | |
| 1489 did_cursorhold = FALSE; | |
| 1490 #endif | |
| 1491 | |
| 7 | 1492 /* If the cursor was moved we didn't just insert a space */ |
| 1493 if (arrow_used) | |
| 1494 inserted_space = FALSE; | |
| 1495 | |
| 1496 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT | |
| 1497 if (can_cindent && cindent_on() | |
| 1498 # ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND | |
| 1499 && ctrl_x_mode == 0 | |
| 1500 # endif | |
| 1501 ) | |
| 1502 { | |
| 1503 force_cindent: | |
| 1504 /* | |
| 1505 * Indent now if a key was typed that is in 'cinkeys'. | |
| 1506 */ | |
| 1507 if (in_cinkeys(c, ' ', line_is_white)) | |
| 1508 { | |
| 1509 if (stop_arrow() == OK) | |
| 1510 /* re-indent the current line */ | |
| 1511 do_c_expr_indent(); | |
| 1512 } | |
| 1513 } | |
| 1514 #endif /* FEAT_CINDENT */ | |
| 1515 | |
| 1516 } /* for (;;) */ | |
| 1517 /* NOTREACHED */ | |
| 1518 } | |
| 1519 | |
| 1520 /* | |
| 1521 * Redraw for Insert mode. | |
| 1522 * This is postponed until getting the next character to make '$' in the 'cpo' | |
| 1523 * option work correctly. | |
| 1524 * Only redraw when there are no characters available. This speeds up | |
| 1525 * inserting sequences of characters (e.g., for CTRL-R). | |
| 1526 */ | |
| 1527 static void | |
| 661 | 1528 ins_redraw(ready) |
| 1876 | 1529 int ready UNUSED; /* not busy with something */ |
| 7 | 1530 { |
|
2282
a888ed7ba375
Make updating text for conceal mode simpler. A few compiler warning fixes.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2250
diff
changeset
|
1531 #ifdef FEAT_CONCEAL |
|
a888ed7ba375
Make updating text for conceal mode simpler. A few compiler warning fixes.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2250
diff
changeset
|
1532 linenr_T conceal_old_cursor_line = 0; |
|
a888ed7ba375
Make updating text for conceal mode simpler. A few compiler warning fixes.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2250
diff
changeset
|
1533 linenr_T conceal_new_cursor_line = 0; |
|
a888ed7ba375
Make updating text for conceal mode simpler. A few compiler warning fixes.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2250
diff
changeset
|
1534 int conceal_update_lines = FALSE; |
|
a888ed7ba375
Make updating text for conceal mode simpler. A few compiler warning fixes.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2250
diff
changeset
|
1535 #endif |
|
a888ed7ba375
Make updating text for conceal mode simpler. A few compiler warning fixes.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2250
diff
changeset
|
1536 |
| 7 | 1537 if (!char_avail()) |
| 1538 { | |
|
2282
a888ed7ba375
Make updating text for conceal mode simpler. A few compiler warning fixes.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2250
diff
changeset
|
1539 #if defined(FEAT_AUTOCMD) || defined(FEAT_CONCEAL) |
| 794 | 1540 /* Trigger CursorMoved if the cursor moved. Not when the popup menu is |
| 1541 * visible, the command might delete it. */ | |
|
2282
a888ed7ba375
Make updating text for conceal mode simpler. A few compiler warning fixes.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2250
diff
changeset
|
1542 if (ready && ( |
|
a888ed7ba375
Make updating text for conceal mode simpler. A few compiler warning fixes.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2250
diff
changeset
|
1543 # ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD |
|
a888ed7ba375
Make updating text for conceal mode simpler. A few compiler warning fixes.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2250
diff
changeset
|
1544 has_cursormovedI() |
|
a888ed7ba375
Make updating text for conceal mode simpler. A few compiler warning fixes.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2250
diff
changeset
|
1545 # endif |
|
a888ed7ba375
Make updating text for conceal mode simpler. A few compiler warning fixes.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2250
diff
changeset
|
1546 # if defined(FEAT_AUTOCMD) && defined(FEAT_CONCEAL) |
|
a888ed7ba375
Make updating text for conceal mode simpler. A few compiler warning fixes.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2250
diff
changeset
|
1547 || |
|
a888ed7ba375
Make updating text for conceal mode simpler. A few compiler warning fixes.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2250
diff
changeset
|
1548 # endif |
|
a888ed7ba375
Make updating text for conceal mode simpler. A few compiler warning fixes.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2250
diff
changeset
|
1549 # ifdef FEAT_CONCEAL |
|
2378
85b7dc8da5eb
Add the 'concealcursor' option to decide when the cursor line is to be
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2348
diff
changeset
|
1550 curwin->w_p_cole > 0 |
|
2282
a888ed7ba375
Make updating text for conceal mode simpler. A few compiler warning fixes.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2250
diff
changeset
|
1551 # endif |
|
a888ed7ba375
Make updating text for conceal mode simpler. A few compiler warning fixes.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2250
diff
changeset
|
1552 ) |
|
a888ed7ba375
Make updating text for conceal mode simpler. A few compiler warning fixes.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2250
diff
changeset
|
1553 && !equalpos(last_cursormoved, curwin->w_cursor) |
| 794 | 1554 # ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND |
|
2282
a888ed7ba375
Make updating text for conceal mode simpler. A few compiler warning fixes.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2250
diff
changeset
|
1555 && !pum_visible() |
| 794 | 1556 # endif |
|
2282
a888ed7ba375
Make updating text for conceal mode simpler. A few compiler warning fixes.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2250
diff
changeset
|
1557 ) |
| 661 | 1558 { |
| 1506 | 1559 # ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL |
| 1560 /* Need to update the screen first, to make sure syntax | |
| 1561 * highlighting is correct after making a change (e.g., inserting | |
| 1562 * a "(". The autocommand may also require a redraw, so it's done | |
| 1563 * again below, unfortunately. */ | |
|
2250
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2227
diff
changeset
|
1564 if (syntax_present(curwin) && must_redraw) |
| 1506 | 1565 update_screen(0); |
| 1566 # endif | |
|
2282
a888ed7ba375
Make updating text for conceal mode simpler. A few compiler warning fixes.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2250
diff
changeset
|
1567 # ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD |
|
a888ed7ba375
Make updating text for conceal mode simpler. A few compiler warning fixes.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2250
diff
changeset
|
1568 if (has_cursormovedI()) |
|
a888ed7ba375
Make updating text for conceal mode simpler. A few compiler warning fixes.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2250
diff
changeset
|
1569 apply_autocmds(EVENT_CURSORMOVEDI, NULL, NULL, FALSE, curbuf); |
|
a888ed7ba375
Make updating text for conceal mode simpler. A few compiler warning fixes.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2250
diff
changeset
|
1570 # endif |
|
a888ed7ba375
Make updating text for conceal mode simpler. A few compiler warning fixes.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2250
diff
changeset
|
1571 # ifdef FEAT_CONCEAL |
|
2378
85b7dc8da5eb
Add the 'concealcursor' option to decide when the cursor line is to be
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2348
diff
changeset
|
1572 if (curwin->w_p_cole > 0) |
|
2282
a888ed7ba375
Make updating text for conceal mode simpler. A few compiler warning fixes.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2250
diff
changeset
|
1573 { |
|
a888ed7ba375
Make updating text for conceal mode simpler. A few compiler warning fixes.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2250
diff
changeset
|
1574 conceal_old_cursor_line = last_cursormoved.lnum; |
|
a888ed7ba375
Make updating text for conceal mode simpler. A few compiler warning fixes.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2250
diff
changeset
|
1575 conceal_new_cursor_line = curwin->w_cursor.lnum; |
|
a888ed7ba375
Make updating text for conceal mode simpler. A few compiler warning fixes.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2250
diff
changeset
|
1576 conceal_update_lines = TRUE; |
|
a888ed7ba375
Make updating text for conceal mode simpler. A few compiler warning fixes.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2250
diff
changeset
|
1577 } |
|
a888ed7ba375
Make updating text for conceal mode simpler. A few compiler warning fixes.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2250
diff
changeset
|
1578 # endif |
| 661 | 1579 last_cursormoved = curwin->w_cursor; |
| 1580 } | |
| 1581 #endif | |
| 7 | 1582 if (must_redraw) |
| 1583 update_screen(0); | |
| 1584 else if (clear_cmdline || redraw_cmdline) | |
| 1585 showmode(); /* clear cmdline and show mode */ | |
|
2282
a888ed7ba375
Make updating text for conceal mode simpler. A few compiler warning fixes.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2250
diff
changeset
|
1586 # if defined(FEAT_CONCEAL) |
|
2378
85b7dc8da5eb
Add the 'concealcursor' option to decide when the cursor line is to be
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2348
diff
changeset
|
1587 if ((conceal_update_lines |
|
85b7dc8da5eb
Add the 'concealcursor' option to decide when the cursor line is to be
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2348
diff
changeset
|
1588 && (conceal_old_cursor_line != conceal_new_cursor_line |
|
85b7dc8da5eb
Add the 'concealcursor' option to decide when the cursor line is to be
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2348
diff
changeset
|
1589 || conceal_cursor_line(curwin))) |
|
85b7dc8da5eb
Add the 'concealcursor' option to decide when the cursor line is to be
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2348
diff
changeset
|
1590 || need_cursor_line_redraw) |
|
85b7dc8da5eb
Add the 'concealcursor' option to decide when the cursor line is to be
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2348
diff
changeset
|
1591 { |
|
85b7dc8da5eb
Add the 'concealcursor' option to decide when the cursor line is to be
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2348
diff
changeset
|
1592 if (conceal_old_cursor_line != conceal_new_cursor_line) |
|
85b7dc8da5eb
Add the 'concealcursor' option to decide when the cursor line is to be
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2348
diff
changeset
|
1593 update_single_line(curwin, conceal_old_cursor_line); |
|
85b7dc8da5eb
Add the 'concealcursor' option to decide when the cursor line is to be
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2348
diff
changeset
|
1594 update_single_line(curwin, conceal_new_cursor_line == 0 |
|
85b7dc8da5eb
Add the 'concealcursor' option to decide when the cursor line is to be
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2348
diff
changeset
|
1595 ? curwin->w_cursor.lnum : conceal_new_cursor_line); |
|
2282
a888ed7ba375
Make updating text for conceal mode simpler. A few compiler warning fixes.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2250
diff
changeset
|
1596 curwin->w_valid &= ~VALID_CROW; |
|
a888ed7ba375
Make updating text for conceal mode simpler. A few compiler warning fixes.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2250
diff
changeset
|
1597 } |
|
a888ed7ba375
Make updating text for conceal mode simpler. A few compiler warning fixes.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2250
diff
changeset
|
1598 # endif |
| 7 | 1599 showruler(FALSE); |
| 1600 setcursor(); | |
| 1601 emsg_on_display = FALSE; /* may remove error message now */ | |
| 1602 } | |
| 1603 } | |
| 1604 | |
| 1605 /* | |
| 1606 * Handle a CTRL-V or CTRL-Q typed in Insert mode. | |
| 1607 */ | |
| 1608 static void | |
| 1609 ins_ctrl_v() | |
| 1610 { | |
| 1611 int c; | |
| 2811 | 1612 int did_putchar = FALSE; |
| 7 | 1613 |
| 1614 /* may need to redraw when no more chars available now */ | |
| 661 | 1615 ins_redraw(FALSE); |
| 7 | 1616 |
| 1617 if (redrawing() && !char_avail()) | |
| 2811 | 1618 { |
| 7 | 1619 edit_putchar('^', TRUE); |
| 2811 | 1620 did_putchar = TRUE; |
| 1621 } | |
| 7 | 1622 AppendToRedobuff((char_u *)CTRL_V_STR); /* CTRL-V */ |
| 1623 | |
| 1624 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO | |
| 1625 add_to_showcmd_c(Ctrl_V); | |
| 1626 #endif | |
| 1627 | |
| 1628 c = get_literal(); | |
| 2811 | 1629 if (did_putchar) |
| 1630 /* when the line fits in 'columns' the '^' is at the start of the next | |
| 1631 * line and will not removed by the redraw */ | |
| 1632 edit_unputchar(); | |
| 7 | 1633 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO |
| 1634 clear_showcmd(); | |
| 1635 #endif | |
| 1636 insert_special(c, FALSE, TRUE); | |
| 1637 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT | |
| 1638 revins_chars++; | |
| 1639 revins_legal++; | |
| 1640 #endif | |
| 1641 } | |
| 1642 | |
| 1643 /* | |
| 1644 * Put a character directly onto the screen. It's not stored in a buffer. | |
| 1645 * Used while handling CTRL-K, CTRL-V, etc. in Insert mode. | |
| 1646 */ | |
| 1647 static int pc_status; | |
| 1648 #define PC_STATUS_UNSET 0 /* pc_bytes was not set */ | |
| 1649 #define PC_STATUS_RIGHT 1 /* right halve of double-wide char */ | |
| 1650 #define PC_STATUS_LEFT 2 /* left halve of double-wide char */ | |
| 1651 #define PC_STATUS_SET 3 /* pc_bytes was filled */ | |
| 1652 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 1653 static char_u pc_bytes[MB_MAXBYTES + 1]; /* saved bytes */ | |
| 1654 #else | |
| 1655 static char_u pc_bytes[2]; /* saved bytes */ | |
| 1656 #endif | |
| 1657 static int pc_attr; | |
| 1658 static int pc_row; | |
| 1659 static int pc_col; | |
| 1660 | |
| 1661 void | |
| 1662 edit_putchar(c, highlight) | |
| 1663 int c; | |
| 1664 int highlight; | |
| 1665 { | |
| 1666 int attr; | |
| 1667 | |
| 1668 if (ScreenLines != NULL) | |
| 1669 { | |
| 1670 update_topline(); /* just in case w_topline isn't valid */ | |
| 1671 validate_cursor(); | |
| 1672 if (highlight) | |
| 1673 attr = hl_attr(HLF_8); | |
| 1674 else | |
| 1675 attr = 0; | |
| 1676 pc_row = W_WINROW(curwin) + curwin->w_wrow; | |
| 1677 pc_col = W_WINCOL(curwin); | |
| 1678 #if defined(FEAT_RIGHTLEFT) || defined(FEAT_MBYTE) | |
| 1679 pc_status = PC_STATUS_UNSET; | |
| 1680 #endif | |
| 1681 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT | |
| 1682 if (curwin->w_p_rl) | |
| 1683 { | |
| 1684 pc_col += W_WIDTH(curwin) - 1 - curwin->w_wcol; | |
| 1685 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 1686 if (has_mbyte) | |
| 1687 { | |
| 1688 int fix_col = mb_fix_col(pc_col, pc_row); | |
| 1689 | |
| 1690 if (fix_col != pc_col) | |
| 1691 { | |
| 1692 screen_putchar(' ', pc_row, fix_col, attr); | |
| 1693 --curwin->w_wcol; | |
| 1694 pc_status = PC_STATUS_RIGHT; | |
| 1695 } | |
| 1696 } | |
| 1697 # endif | |
| 1698 } | |
| 1699 else | |
| 1700 #endif | |
| 1701 { | |
| 1702 pc_col += curwin->w_wcol; | |
| 1703 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 1704 if (mb_lefthalve(pc_row, pc_col)) | |
| 1705 pc_status = PC_STATUS_LEFT; | |
| 1706 #endif | |
| 1707 } | |
| 1708 | |
| 1709 /* save the character to be able to put it back */ | |
| 1710 #if defined(FEAT_RIGHTLEFT) || defined(FEAT_MBYTE) | |
| 1711 if (pc_status == PC_STATUS_UNSET) | |
| 1712 #endif | |
| 1713 { | |
| 1714 screen_getbytes(pc_row, pc_col, pc_bytes, &pc_attr); | |
| 1715 pc_status = PC_STATUS_SET; | |
| 1716 } | |
| 1717 screen_putchar(c, pc_row, pc_col, attr); | |
| 1718 } | |
| 1719 } | |
| 1720 | |
| 1721 /* | |
| 1722 * Undo the previous edit_putchar(). | |
| 1723 */ | |
| 1724 void | |
| 1725 edit_unputchar() | |
| 1726 { | |
| 1727 if (pc_status != PC_STATUS_UNSET && pc_row >= msg_scrolled) | |
| 1728 { | |
| 1729 #if defined(FEAT_MBYTE) | |
| 1730 if (pc_status == PC_STATUS_RIGHT) | |
| 1731 ++curwin->w_wcol; | |
| 1732 if (pc_status == PC_STATUS_RIGHT || pc_status == PC_STATUS_LEFT) | |
| 1733 redrawWinline(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, FALSE); | |
| 1734 else | |
| 1735 #endif | |
| 1736 screen_puts(pc_bytes, pc_row - msg_scrolled, pc_col, pc_attr); | |
| 1737 } | |
| 1738 } | |
| 1739 | |
| 1740 /* | |
| 1741 * Called when p_dollar is set: display a '$' at the end of the changed text | |
| 1742 * Only works when cursor is in the line that changes. | |
| 1743 */ | |
| 1744 void | |
| 1745 display_dollar(col) | |
| 1746 colnr_T col; | |
| 1747 { | |
| 1748 colnr_T save_col; | |
| 1749 | |
| 1750 if (!redrawing()) | |
| 1751 return; | |
| 1752 | |
| 1753 cursor_off(); | |
| 1754 save_col = curwin->w_cursor.col; | |
| 1755 curwin->w_cursor.col = col; | |
| 1756 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 1757 if (has_mbyte) | |
| 1758 { | |
| 1759 char_u *p; | |
| 1760 | |
| 1761 /* If on the last byte of a multi-byte move to the first byte. */ | |
| 1762 p = ml_get_curline(); | |
| 1763 curwin->w_cursor.col -= (*mb_head_off)(p, p + col); | |
| 1764 } | |
| 1765 #endif | |
| 1766 curs_columns(FALSE); /* recompute w_wrow and w_wcol */ | |
| 1767 if (curwin->w_wcol < W_WIDTH(curwin)) | |
| 1768 { | |
| 1769 edit_putchar('$', FALSE); | |
| 1770 dollar_vcol = curwin->w_virtcol; | |
| 1771 } | |
| 1772 curwin->w_cursor.col = save_col; | |
| 1773 } | |
| 1774 | |
| 1775 /* | |
| 1776 * Call this function before moving the cursor from the normal insert position | |
| 1777 * in insert mode. | |
| 1778 */ | |
| 1779 static void | |
| 1780 undisplay_dollar() | |
| 1781 { | |
| 3318 | 1782 if (dollar_vcol >= 0) |
| 1783 { | |
| 1784 dollar_vcol = -1; | |
| 7 | 1785 redrawWinline(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, FALSE); |
| 1786 } | |
| 1787 } | |
| 1788 | |
| 1789 /* | |
| 1790 * Insert an indent (for <Tab> or CTRL-T) or delete an indent (for CTRL-D). | |
| 1791 * Keep the cursor on the same character. | |
| 1792 * type == INDENT_INC increase indent (for CTRL-T or <Tab>) | |
| 1793 * type == INDENT_DEC decrease indent (for CTRL-D) | |
| 1794 * type == INDENT_SET set indent to "amount" | |
| 1795 * if round is TRUE, round the indent to 'shiftwidth' (only with _INC and _Dec). | |
| 1796 */ | |
| 1797 void | |
| 1516 | 1798 change_indent(type, amount, round, replaced, call_changed_bytes) |
| 7 | 1799 int type; |
| 1800 int amount; | |
| 1801 int round; | |
| 1802 int replaced; /* replaced character, put on replace stack */ | |
| 1516 | 1803 int call_changed_bytes; /* call changed_bytes() */ |
| 7 | 1804 { |
| 1805 int vcol; | |
| 1806 int last_vcol; | |
| 1807 int insstart_less; /* reduction for Insstart.col */ | |
| 1808 int new_cursor_col; | |
| 1809 int i; | |
| 1810 char_u *ptr; | |
| 1811 int save_p_list; | |
| 1812 int start_col; | |
| 1813 colnr_T vc; | |
| 1814 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE | |
| 1815 colnr_T orig_col = 0; /* init for GCC */ | |
| 1816 char_u *new_line, *orig_line = NULL; /* init for GCC */ | |
| 1817 | |
| 1818 /* VREPLACE mode needs to know what the line was like before changing */ | |
| 1819 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG) | |
| 1820 { | |
| 1821 orig_line = vim_strsave(ml_get_curline()); /* Deal with NULL below */ | |
| 1822 orig_col = curwin->w_cursor.col; | |
| 1823 } | |
| 1824 #endif | |
| 1825 | |
| 1826 /* for the following tricks we don't want list mode */ | |
| 1827 save_p_list = curwin->w_p_list; | |
| 1828 curwin->w_p_list = FALSE; | |
| 1829 vc = getvcol_nolist(&curwin->w_cursor); | |
| 1830 vcol = vc; | |
| 1831 | |
| 1832 /* | |
| 1833 * For Replace mode we need to fix the replace stack later, which is only | |
| 1834 * possible when the cursor is in the indent. Remember the number of | |
| 1835 * characters before the cursor if it's possible. | |
| 1836 */ | |
| 1837 start_col = curwin->w_cursor.col; | |
| 1838 | |
| 1839 /* determine offset from first non-blank */ | |
| 1840 new_cursor_col = curwin->w_cursor.col; | |
| 1841 beginline(BL_WHITE); | |
| 1842 new_cursor_col -= curwin->w_cursor.col; | |
| 1843 | |
| 1844 insstart_less = curwin->w_cursor.col; | |
| 1845 | |
| 1846 /* | |
| 1847 * If the cursor is in the indent, compute how many screen columns the | |
| 1848 * cursor is to the left of the first non-blank. | |
| 1849 */ | |
| 1850 if (new_cursor_col < 0) | |
| 1851 vcol = get_indent() - vcol; | |
| 1852 | |
| 1853 if (new_cursor_col > 0) /* can't fix replace stack */ | |
| 1854 start_col = -1; | |
| 1855 | |
| 1856 /* | |
| 1857 * Set the new indent. The cursor will be put on the first non-blank. | |
| 1858 */ | |
| 1859 if (type == INDENT_SET) | |
| 1516 | 1860 (void)set_indent(amount, call_changed_bytes ? SIN_CHANGED : 0); |
| 7 | 1861 else |
| 1862 { | |
| 1863 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE | |
| 1864 int save_State = State; | |
| 1865 | |
| 1866 /* Avoid being called recursively. */ | |
| 1867 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG) | |
| 1868 State = INSERT; | |
| 1869 #endif | |
| 1516 | 1870 shift_line(type == INDENT_DEC, round, 1, call_changed_bytes); |
| 7 | 1871 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE |
| 1872 State = save_State; | |
| 1873 #endif | |
| 1874 } | |
| 1875 insstart_less -= curwin->w_cursor.col; | |
| 1876 | |
| 1877 /* | |
| 1878 * Try to put cursor on same character. | |
| 1879 * If the cursor is at or after the first non-blank in the line, | |
| 1880 * compute the cursor column relative to the column of the first | |
| 1881 * non-blank character. | |
| 1882 * If we are not in insert mode, leave the cursor on the first non-blank. | |
| 1883 * If the cursor is before the first non-blank, position it relative | |
| 1884 * to the first non-blank, counted in screen columns. | |
| 1885 */ | |
| 1886 if (new_cursor_col >= 0) | |
| 1887 { | |
| 1888 /* | |
| 1889 * When changing the indent while the cursor is touching it, reset | |
| 1890 * Insstart_col to 0. | |
| 1891 */ | |
| 1892 if (new_cursor_col == 0) | |
| 1893 insstart_less = MAXCOL; | |
| 1894 new_cursor_col += curwin->w_cursor.col; | |
| 1895 } | |
| 1896 else if (!(State & INSERT)) | |
| 1897 new_cursor_col = curwin->w_cursor.col; | |
| 1898 else | |
| 1899 { | |
| 1900 /* | |
| 1901 * Compute the screen column where the cursor should be. | |
| 1902 */ | |
| 1903 vcol = get_indent() - vcol; | |
| 1869 | 1904 curwin->w_virtcol = (colnr_T)((vcol < 0) ? 0 : vcol); |
| 7 | 1905 |
| 1906 /* | |
| 1907 * Advance the cursor until we reach the right screen column. | |
| 1908 */ | |
| 1909 vcol = last_vcol = 0; | |
| 1910 new_cursor_col = -1; | |
| 1911 ptr = ml_get_curline(); | |
| 1912 while (vcol <= (int)curwin->w_virtcol) | |
| 1913 { | |
| 1914 last_vcol = vcol; | |
| 1915 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 1916 if (has_mbyte && new_cursor_col >= 0) | |
| 474 | 1917 new_cursor_col += (*mb_ptr2len)(ptr + new_cursor_col); |
| 7 | 1918 else |
| 1919 #endif | |
| 1920 ++new_cursor_col; | |
| 1921 vcol += lbr_chartabsize(ptr + new_cursor_col, (colnr_T)vcol); | |
| 1922 } | |
| 1923 vcol = last_vcol; | |
| 1924 | |
| 1925 /* | |
| 1926 * May need to insert spaces to be able to position the cursor on | |
| 1927 * the right screen column. | |
| 1928 */ | |
| 1929 if (vcol != (int)curwin->w_virtcol) | |
| 1930 { | |
| 1869 | 1931 curwin->w_cursor.col = (colnr_T)new_cursor_col; |
| 7 | 1932 i = (int)curwin->w_virtcol - vcol; |
| 1869 | 1933 ptr = alloc((unsigned)(i + 1)); |
| 7 | 1934 if (ptr != NULL) |
| 1935 { | |
| 1936 new_cursor_col += i; | |
| 1937 ptr[i] = NUL; | |
| 1938 while (--i >= 0) | |
| 1939 ptr[i] = ' '; | |
| 1940 ins_str(ptr); | |
| 1941 vim_free(ptr); | |
| 1942 } | |
| 1943 } | |
| 1944 | |
| 1945 /* | |
| 1946 * When changing the indent while the cursor is in it, reset | |
| 1947 * Insstart_col to 0. | |
| 1948 */ | |
| 1949 insstart_less = MAXCOL; | |
| 1950 } | |
| 1951 | |
| 1952 curwin->w_p_list = save_p_list; | |
| 1953 | |
| 1954 if (new_cursor_col <= 0) | |
| 1955 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0; | |
| 1956 else | |
| 1869 | 1957 curwin->w_cursor.col = (colnr_T)new_cursor_col; |
| 7 | 1958 curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE; |
| 1959 changed_cline_bef_curs(); | |
| 1960 | |
| 1961 /* | |
| 1962 * May have to adjust the start of the insert. | |
| 1963 */ | |
| 1964 if (State & INSERT) | |
| 1965 { | |
| 1966 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum == Insstart.lnum && Insstart.col != 0) | |
| 1967 { | |
| 1968 if ((int)Insstart.col <= insstart_less) | |
| 1969 Insstart.col = 0; | |
| 1970 else | |
| 1971 Insstart.col -= insstart_less; | |
| 1972 } | |
| 1973 if ((int)ai_col <= insstart_less) | |
| 1974 ai_col = 0; | |
| 1975 else | |
| 1976 ai_col -= insstart_less; | |
| 1977 } | |
| 1978 | |
| 1979 /* | |
| 1980 * For REPLACE mode, may have to fix the replace stack, if it's possible. | |
| 1981 * If the number of characters before the cursor decreased, need to pop a | |
| 1982 * few characters from the replace stack. | |
| 1983 * If the number of characters before the cursor increased, need to push a | |
| 1984 * few NULs onto the replace stack. | |
| 1985 */ | |
| 1986 if (REPLACE_NORMAL(State) && start_col >= 0) | |
| 1987 { | |
| 1988 while (start_col > (int)curwin->w_cursor.col) | |
| 1989 { | |
| 1990 replace_join(0); /* remove a NUL from the replace stack */ | |
| 1991 --start_col; | |
| 1992 } | |
| 1993 while (start_col < (int)curwin->w_cursor.col || replaced) | |
| 1994 { | |
| 1995 replace_push(NUL); | |
| 1996 if (replaced) | |
| 1997 { | |
| 1998 replace_push(replaced); | |
| 1999 replaced = NUL; | |
| 2000 } | |
| 2001 ++start_col; | |
| 2002 } | |
| 2003 } | |
| 2004 | |
| 2005 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE | |
| 2006 /* | |
| 2007 * For VREPLACE mode, we also have to fix the replace stack. In this case | |
| 2008 * it is always possible because we backspace over the whole line and then | |
| 2009 * put it back again the way we wanted it. | |
| 2010 */ | |
| 2011 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG) | |
| 2012 { | |
| 2013 /* If orig_line didn't allocate, just return. At least we did the job, | |
| 2014 * even if you can't backspace. */ | |
| 2015 if (orig_line == NULL) | |
| 2016 return; | |
| 2017 | |
| 2018 /* Save new line */ | |
| 2019 new_line = vim_strsave(ml_get_curline()); | |
| 2020 if (new_line == NULL) | |
| 2021 return; | |
| 2022 | |
| 2023 /* We only put back the new line up to the cursor */ | |
| 2024 new_line[curwin->w_cursor.col] = NUL; | |
| 2025 | |
| 2026 /* Put back original line */ | |
| 2027 ml_replace(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, orig_line, FALSE); | |
| 2028 curwin->w_cursor.col = orig_col; | |
| 2029 | |
| 2030 /* Backspace from cursor to start of line */ | |
| 2031 backspace_until_column(0); | |
| 2032 | |
| 2033 /* Insert new stuff into line again */ | |
| 2034 ins_bytes(new_line); | |
| 2035 | |
| 2036 vim_free(new_line); | |
| 2037 } | |
| 2038 #endif | |
| 2039 } | |
| 2040 | |
| 2041 /* | |
| 2042 * Truncate the space at the end of a line. This is to be used only in an | |
| 2043 * insert mode. It handles fixing the replace stack for REPLACE and VREPLACE | |
| 2044 * modes. | |
| 2045 */ | |
| 2046 void | |
| 2047 truncate_spaces(line) | |
| 2048 char_u *line; | |
| 2049 { | |
| 2050 int i; | |
| 2051 | |
| 2052 /* find start of trailing white space */ | |
| 2053 for (i = (int)STRLEN(line) - 1; i >= 0 && vim_iswhite(line[i]); i--) | |
| 2054 { | |
| 2055 if (State & REPLACE_FLAG) | |
| 2056 replace_join(0); /* remove a NUL from the replace stack */ | |
| 2057 } | |
| 2058 line[i + 1] = NUL; | |
| 2059 } | |
| 2060 | |
| 2061 #if defined(FEAT_VREPLACE) || defined(FEAT_INS_EXPAND) \ | |
| 2062 || defined(FEAT_COMMENTS) || defined(PROTO) | |
| 2063 /* | |
| 2064 * Backspace the cursor until the given column. Handles REPLACE and VREPLACE | |
| 2065 * modes correctly. May also be used when not in insert mode at all. | |
| 1782 | 2066 * Will attempt not to go before "col" even when there is a composing |
| 2067 * character. | |
| 7 | 2068 */ |
| 2069 void | |
| 2070 backspace_until_column(col) | |
| 2071 int col; | |
| 2072 { | |
| 2073 while ((int)curwin->w_cursor.col > col) | |
| 2074 { | |
| 2075 curwin->w_cursor.col--; | |
| 2076 if (State & REPLACE_FLAG) | |
| 1782 | 2077 replace_do_bs(col); |
| 2078 else if (!del_char_after_col(col)) | |
| 2079 break; | |
| 2080 } | |
| 2081 } | |
| 2082 #endif | |
| 2083 | |
| 2084 /* | |
| 2085 * Like del_char(), but make sure not to go before column "limit_col". | |
| 2086 * Only matters when there are composing characters. | |
| 2087 * Return TRUE when something was deleted. | |
| 2088 */ | |
| 2089 static int | |
| 2090 del_char_after_col(limit_col) | |
| 1876 | 2091 int limit_col UNUSED; |
| 1782 | 2092 { |
| 2093 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 2094 if (enc_utf8 && limit_col >= 0) | |
| 2095 { | |
| 1869 | 2096 colnr_T ecol = curwin->w_cursor.col + 1; |
| 1782 | 2097 |
| 2098 /* Make sure the cursor is at the start of a character, but | |
| 2099 * skip forward again when going too far back because of a | |
| 2100 * composing character. */ | |
| 2101 mb_adjust_cursor(); | |
| 1796 | 2102 while (curwin->w_cursor.col < (colnr_T)limit_col) |
| 1782 | 2103 { |
| 2104 int l = utf_ptr2len(ml_get_cursor()); | |
| 2105 | |
| 2106 if (l == 0) /* end of line */ | |
| 2107 break; | |
| 2108 curwin->w_cursor.col += l; | |
| 2109 } | |
| 2110 if (*ml_get_cursor() == NUL || curwin->w_cursor.col == ecol) | |
| 2111 return FALSE; | |
| 1869 | 2112 del_bytes((long)((int)ecol - curwin->w_cursor.col), FALSE, TRUE); |
| 1782 | 2113 } |
| 2114 else | |
| 2115 #endif | |
| 2116 (void)del_char(FALSE); | |
| 2117 return TRUE; | |
| 2118 } | |
| 7 | 2119 |
| 2120 #if defined(FEAT_INS_EXPAND) || defined(PROTO) | |
| 2121 /* | |
| 449 | 2122 * CTRL-X pressed in Insert mode. |
| 2123 */ | |
| 2124 static void | |
| 2125 ins_ctrl_x() | |
| 2126 { | |
| 2127 /* CTRL-X after CTRL-X CTRL-V doesn't do anything, so that CTRL-X | |
| 2128 * CTRL-V works like CTRL-N */ | |
| 2129 if (ctrl_x_mode != CTRL_X_CMDLINE) | |
| 2130 { | |
| 2131 /* if the next ^X<> won't ADD nothing, then reset | |
| 2132 * compl_cont_status */ | |
| 2133 if (compl_cont_status & CONT_N_ADDS) | |
| 665 | 2134 compl_cont_status |= CONT_INTRPT; |
| 449 | 2135 else |
| 2136 compl_cont_status = 0; | |
| 2137 /* We're not sure which CTRL-X mode it will be yet */ | |
| 2138 ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_NOT_DEFINED_YET; | |
| 2139 edit_submode = (char_u *)_(CTRL_X_MSG(ctrl_x_mode)); | |
| 2140 edit_submode_pre = NULL; | |
| 2141 showmode(); | |
| 2142 } | |
| 2143 } | |
| 2144 | |
| 2145 /* | |
| 2146 * Return TRUE if the 'dict' or 'tsr' option can be used. | |
| 2147 */ | |
| 2148 static int | |
| 2149 has_compl_option(dict_opt) | |
| 2150 int dict_opt; | |
| 2151 { | |
| 703 | 2152 if (dict_opt ? (*curbuf->b_p_dict == NUL && *p_dict == NUL |
| 744 | 2153 # ifdef FEAT_SPELL |
| 2154 && !curwin->w_p_spell | |
| 2155 # endif | |
| 2156 ) | |
| 449 | 2157 : (*curbuf->b_p_tsr == NUL && *p_tsr == NUL)) |
| 2158 { | |
| 2159 ctrl_x_mode = 0; | |
| 2160 edit_submode = NULL; | |
| 2161 msg_attr(dict_opt ? (char_u *)_("'dictionary' option is empty") | |
| 2162 : (char_u *)_("'thesaurus' option is empty"), | |
| 2163 hl_attr(HLF_E)); | |
| 2164 if (emsg_silent == 0) | |
| 2165 { | |
| 2166 vim_beep(); | |
| 2167 setcursor(); | |
| 2168 out_flush(); | |
| 2169 ui_delay(2000L, FALSE); | |
| 2170 } | |
| 2171 return FALSE; | |
| 2172 } | |
| 2173 return TRUE; | |
| 2174 } | |
| 2175 | |
| 2176 /* | |
| 7 | 2177 * Is the character 'c' a valid key to go to or keep us in CTRL-X mode? |
| 2178 * This depends on the current mode. | |
| 2179 */ | |
| 2180 int | |
| 2181 vim_is_ctrl_x_key(c) | |
| 2182 int c; | |
| 2183 { | |
| 2184 /* Always allow ^R - let it's results then be checked */ | |
| 2185 if (c == Ctrl_R) | |
| 2186 return TRUE; | |
| 2187 | |
| 610 | 2188 /* Accept <PageUp> and <PageDown> if the popup menu is visible. */ |
| 644 | 2189 if (ins_compl_pum_key(c)) |
| 610 | 2190 return TRUE; |
| 2191 | |
| 7 | 2192 switch (ctrl_x_mode) |
| 2193 { | |
| 2194 case 0: /* Not in any CTRL-X mode */ | |
| 2195 return (c == Ctrl_N || c == Ctrl_P || c == Ctrl_X); | |
| 2196 case CTRL_X_NOT_DEFINED_YET: | |
| 449 | 2197 return ( c == Ctrl_X || c == Ctrl_Y || c == Ctrl_E |
| 7 | 2198 || c == Ctrl_L || c == Ctrl_F || c == Ctrl_RSB |
| 2199 || c == Ctrl_I || c == Ctrl_D || c == Ctrl_P | |
| 2200 || c == Ctrl_N || c == Ctrl_T || c == Ctrl_V | |
| 477 | 2201 || c == Ctrl_Q || c == Ctrl_U || c == Ctrl_O |
| 3229 | 2202 || c == Ctrl_S || c == Ctrl_K || c == 's'); |
| 7 | 2203 case CTRL_X_SCROLL: |
| 2204 return (c == Ctrl_Y || c == Ctrl_E); | |
| 2205 case CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE: | |
| 2206 return (c == Ctrl_L || c == Ctrl_P || c == Ctrl_N); | |
| 2207 case CTRL_X_FILES: | |
| 2208 return (c == Ctrl_F || c == Ctrl_P || c == Ctrl_N); | |
| 2209 case CTRL_X_DICTIONARY: | |
| 2210 return (c == Ctrl_K || c == Ctrl_P || c == Ctrl_N); | |
| 2211 case CTRL_X_THESAURUS: | |
| 2212 return (c == Ctrl_T || c == Ctrl_P || c == Ctrl_N); | |
| 2213 case CTRL_X_TAGS: | |
| 2214 return (c == Ctrl_RSB || c == Ctrl_P || c == Ctrl_N); | |
| 2215 #ifdef FEAT_FIND_ID | |
| 2216 case CTRL_X_PATH_PATTERNS: | |
| 2217 return (c == Ctrl_P || c == Ctrl_N); | |
| 2218 case CTRL_X_PATH_DEFINES: | |
| 2219 return (c == Ctrl_D || c == Ctrl_P || c == Ctrl_N); | |
| 2220 #endif | |
| 2221 case CTRL_X_CMDLINE: | |
| 2222 return (c == Ctrl_V || c == Ctrl_Q || c == Ctrl_P || c == Ctrl_N | |
| 2223 || c == Ctrl_X); | |
| 12 | 2224 #ifdef FEAT_COMPL_FUNC |
| 2225 case CTRL_X_FUNCTION: | |
| 449 | 2226 return (c == Ctrl_U || c == Ctrl_P || c == Ctrl_N); |
| 523 | 2227 case CTRL_X_OMNI: |
| 449 | 2228 return (c == Ctrl_O || c == Ctrl_P || c == Ctrl_N); |
| 502 | 2229 #endif |
| 477 | 2230 case CTRL_X_SPELL: |
| 2231 return (c == Ctrl_S || c == Ctrl_P || c == Ctrl_N); | |
| 7 | 2232 } |
| 2233 EMSG(_(e_internal)); | |
| 2234 return FALSE; | |
| 2235 } | |
| 2236 | |
| 2237 /* | |
| 1430 | 2238 * Return TRUE when character "c" is part of the item currently being |
| 2239 * completed. Used to decide whether to abandon complete mode when the menu | |
| 2240 * is visible. | |
| 2241 */ | |
| 2242 static int | |
| 2243 ins_compl_accept_char(c) | |
| 2244 int c; | |
| 2245 { | |
| 2246 if (ctrl_x_mode & CTRL_X_WANT_IDENT) | |
| 2247 /* When expanding an identifier only accept identifier chars. */ | |
| 2248 return vim_isIDc(c); | |
| 2249 | |
| 2250 switch (ctrl_x_mode) | |
| 2251 { | |
| 2252 case CTRL_X_FILES: | |
| 2253 /* When expanding file name only accept file name chars. But not | |
| 2254 * path separators, so that "proto/<Tab>" expands files in | |
| 2255 * "proto", not "proto/" as a whole */ | |
| 2256 return vim_isfilec(c) && !vim_ispathsep(c); | |
| 2257 | |
| 2258 case CTRL_X_CMDLINE: | |
| 2259 case CTRL_X_OMNI: | |
| 2260 /* Command line and Omni completion can work with just about any | |
| 2261 * printable character, but do stop at white space. */ | |
| 2262 return vim_isprintc(c) && !vim_iswhite(c); | |
| 2263 | |
| 2264 case CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE: | |
| 2265 /* For while line completion a space can be part of the line. */ | |
| 2266 return vim_isprintc(c); | |
| 2267 } | |
| 2268 return vim_iswordc(c); | |
| 2269 } | |
| 2270 | |
| 2271 /* | |
| 659 | 2272 * This is like ins_compl_add(), but if 'ic' and 'inf' are set, then the |
| 7 | 2273 * case of the originally typed text is used, and the case of the completed |
| 1219 | 2274 * text is inferred, ie this tries to work out what case you probably wanted |
| 7 | 2275 * the rest of the word to be in -- webb |
| 2276 */ | |
| 2277 int | |
| 681 | 2278 ins_compl_add_infercase(str, len, icase, fname, dir, flags) |
| 7 | 2279 char_u *str; |
| 2280 int len; | |
| 681 | 2281 int icase; |
| 7 | 2282 char_u *fname; |
| 2283 int dir; | |
| 464 | 2284 int flags; |
| 7 | 2285 { |
| 1353 | 2286 char_u *p; |
| 2287 int i, c; | |
| 2288 int actual_len; /* Take multi-byte characters */ | |
| 2289 int actual_compl_length; /* into account. */ | |
| 2177 | 2290 int min_len; |
| 2004 | 2291 int *wca; /* Wide character array. */ |
| 7 | 2292 int has_lower = FALSE; |
| 2293 int was_letter = FALSE; | |
| 1353 | 2294 |
| 1436 | 2295 if (p_ic && curbuf->b_p_inf && len > 0) |
| 1353 | 2296 { |
| 2297 /* Infer case of completed part. */ | |
| 2298 | |
| 2299 /* Find actual length of completion. */ | |
| 2300 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 2301 if (has_mbyte) | |
| 2302 { | |
| 2303 p = str; | |
| 2304 actual_len = 0; | |
| 2305 while (*p != NUL) | |
| 2306 { | |
| 2307 mb_ptr_adv(p); | |
| 2308 ++actual_len; | |
| 2309 } | |
| 2310 } | |
| 2311 else | |
| 2312 #endif | |
| 2313 actual_len = len; | |
| 2314 | |
| 2315 /* Find actual length of original text. */ | |
| 2316 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 2317 if (has_mbyte) | |
| 2318 { | |
| 2319 p = compl_orig_text; | |
| 2320 actual_compl_length = 0; | |
| 2321 while (*p != NUL) | |
| 7 | 2322 { |
| 1353 | 2323 mb_ptr_adv(p); |
| 2324 ++actual_compl_length; | |
| 2325 } | |
| 2326 } | |
| 2327 else | |
| 2328 #endif | |
| 2329 actual_compl_length = compl_length; | |
| 2330 | |
| 2177 | 2331 /* "actual_len" may be smaller than "actual_compl_length" when using |
| 2332 * thesaurus, only use the minimum when comparing. */ | |
| 2333 min_len = actual_len < actual_compl_length | |
| 2334 ? actual_len : actual_compl_length; | |
| 2335 | |
| 1353 | 2336 /* Allocate wide character array for the completion and fill it. */ |
| 1869 | 2337 wca = (int *)alloc((unsigned)(actual_len * sizeof(int))); |
| 1353 | 2338 if (wca != NULL) |
| 2339 { | |
| 2340 p = str; | |
| 2341 for (i = 0; i < actual_len; ++i) | |
| 2342 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 2343 if (has_mbyte) | |
| 2344 wca[i] = mb_ptr2char_adv(&p); | |
| 2345 else | |
| 2346 #endif | |
| 2347 wca[i] = *(p++); | |
| 2348 | |
| 2349 /* Rule 1: Were any chars converted to lower? */ | |
| 2350 p = compl_orig_text; | |
| 2177 | 2351 for (i = 0; i < min_len; ++i) |
| 1353 | 2352 { |
| 2353 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 2354 if (has_mbyte) | |
| 2355 c = mb_ptr2char_adv(&p); | |
| 2356 else | |
| 2357 #endif | |
| 2358 c = *(p++); | |
| 2359 if (MB_ISLOWER(c)) | |
| 7 | 2360 { |
| 1353 | 2361 has_lower = TRUE; |
| 2362 if (MB_ISUPPER(wca[i])) | |
| 2363 { | |
| 2364 /* Rule 1 is satisfied. */ | |
| 2365 for (i = actual_compl_length; i < actual_len; ++i) | |
| 2366 wca[i] = MB_TOLOWER(wca[i]); | |
| 2367 break; | |
| 2368 } | |
| 7 | 2369 } |
| 2370 } | |
| 1353 | 2371 |
| 2372 /* | |
| 2373 * Rule 2: No lower case, 2nd consecutive letter converted to | |
| 2374 * upper case. | |
| 2375 */ | |
| 2376 if (!has_lower) | |
| 2377 { | |
| 2378 p = compl_orig_text; | |
| 2177 | 2379 for (i = 0; i < min_len; ++i) |
| 1353 | 2380 { |
| 2381 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 2382 if (has_mbyte) | |
| 2383 c = mb_ptr2char_adv(&p); | |
| 2384 else | |
| 2385 #endif | |
| 2386 c = *(p++); | |
| 2387 if (was_letter && MB_ISUPPER(c) && MB_ISLOWER(wca[i])) | |
| 2388 { | |
| 2389 /* Rule 2 is satisfied. */ | |
| 2390 for (i = actual_compl_length; i < actual_len; ++i) | |
| 2391 wca[i] = MB_TOUPPER(wca[i]); | |
| 2392 break; | |
| 2393 } | |
| 2394 was_letter = MB_ISLOWER(c) || MB_ISUPPER(c); | |
| 2395 } | |
| 2396 } | |
| 2397 | |
| 2398 /* Copy the original case of the part we typed. */ | |
| 2399 p = compl_orig_text; | |
| 2177 | 2400 for (i = 0; i < min_len; ++i) |
| 7 | 2401 { |
| 1353 | 2402 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE |
| 2403 if (has_mbyte) | |
| 2404 c = mb_ptr2char_adv(&p); | |
| 2405 else | |
| 2406 #endif | |
| 2407 c = *(p++); | |
| 2408 if (MB_ISLOWER(c)) | |
| 2409 wca[i] = MB_TOLOWER(wca[i]); | |
| 2410 else if (MB_ISUPPER(c)) | |
| 2411 wca[i] = MB_TOUPPER(wca[i]); | |
| 7 | 2412 } |
| 1353 | 2413 |
| 1436 | 2414 /* |
| 1353 | 2415 * Generate encoding specific output from wide character array. |
| 2416 * Multi-byte characters can occupy up to five bytes more than | |
| 2417 * ASCII characters, and we also need one byte for NUL, so stay | |
| 2418 * six bytes away from the edge of IObuff. | |
| 2419 */ | |
| 2420 p = IObuff; | |
| 2421 i = 0; | |
| 2422 while (i < actual_len && (p - IObuff + 6) < IOSIZE) | |
| 2423 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 2424 if (has_mbyte) | |
| 1446 | 2425 p += (*mb_char2bytes)(wca[i++], p); |
| 1353 | 2426 else |
| 2427 #endif | |
| 2428 *(p++) = wca[i++]; | |
| 2429 *p = NUL; | |
| 2430 | |
| 2431 vim_free(wca); | |
| 2432 } | |
| 7 | 2433 |
| 841 | 2434 return ins_compl_add(IObuff, len, icase, fname, NULL, dir, |
| 2435 flags, FALSE); | |
| 2436 } | |
| 2437 return ins_compl_add(str, len, icase, fname, NULL, dir, flags, FALSE); | |
| 7 | 2438 } |
| 2439 | |
| 2440 /* | |
| 2441 * Add a match to the list of matches. | |
| 2442 * If the given string is already in the list of completions, then return | |
| 464 | 2443 * NOTDONE, otherwise add it to the list and return OK. If there is an error, |
| 681 | 2444 * maybe because alloc() returns NULL, then FAIL is returned. |
| 7 | 2445 */ |
| 841 | 2446 static int |
| 944 | 2447 ins_compl_add(str, len, icase, fname, cptext, cdir, flags, adup) |
| 7 | 2448 char_u *str; |
| 2449 int len; | |
| 681 | 2450 int icase; |
| 7 | 2451 char_u *fname; |
| 841 | 2452 char_u **cptext; /* extra text for popup menu or NULL */ |
| 659 | 2453 int cdir; |
| 464 | 2454 int flags; |
| 944 | 2455 int adup; /* accept duplicate match */ |
| 7 | 2456 { |
| 464 | 2457 compl_T *match; |
| 659 | 2458 int dir = (cdir == 0 ? compl_direction : cdir); |
| 7 | 2459 |
| 2460 ui_breakcheck(); | |
| 2461 if (got_int) | |
| 464 | 2462 return FAIL; |
| 7 | 2463 if (len < 0) |
| 2464 len = (int)STRLEN(str); | |
| 2465 | |
| 2466 /* | |
| 2467 * If the same match is already present, don't add it. | |
| 2468 */ | |
| 944 | 2469 if (compl_first_match != NULL && !adup) |
| 449 | 2470 { |
| 2471 match = compl_first_match; | |
| 7 | 2472 do |
| 2473 { | |
| 464 | 2474 if ( !(match->cp_flags & ORIGINAL_TEXT) |
| 989 | 2475 && STRNCMP(match->cp_str, str, len) == 0 |
| 464 | 2476 && match->cp_str[len] == NUL) |
| 2477 return NOTDONE; | |
| 2478 match = match->cp_next; | |
| 449 | 2479 } while (match != NULL && match != compl_first_match); |
| 7 | 2480 } |
| 2481 | |
| 540 | 2482 /* Remove any popup menu before changing the list of matches. */ |
| 2483 ins_compl_del_pum(); | |
| 2484 | |
| 7 | 2485 /* |
| 2486 * Allocate a new match structure. | |
| 2487 * Copy the values to the new match structure. | |
| 2488 */ | |
| 659 | 2489 match = (compl_T *)alloc_clear((unsigned)sizeof(compl_T)); |
| 7 | 2490 if (match == NULL) |
| 464 | 2491 return FAIL; |
| 2492 match->cp_number = -1; | |
| 2493 if (flags & ORIGINAL_TEXT) | |
| 2494 match->cp_number = 0; | |
| 694 | 2495 if ((match->cp_str = vim_strnsave(str, len)) == NULL) |
| 7 | 2496 { |
| 2497 vim_free(match); | |
| 464 | 2498 return FAIL; |
| 7 | 2499 } |
| 681 | 2500 match->cp_icase = icase; |
| 659 | 2501 |
| 7 | 2502 /* match-fname is: |
| 464 | 2503 * - compl_curr_match->cp_fname if it is a string equal to fname. |
| 7 | 2504 * - a copy of fname, FREE_FNAME is set to free later THE allocated mem. |
| 2505 * - NULL otherwise. --Acevedo */ | |
| 659 | 2506 if (fname != NULL |
| 829 | 2507 && compl_curr_match != NULL |
| 659 | 2508 && compl_curr_match->cp_fname != NULL |
| 2509 && STRCMP(fname, compl_curr_match->cp_fname) == 0) | |
| 464 | 2510 match->cp_fname = compl_curr_match->cp_fname; |
| 659 | 2511 else if (fname != NULL) |
| 2512 { | |
| 2513 match->cp_fname = vim_strsave(fname); | |
| 464 | 2514 flags |= FREE_FNAME; |
| 659 | 2515 } |
| 7 | 2516 else |
| 464 | 2517 match->cp_fname = NULL; |
| 2518 match->cp_flags = flags; | |
| 786 | 2519 |
| 2520 if (cptext != NULL) | |
| 2521 { | |
| 2522 int i; | |
| 2523 | |
| 2524 for (i = 0; i < CPT_COUNT; ++i) | |
| 2525 if (cptext[i] != NULL && *cptext[i] != NUL) | |
| 2526 match->cp_text[i] = vim_strsave(cptext[i]); | |
| 2527 } | |
| 7 | 2528 |
| 2529 /* | |
| 2530 * Link the new match structure in the list of matches. | |
| 2531 */ | |
| 449 | 2532 if (compl_first_match == NULL) |
| 464 | 2533 match->cp_next = match->cp_prev = NULL; |
| 7 | 2534 else if (dir == FORWARD) |
| 2535 { | |
| 464 | 2536 match->cp_next = compl_curr_match->cp_next; |
| 2537 match->cp_prev = compl_curr_match; | |
| 7 | 2538 } |
| 2539 else /* BACKWARD */ | |
| 2540 { | |
| 464 | 2541 match->cp_next = compl_curr_match; |
| 2542 match->cp_prev = compl_curr_match->cp_prev; | |
| 2543 } | |
| 2544 if (match->cp_next) | |
| 2545 match->cp_next->cp_prev = match; | |
| 2546 if (match->cp_prev) | |
| 2547 match->cp_prev->cp_next = match; | |
| 7 | 2548 else /* if there's nothing before, it is the first match */ |
| 449 | 2549 compl_first_match = match; |
| 2550 compl_curr_match = match; | |
| 7 | 2551 |
| 665 | 2552 /* |
| 2553 * Find the longest common string if still doing that. | |
| 2554 */ | |
| 2555 if (compl_get_longest && (flags & ORIGINAL_TEXT) == 0) | |
| 2556 ins_compl_longest_match(match); | |
| 2557 | |
| 7 | 2558 return OK; |
| 2559 } | |
| 2560 | |
| 2561 /* | |
| 681 | 2562 * Return TRUE if "str[len]" matches with match->cp_str, considering |
| 2563 * match->cp_icase. | |
| 2564 */ | |
| 2565 static int | |
| 2566 ins_compl_equal(match, str, len) | |
| 2567 compl_T *match; | |
| 2568 char_u *str; | |
| 2569 int len; | |
| 2570 { | |
| 2571 if (match->cp_icase) | |
| 2572 return STRNICMP(match->cp_str, str, (size_t)len) == 0; | |
| 2573 return STRNCMP(match->cp_str, str, (size_t)len) == 0; | |
| 2574 } | |
| 2575 | |
| 2576 /* | |
| 665 | 2577 * Reduce the longest common string for match "match". |
| 2578 */ | |
| 2579 static void | |
| 2580 ins_compl_longest_match(match) | |
| 2581 compl_T *match; | |
| 2582 { | |
| 2583 char_u *p, *s; | |
| 681 | 2584 int c1, c2; |
| 665 | 2585 int had_match; |
| 2586 | |
| 2587 if (compl_leader == NULL) | |
| 842 | 2588 { |
| 665 | 2589 /* First match, use it as a whole. */ |
| 2590 compl_leader = vim_strsave(match->cp_str); | |
| 842 | 2591 if (compl_leader != NULL) |
| 2592 { | |
| 2593 had_match = (curwin->w_cursor.col > compl_col); | |
| 2594 ins_compl_delete(); | |
| 1782 | 2595 ins_bytes(compl_leader + ins_compl_len()); |
| 842 | 2596 ins_redraw(FALSE); |
| 2597 | |
| 2598 /* When the match isn't there (to avoid matching itself) remove it | |
| 2599 * again after redrawing. */ | |
| 2600 if (!had_match) | |
| 2601 ins_compl_delete(); | |
| 2602 compl_used_match = FALSE; | |
| 2603 } | |
| 2604 } | |
| 665 | 2605 else |
| 2606 { | |
| 2607 /* Reduce the text if this match differs from compl_leader. */ | |
| 681 | 2608 p = compl_leader; |
| 2609 s = match->cp_str; | |
| 2610 while (*p != NUL) | |
| 665 | 2611 { |
| 2612 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 2613 if (has_mbyte) | |
| 2614 { | |
| 681 | 2615 c1 = mb_ptr2char(p); |
| 2616 c2 = mb_ptr2char(s); | |
| 665 | 2617 } |
| 2618 else | |
| 2619 #endif | |
| 2620 { | |
| 681 | 2621 c1 = *p; |
| 2622 c2 = *s; | |
| 2623 } | |
| 2624 if (match->cp_icase ? (MB_TOLOWER(c1) != MB_TOLOWER(c2)) | |
| 2625 : (c1 != c2)) | |
| 2626 break; | |
| 2627 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 2628 if (has_mbyte) | |
| 2629 { | |
| 2630 mb_ptr_adv(p); | |
| 2631 mb_ptr_adv(s); | |
| 2632 } | |
| 2633 else | |
| 2634 #endif | |
| 2635 { | |
| 2636 ++p; | |
| 2637 ++s; | |
| 665 | 2638 } |
| 2639 } | |
| 2640 | |
| 2641 if (*p != NUL) | |
| 2642 { | |
| 2643 /* Leader was shortened, need to change the inserted text. */ | |
| 2644 *p = NUL; | |
| 2645 had_match = (curwin->w_cursor.col > compl_col); | |
| 2646 ins_compl_delete(); | |
| 1782 | 2647 ins_bytes(compl_leader + ins_compl_len()); |
| 665 | 2648 ins_redraw(FALSE); |
| 2649 | |
| 2650 /* When the match isn't there (to avoid matching itself) remove it | |
| 2651 * again after redrawing. */ | |
| 2652 if (!had_match) | |
| 2653 ins_compl_delete(); | |
| 2654 } | |
| 2655 | |
| 2656 compl_used_match = FALSE; | |
| 2657 } | |
| 2658 } | |
| 2659 | |
| 2660 /* | |
| 7 | 2661 * Add an array of matches to the list of matches. |
| 2662 * Frees matches[]. | |
| 2663 */ | |
| 2664 static void | |
| 681 | 2665 ins_compl_add_matches(num_matches, matches, icase) |
| 7 | 2666 int num_matches; |
| 2667 char_u **matches; | |
| 681 | 2668 int icase; |
| 7 | 2669 { |
| 2670 int i; | |
| 2671 int add_r = OK; | |
| 659 | 2672 int dir = compl_direction; |
| 7 | 2673 |
| 464 | 2674 for (i = 0; i < num_matches && add_r != FAIL; i++) |
| 681 | 2675 if ((add_r = ins_compl_add(matches[i], -1, icase, |
| 841 | 2676 NULL, NULL, dir, 0, FALSE)) == OK) |
| 7 | 2677 /* if dir was BACKWARD then honor it just once */ |
| 659 | 2678 dir = FORWARD; |
| 7 | 2679 FreeWild(num_matches, matches); |
| 2680 } | |
| 2681 | |
| 2682 /* Make the completion list cyclic. | |
| 2683 * Return the number of matches (excluding the original). | |
| 2684 */ | |
| 2685 static int | |
| 2686 ins_compl_make_cyclic() | |
| 2687 { | |
| 464 | 2688 compl_T *match; |
| 7 | 2689 int count = 0; |
| 2690 | |
| 449 | 2691 if (compl_first_match != NULL) |
| 7 | 2692 { |
| 2693 /* | |
| 2694 * Find the end of the list. | |
| 2695 */ | |
| 449 | 2696 match = compl_first_match; |
| 2697 /* there's always an entry for the compl_orig_text, it doesn't count. */ | |
| 464 | 2698 while (match->cp_next != NULL && match->cp_next != compl_first_match) |
| 2699 { | |
| 2700 match = match->cp_next; | |
| 7 | 2701 ++count; |
| 2702 } | |
| 464 | 2703 match->cp_next = compl_first_match; |
| 2704 compl_first_match->cp_prev = match; | |
| 7 | 2705 } |
| 2706 return count; | |
| 2707 } | |
| 2708 | |
| 724 | 2709 /* |
| 2710 * Start completion for the complete() function. | |
| 2711 * "startcol" is where the matched text starts (1 is first column). | |
| 2712 * "list" is the list of matches. | |
| 2713 */ | |
| 2714 void | |
| 2715 set_completion(startcol, list) | |
| 1869 | 2716 colnr_T startcol; |
| 724 | 2717 list_T *list; |
| 2718 { | |
| 2719 /* If already doing completions stop it. */ | |
| 2720 if (ctrl_x_mode != 0) | |
| 2721 ins_compl_prep(' '); | |
| 2722 ins_compl_clear(); | |
| 2723 | |
| 2724 if (stop_arrow() == FAIL) | |
| 2725 return; | |
| 2726 | |
| 2632 | 2727 compl_direction = FORWARD; |
| 1869 | 2728 if (startcol > curwin->w_cursor.col) |
| 724 | 2729 startcol = curwin->w_cursor.col; |
| 2730 compl_col = startcol; | |
| 1869 | 2731 compl_length = (int)curwin->w_cursor.col - (int)startcol; |
| 724 | 2732 /* compl_pattern doesn't need to be set */ |
| 2733 compl_orig_text = vim_strnsave(ml_get_curline() + compl_col, compl_length); | |
| 2734 if (compl_orig_text == NULL || ins_compl_add(compl_orig_text, | |
| 942 | 2735 -1, p_ic, NULL, NULL, 0, ORIGINAL_TEXT, FALSE) != OK) |
| 724 | 2736 return; |
| 2737 | |
| 2738 /* Handle like dictionary completion. */ | |
| 2739 ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE; | |
| 2740 | |
| 2741 ins_compl_add_list(list); | |
| 2742 compl_matches = ins_compl_make_cyclic(); | |
| 2743 compl_started = TRUE; | |
| 2744 compl_used_match = TRUE; | |
| 929 | 2745 compl_cont_status = 0; |
| 724 | 2746 |
| 2747 compl_curr_match = compl_first_match; | |
| 2748 ins_complete(Ctrl_N); | |
| 2749 out_flush(); | |
| 2750 } | |
| 2751 | |
| 2752 | |
| 574 | 2753 /* "compl_match_array" points the currently displayed list of entries in the |
| 2754 * popup menu. It is NULL when there is no popup menu. */ | |
| 659 | 2755 static pumitem_T *compl_match_array = NULL; |
| 540 | 2756 static int compl_match_arraysize; |
| 2757 | |
| 2758 /* | |
| 2759 * Update the screen and when there is any scrolling remove the popup menu. | |
| 2760 */ | |
| 2761 static void | |
| 2762 ins_compl_upd_pum() | |
| 2763 { | |
| 2764 int h; | |
| 2765 | |
| 2766 if (compl_match_array != NULL) | |
| 2767 { | |
| 2768 h = curwin->w_cline_height; | |
| 2769 update_screen(0); | |
| 2770 if (h != curwin->w_cline_height) | |
| 2771 ins_compl_del_pum(); | |
| 2772 } | |
| 2773 } | |
| 2774 | |
| 2775 /* | |
| 2776 * Remove any popup menu. | |
| 2777 */ | |
| 2778 static void | |
| 2779 ins_compl_del_pum() | |
| 2780 { | |
| 2781 if (compl_match_array != NULL) | |
| 2782 { | |
| 2783 pum_undisplay(); | |
| 2784 vim_free(compl_match_array); | |
| 2785 compl_match_array = NULL; | |
| 2786 } | |
| 2787 } | |
| 2788 | |
| 2789 /* | |
| 2790 * Return TRUE if the popup menu should be displayed. | |
| 2791 */ | |
| 2792 static int | |
| 2793 pum_wanted() | |
| 2794 { | |
| 707 | 2795 /* 'completeopt' must contain "menu" or "menuone" */ |
| 665 | 2796 if (vim_strchr(p_cot, 'm') == NULL) |
| 540 | 2797 return FALSE; |
| 2798 | |
| 2799 /* The display looks bad on a B&W display. */ | |
| 2800 if (t_colors < 8 | |
| 2801 #ifdef FEAT_GUI | |
| 2802 && !gui.in_use | |
| 2803 #endif | |
| 2804 ) | |
| 2805 return FALSE; | |
| 657 | 2806 return TRUE; |
| 2807 } | |
| 2808 | |
| 2809 /* | |
| 2810 * Return TRUE if there are two or more matches to be shown in the popup menu. | |
| 707 | 2811 * One if 'completopt' contains "menuone". |
| 657 | 2812 */ |
| 2813 static int | |
| 707 | 2814 pum_enough_matches() |
| 657 | 2815 { |
| 2816 compl_T *compl; | |
| 2817 int i; | |
| 540 | 2818 |
| 2819 /* Don't display the popup menu if there are no matches or there is only | |
| 2820 * one (ignoring the original text). */ | |
| 2821 compl = compl_first_match; | |
| 2822 i = 0; | |
| 2823 do | |
| 2824 { | |
| 2825 if (compl == NULL | |
| 2826 || ((compl->cp_flags & ORIGINAL_TEXT) == 0 && ++i == 2)) | |
| 2827 break; | |
| 2828 compl = compl->cp_next; | |
| 2829 } while (compl != compl_first_match); | |
| 2830 | |
| 707 | 2831 if (strstr((char *)p_cot, "menuone") != NULL) |
| 2832 return (i >= 1); | |
| 540 | 2833 return (i >= 2); |
| 2834 } | |
| 2835 | |
| 2836 /* | |
| 2837 * Show the popup menu for the list of matches. | |
| 659 | 2838 * Also adjusts "compl_shown_match" to an entry that is actually displayed. |
| 540 | 2839 */ |
| 648 | 2840 void |
| 540 | 2841 ins_compl_show_pum() |
| 2842 { | |
| 2843 compl_T *compl; | |
| 659 | 2844 compl_T *shown_compl = NULL; |
| 2845 int did_find_shown_match = FALSE; | |
| 2846 int shown_match_ok = FALSE; | |
| 540 | 2847 int i; |
| 2848 int cur = -1; | |
| 2849 colnr_T col; | |
| 657 | 2850 int lead_len = 0; |
| 2851 | |
| 707 | 2852 if (!pum_wanted() || !pum_enough_matches()) |
| 540 | 2853 return; |
| 2854 | |
| 794 | 2855 #if defined(FEAT_EVAL) |
| 2856 /* Dirty hard-coded hack: remove any matchparen highlighting. */ | |
| 2857 do_cmdline_cmd((char_u *)"if exists('g:loaded_matchparen')|3match none|endif"); | |
| 2858 #endif | |
| 2859 | |
| 540 | 2860 /* Update the screen before drawing the popup menu over it. */ |
| 2861 update_screen(0); | |
| 2862 | |
| 2863 if (compl_match_array == NULL) | |
| 2864 { | |
| 2865 /* Need to build the popup menu list. */ | |
| 2866 compl_match_arraysize = 0; | |
| 2867 compl = compl_first_match; | |
| 657 | 2868 if (compl_leader != NULL) |
| 835 | 2869 lead_len = (int)STRLEN(compl_leader); |
| 540 | 2870 do |
| 2871 { | |
| 657 | 2872 if ((compl->cp_flags & ORIGINAL_TEXT) == 0 |
| 2873 && (compl_leader == NULL | |
| 681 | 2874 || ins_compl_equal(compl, compl_leader, lead_len))) |
| 540 | 2875 ++compl_match_arraysize; |
| 2876 compl = compl->cp_next; | |
| 2877 } while (compl != NULL && compl != compl_first_match); | |
| 657 | 2878 if (compl_match_arraysize == 0) |
| 2879 return; | |
| 659 | 2880 compl_match_array = (pumitem_T *)alloc_clear( |
| 2881 (unsigned)(sizeof(pumitem_T) | |
| 540 | 2882 * compl_match_arraysize)); |
| 2883 if (compl_match_array != NULL) | |
| 2884 { | |
| 829 | 2885 /* If the current match is the original text don't find the first |
| 2886 * match after it, don't highlight anything. */ | |
| 2887 if (compl_shown_match->cp_flags & ORIGINAL_TEXT) | |
| 2888 shown_match_ok = TRUE; | |
| 2889 | |
| 540 | 2890 i = 0; |
| 2891 compl = compl_first_match; | |
| 2892 do | |
| 2893 { | |
| 657 | 2894 if ((compl->cp_flags & ORIGINAL_TEXT) == 0 |
| 2895 && (compl_leader == NULL | |
| 681 | 2896 || ins_compl_equal(compl, compl_leader, lead_len))) |
| 540 | 2897 { |
| 659 | 2898 if (!shown_match_ok) |
| 2899 { | |
| 2900 if (compl == compl_shown_match || did_find_shown_match) | |
| 2901 { | |
| 2902 /* This item is the shown match or this is the | |
| 2903 * first displayed item after the shown match. */ | |
| 2904 compl_shown_match = compl; | |
| 2905 did_find_shown_match = TRUE; | |
| 2906 shown_match_ok = TRUE; | |
| 2907 } | |
| 2908 else | |
| 2909 /* Remember this displayed match for when the | |
| 2910 * shown match is just below it. */ | |
| 2911 shown_compl = compl; | |
| 540 | 2912 cur = i; |
| 659 | 2913 } |
| 786 | 2914 |
| 2915 if (compl->cp_text[CPT_ABBR] != NULL) | |
| 2916 compl_match_array[i].pum_text = | |
| 2917 compl->cp_text[CPT_ABBR]; | |
| 2918 else | |
| 2919 compl_match_array[i].pum_text = compl->cp_str; | |
| 2920 compl_match_array[i].pum_kind = compl->cp_text[CPT_KIND]; | |
| 2921 compl_match_array[i].pum_info = compl->cp_text[CPT_INFO]; | |
| 2922 if (compl->cp_text[CPT_MENU] != NULL) | |
| 2923 compl_match_array[i++].pum_extra = | |
| 2924 compl->cp_text[CPT_MENU]; | |
| 659 | 2925 else |
| 2926 compl_match_array[i++].pum_extra = compl->cp_fname; | |
| 2927 } | |
| 2928 | |
| 2929 if (compl == compl_shown_match) | |
| 2930 { | |
| 2931 did_find_shown_match = TRUE; | |
| 716 | 2932 |
| 2933 /* When the original text is the shown match don't set | |
| 2934 * compl_shown_match. */ | |
| 2935 if (compl->cp_flags & ORIGINAL_TEXT) | |
| 2936 shown_match_ok = TRUE; | |
| 2937 | |
| 659 | 2938 if (!shown_match_ok && shown_compl != NULL) |
| 2939 { | |
| 2940 /* The shown match isn't displayed, set it to the | |
| 2941 * previously displayed match. */ | |
| 2942 compl_shown_match = shown_compl; | |
| 2943 shown_match_ok = TRUE; | |
| 2944 } | |
| 540 | 2945 } |
| 2946 compl = compl->cp_next; | |
| 2947 } while (compl != NULL && compl != compl_first_match); | |
| 659 | 2948 |
| 2949 if (!shown_match_ok) /* no displayed match at all */ | |
| 2950 cur = -1; | |
| 540 | 2951 } |
| 2952 } | |
| 2953 else | |
| 2954 { | |
| 2955 /* popup menu already exists, only need to find the current item.*/ | |
| 657 | 2956 for (i = 0; i < compl_match_arraysize; ++i) |
| 786 | 2957 if (compl_match_array[i].pum_text == compl_shown_match->cp_str |
| 2958 || compl_match_array[i].pum_text | |
| 2959 == compl_shown_match->cp_text[CPT_ABBR]) | |
| 829 | 2960 { |
| 2961 cur = i; | |
| 657 | 2962 break; |
| 829 | 2963 } |
| 540 | 2964 } |
| 2965 | |
| 2966 if (compl_match_array != NULL) | |
| 2967 { | |
| 2968 /* Compute the screen column of the start of the completed text. | |
| 2969 * Use the cursor to get all wrapping and other settings right. */ | |
| 2970 col = curwin->w_cursor.col; | |
| 2971 curwin->w_cursor.col = compl_col; | |
| 732 | 2972 pum_display(compl_match_array, compl_match_arraysize, cur); |
| 540 | 2973 curwin->w_cursor.col = col; |
| 2974 } | |
| 2975 } | |
| 2976 | |
| 7 | 2977 #define DICT_FIRST (1) /* use just first element in "dict" */ |
| 2978 #define DICT_EXACT (2) /* "dict" is the exact name of a file */ | |
| 648 | 2979 |
| 7 | 2980 /* |
| 703 | 2981 * Add any identifiers that match the given pattern in the list of dictionary |
| 2982 * files "dict_start" to the list of completions. | |
| 7 | 2983 */ |
| 2984 static void | |
| 703 | 2985 ins_compl_dictionaries(dict_start, pat, flags, thesaurus) |
| 2986 char_u *dict_start; | |
| 7 | 2987 char_u *pat; |
| 667 | 2988 int flags; /* DICT_FIRST and/or DICT_EXACT */ |
| 703 | 2989 int thesaurus; /* Thesaurus completion */ |
| 2990 { | |
| 2991 char_u *dict = dict_start; | |
| 7 | 2992 char_u *ptr; |
| 2993 char_u *buf; | |
| 2994 regmatch_T regmatch; | |
| 2995 char_u **files; | |
| 2996 int count; | |
| 2997 int save_p_scs; | |
| 659 | 2998 int dir = compl_direction; |
| 7 | 2999 |
| 703 | 3000 if (*dict == NUL) |
| 3001 { | |
| 744 | 3002 #ifdef FEAT_SPELL |
| 703 | 3003 /* When 'dictionary' is empty and spell checking is enabled use |
| 3004 * "spell". */ | |
| 3005 if (!thesaurus && curwin->w_p_spell) | |
| 3006 dict = (char_u *)"spell"; | |
| 3007 else | |
| 3008 #endif | |
| 3009 return; | |
| 3010 } | |
| 3011 | |
| 7 | 3012 buf = alloc(LSIZE); |
| 703 | 3013 if (buf == NULL) |
| 3014 return; | |
| 1074 | 3015 regmatch.regprog = NULL; /* so that we can goto theend */ |
| 703 | 3016 |
| 7 | 3017 /* If 'infercase' is set, don't use 'smartcase' here */ |
| 3018 save_p_scs = p_scs; | |
| 3019 if (curbuf->b_p_inf) | |
| 3020 p_scs = FALSE; | |
| 667 | 3021 |
| 3022 /* When invoked to match whole lines for CTRL-X CTRL-L adjust the pattern | |
| 3023 * to only match at the start of a line. Otherwise just match the | |
| 842 | 3024 * pattern. Also need to double backslashes. */ |
| 667 | 3025 if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE) |
| 3026 { | |
| 842 | 3027 char_u *pat_esc = vim_strsave_escaped(pat, (char_u *)"\\"); |
| 1869 | 3028 size_t len; |
| 842 | 3029 |
| 3030 if (pat_esc == NULL) | |
| 1159 | 3031 goto theend; |
| 1869 | 3032 len = STRLEN(pat_esc) + 10; |
| 3033 ptr = alloc((unsigned)len); | |
| 667 | 3034 if (ptr == NULL) |
| 842 | 3035 { |
| 3036 vim_free(pat_esc); | |
| 1074 | 3037 goto theend; |
| 842 | 3038 } |
| 1869 | 3039 vim_snprintf((char *)ptr, len, "^\\s*\\zs\\V%s", pat_esc); |
| 842 | 3040 regmatch.regprog = vim_regcomp(ptr, RE_MAGIC); |
| 3041 vim_free(pat_esc); | |
| 667 | 3042 vim_free(ptr); |
| 3043 } | |
| 3044 else | |
| 703 | 3045 { |
| 667 | 3046 regmatch.regprog = vim_regcomp(pat, p_magic ? RE_MAGIC : 0); |
| 703 | 3047 if (regmatch.regprog == NULL) |
| 3048 goto theend; | |
| 3049 } | |
| 667 | 3050 |
| 7 | 3051 /* ignore case depends on 'ignorecase', 'smartcase' and "pat" */ |
| 3052 regmatch.rm_ic = ignorecase(pat); | |
| 703 | 3053 while (*dict != NUL && !got_int && !compl_interrupted) |
| 7 | 3054 { |
| 3055 /* copy one dictionary file name into buf */ | |
| 3056 if (flags == DICT_EXACT) | |
| 3057 { | |
| 3058 count = 1; | |
| 3059 files = &dict; | |
| 3060 } | |
| 3061 else | |
| 3062 { | |
| 3063 /* Expand wildcards in the dictionary name, but do not allow | |
| 3064 * backticks (for security, the 'dict' option may have been set in | |
| 3065 * a modeline). */ | |
| 3066 copy_option_part(&dict, buf, LSIZE, ","); | |
| 744 | 3067 # ifdef FEAT_SPELL |
| 703 | 3068 if (!thesaurus && STRCMP(buf, "spell") == 0) |
| 3069 count = -1; | |
| 744 | 3070 else |
| 3071 # endif | |
| 3072 if (vim_strchr(buf, '`') != NULL | |
| 7 | 3073 || expand_wildcards(1, &buf, &count, &files, |
| 3074 EW_FILE|EW_SILENT) != OK) | |
| 3075 count = 0; | |
| 3076 } | |
| 3077 | |
| 744 | 3078 # ifdef FEAT_SPELL |
| 703 | 3079 if (count == -1) |
| 3080 { | |
| 712 | 3081 /* Complete from active spelling. Skip "\<" in the pattern, we |
| 3082 * don't use it as a RE. */ | |
| 703 | 3083 if (pat[0] == '\\' && pat[1] == '<') |
| 3084 ptr = pat + 2; | |
| 3085 else | |
| 3086 ptr = pat; | |
|
2250
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2227
diff
changeset
|
3087 spell_dump_compl(ptr, regmatch.rm_ic, &dir, 0); |
| 703 | 3088 } |
| 3089 else | |
| 744 | 3090 # endif |
| 938 | 3091 if (count > 0) /* avoid warning for using "files" uninit */ |
| 703 | 3092 { |
| 3093 ins_compl_files(count, files, thesaurus, flags, | |
| 3094 ®match, buf, &dir); | |
| 7 | 3095 if (flags != DICT_EXACT) |
| 703 | 3096 FreeWild(count, files); |
| 3097 } | |
| 3098 if (flags != 0) | |
| 7 | 3099 break; |
| 3100 } | |
| 703 | 3101 |
| 3102 theend: | |
| 7 | 3103 p_scs = save_p_scs; |
| 3104 vim_free(regmatch.regprog); | |
| 3105 vim_free(buf); | |
| 3106 } | |
| 3107 | |
| 703 | 3108 static void |
| 3109 ins_compl_files(count, files, thesaurus, flags, regmatch, buf, dir) | |
| 3110 int count; | |
| 3111 char_u **files; | |
| 3112 int thesaurus; | |
| 3113 int flags; | |
| 3114 regmatch_T *regmatch; | |
| 3115 char_u *buf; | |
| 3116 int *dir; | |
| 3117 { | |
| 3118 char_u *ptr; | |
| 3119 int i; | |
| 3120 FILE *fp; | |
| 3121 int add_r; | |
| 3122 | |
| 3123 for (i = 0; i < count && !got_int && !compl_interrupted; i++) | |
| 3124 { | |
| 3125 fp = mch_fopen((char *)files[i], "r"); /* open dictionary file */ | |
| 3126 if (flags != DICT_EXACT) | |
| 3127 { | |
| 3128 vim_snprintf((char *)IObuff, IOSIZE, | |
| 3129 _("Scanning dictionary: %s"), (char *)files[i]); | |
| 1869 | 3130 (void)msg_trunc_attr(IObuff, TRUE, hl_attr(HLF_R)); |
| 703 | 3131 } |
| 3132 | |
| 3133 if (fp != NULL) | |
| 3134 { | |
| 3135 /* | |
| 3136 * Read dictionary file line by line. | |
| 3137 * Check each line for a match. | |
| 3138 */ | |
| 3139 while (!got_int && !compl_interrupted | |
| 3140 && !vim_fgets(buf, LSIZE, fp)) | |
| 3141 { | |
| 3142 ptr = buf; | |
| 3143 while (vim_regexec(regmatch, buf, (colnr_T)(ptr - buf))) | |
| 3144 { | |
| 3145 ptr = regmatch->startp[0]; | |
| 3146 if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE) | |
| 3147 ptr = find_line_end(ptr); | |
| 3148 else | |
| 3149 ptr = find_word_end(ptr); | |
| 3150 add_r = ins_compl_add_infercase(regmatch->startp[0], | |
| 3151 (int)(ptr - regmatch->startp[0]), | |
| 942 | 3152 p_ic, files[i], *dir, 0); |
| 703 | 3153 if (thesaurus) |
| 3154 { | |
| 3155 char_u *wstart; | |
| 3156 | |
| 3157 /* | |
| 3158 * Add the other matches on the line | |
| 3159 */ | |
| 1353 | 3160 ptr = buf; |
| 703 | 3161 while (!got_int) |
| 3162 { | |
| 3163 /* Find start of the next word. Skip white | |
| 3164 * space and punctuation. */ | |
| 3165 ptr = find_word_start(ptr); | |
| 3166 if (*ptr == NUL || *ptr == NL) | |
| 3167 break; | |
| 3168 wstart = ptr; | |
| 3169 | |
| 1353 | 3170 /* Find end of the word. */ |
| 703 | 3171 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE |
| 3172 if (has_mbyte) | |
| 3173 /* Japanese words may have characters in | |
| 3174 * different classes, only separate words | |
| 3175 * with single-byte non-word characters. */ | |
| 3176 while (*ptr != NUL) | |
| 3177 { | |
| 3178 int l = (*mb_ptr2len)(ptr); | |
| 3179 | |
| 3180 if (l < 2 && !vim_iswordc(*ptr)) | |
| 3181 break; | |
| 3182 ptr += l; | |
| 3183 } | |
| 3184 else | |
| 3185 #endif | |
| 3186 ptr = find_word_end(ptr); | |
| 1353 | 3187 |
| 3188 /* Add the word. Skip the regexp match. */ | |
| 3189 if (wstart != regmatch->startp[0]) | |
| 3190 add_r = ins_compl_add_infercase(wstart, | |
| 3191 (int)(ptr - wstart), | |
| 3192 p_ic, files[i], *dir, 0); | |
| 703 | 3193 } |
| 3194 } | |
| 3195 if (add_r == OK) | |
| 3196 /* if dir was BACKWARD then honor it just once */ | |
| 3197 *dir = FORWARD; | |
| 3198 else if (add_r == FAIL) | |
| 3199 break; | |
| 3200 /* avoid expensive call to vim_regexec() when at end | |
| 3201 * of line */ | |
| 3202 if (*ptr == '\n' || got_int) | |
| 3203 break; | |
| 3204 } | |
| 3205 line_breakcheck(); | |
| 3206 ins_compl_check_keys(50); | |
| 3207 } | |
| 3208 fclose(fp); | |
| 3209 } | |
| 3210 } | |
| 3211 } | |
| 3212 | |
| 7 | 3213 /* |
| 3214 * Find the start of the next word. | |
| 3215 * Returns a pointer to the first char of the word. Also stops at a NUL. | |
| 3216 */ | |
| 3217 char_u * | |
| 3218 find_word_start(ptr) | |
| 3219 char_u *ptr; | |
| 3220 { | |
| 3221 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 3222 if (has_mbyte) | |
| 3223 while (*ptr != NUL && *ptr != '\n' && mb_get_class(ptr) <= 1) | |
| 474 | 3224 ptr += (*mb_ptr2len)(ptr); |
| 7 | 3225 else |
| 3226 #endif | |
| 3227 while (*ptr != NUL && *ptr != '\n' && !vim_iswordc(*ptr)) | |
| 3228 ++ptr; | |
| 3229 return ptr; | |
| 3230 } | |
| 3231 | |
| 3232 /* | |
| 3233 * Find the end of the word. Assumes it starts inside a word. | |
| 3234 * Returns a pointer to just after the word. | |
| 3235 */ | |
| 3236 char_u * | |
| 3237 find_word_end(ptr) | |
| 3238 char_u *ptr; | |
| 3239 { | |
| 3240 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 3241 int start_class; | |
| 3242 | |
| 3243 if (has_mbyte) | |
| 3244 { | |
| 3245 start_class = mb_get_class(ptr); | |
| 3246 if (start_class > 1) | |
| 3247 while (*ptr != NUL) | |
| 3248 { | |
| 474 | 3249 ptr += (*mb_ptr2len)(ptr); |
| 7 | 3250 if (mb_get_class(ptr) != start_class) |
| 3251 break; | |
| 3252 } | |
| 3253 } | |
| 3254 else | |
| 3255 #endif | |
| 3256 while (vim_iswordc(*ptr)) | |
| 3257 ++ptr; | |
| 3258 return ptr; | |
| 3259 } | |
| 3260 | |
| 3261 /* | |
| 667 | 3262 * Find the end of the line, omitting CR and NL at the end. |
| 3263 * Returns a pointer to just after the line. | |
| 3264 */ | |
| 3265 static char_u * | |
| 3266 find_line_end(ptr) | |
| 3267 char_u *ptr; | |
| 3268 { | |
| 3269 char_u *s; | |
| 3270 | |
| 3271 s = ptr + STRLEN(ptr); | |
| 3272 while (s > ptr && (s[-1] == CAR || s[-1] == NL)) | |
| 3273 --s; | |
| 3274 return s; | |
| 3275 } | |
| 3276 | |
| 3277 /* | |
| 7 | 3278 * Free the list of completions |
| 3279 */ | |
| 3280 static void | |
| 3281 ins_compl_free() | |
| 3282 { | |
| 464 | 3283 compl_T *match; |
| 786 | 3284 int i; |
| 7 | 3285 |
| 449 | 3286 vim_free(compl_pattern); |
| 3287 compl_pattern = NULL; | |
| 657 | 3288 vim_free(compl_leader); |
| 3289 compl_leader = NULL; | |
| 449 | 3290 |
| 3291 if (compl_first_match == NULL) | |
| 7 | 3292 return; |
| 540 | 3293 |
| 3294 ins_compl_del_pum(); | |
| 3295 pum_clear(); | |
| 3296 | |
| 449 | 3297 compl_curr_match = compl_first_match; |
| 7 | 3298 do |
| 3299 { | |
| 449 | 3300 match = compl_curr_match; |
| 464 | 3301 compl_curr_match = compl_curr_match->cp_next; |
| 3302 vim_free(match->cp_str); | |
| 7 | 3303 /* several entries may use the same fname, free it just once. */ |
| 464 | 3304 if (match->cp_flags & FREE_FNAME) |
| 3305 vim_free(match->cp_fname); | |
| 786 | 3306 for (i = 0; i < CPT_COUNT; ++i) |
| 3307 vim_free(match->cp_text[i]); | |
| 7 | 3308 vim_free(match); |
| 449 | 3309 } while (compl_curr_match != NULL && compl_curr_match != compl_first_match); |
| 3310 compl_first_match = compl_curr_match = NULL; | |
| 1927 | 3311 compl_shown_match = NULL; |
| 7 | 3312 } |
| 3313 | |
| 3314 static void | |
| 3315 ins_compl_clear() | |
| 3316 { | |
| 449 | 3317 compl_cont_status = 0; |
| 3318 compl_started = FALSE; | |
| 3319 compl_matches = 0; | |
| 3320 vim_free(compl_pattern); | |
| 3321 compl_pattern = NULL; | |
| 657 | 3322 vim_free(compl_leader); |
| 3323 compl_leader = NULL; | |
| 7 | 3324 edit_submode_extra = NULL; |
| 724 | 3325 vim_free(compl_orig_text); |
| 3326 compl_orig_text = NULL; | |
| 825 | 3327 compl_enter_selects = FALSE; |
| 7 | 3328 } |
| 3329 | |
| 3330 /* | |
| 674 | 3331 * Return TRUE when Insert completion is active. |
| 3332 */ | |
| 3333 int | |
| 3334 ins_compl_active() | |
| 3335 { | |
| 3336 return compl_started; | |
| 3337 } | |
| 3338 | |
| 3339 /* | |
| 659 | 3340 * Delete one character before the cursor and show the subset of the matches |
| 3341 * that match the word that is now before the cursor. | |
| 836 | 3342 * Returns the character to be used, NUL if the work is done and another char |
| 3343 * to be got from the user. | |
| 657 | 3344 */ |
| 3345 static int | |
| 3346 ins_compl_bs() | |
| 3347 { | |
| 3348 char_u *line; | |
| 3349 char_u *p; | |
| 3350 | |
| 836 | 3351 line = ml_get_curline(); |
| 3352 p = line + curwin->w_cursor.col; | |
| 3353 mb_ptr_back(line, p); | |
| 3354 | |
| 1430 | 3355 /* Stop completion when the whole word was deleted. For Omni completion |
| 3356 * allow the word to be deleted, we won't match everything. */ | |
| 3357 if ((int)(p - line) - (int)compl_col < 0 | |
| 3358 || ((int)(p - line) - (int)compl_col == 0 | |
| 3359 && (ctrl_x_mode & CTRL_X_OMNI) == 0)) | |
| 836 | 3360 return K_BS; |
| 3361 | |
| 874 | 3362 /* Deleted more than what was used to find matches or didn't finish |
| 3363 * finding all matches: need to look for matches all over again. */ | |
| 3364 if (curwin->w_cursor.col <= compl_col + compl_length | |
| 3078 | 3365 || ins_compl_need_restart()) |
| 874 | 3366 ins_compl_restart(); |
| 657 | 3367 |
| 3368 vim_free(compl_leader); | |
| 835 | 3369 compl_leader = vim_strnsave(line + compl_col, (int)(p - line) - compl_col); |
| 657 | 3370 if (compl_leader != NULL) |
| 3371 { | |
| 874 | 3372 ins_compl_new_leader(); |
| 3373 return NUL; | |
| 3374 } | |
| 3375 return K_BS; | |
| 3376 } | |
| 3377 | |
| 3378 /* | |
| 3078 | 3379 * Return TRUE when we need to find matches again, ins_compl_restart() is to |
| 3380 * be called. | |
| 3381 */ | |
| 3382 static int | |
| 3383 ins_compl_need_restart() | |
| 3384 { | |
| 3385 /* Return TRUE if we didn't complete finding matches or when the | |
| 3386 * 'completefunc' returned "always" in the "refresh" dictionary item. */ | |
| 3387 return compl_was_interrupted | |
| 3388 || ((ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_FUNCTION || ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_OMNI) | |
| 3389 && compl_opt_refresh_always); | |
| 3390 } | |
| 3391 | |
| 3392 /* | |
| 874 | 3393 * Called after changing "compl_leader". |
| 3394 * Show the popup menu with a different set of matches. | |
| 3395 * May also search for matches again if the previous search was interrupted. | |
| 3396 */ | |
| 3397 static void | |
| 3398 ins_compl_new_leader() | |
| 3399 { | |
| 3400 ins_compl_del_pum(); | |
| 3401 ins_compl_delete(); | |
| 1782 | 3402 ins_bytes(compl_leader + ins_compl_len()); |
| 874 | 3403 compl_used_match = FALSE; |
| 3404 | |
| 3405 if (compl_started) | |
| 3406 ins_compl_set_original_text(compl_leader); | |
| 3407 else | |
| 3408 { | |
| 826 | 3409 #ifdef FEAT_SPELL |
| 874 | 3410 spell_bad_len = 0; /* need to redetect bad word */ |
| 3411 #endif | |
| 3412 /* | |
| 3413 * Matches were cleared, need to search for them now. First display | |
| 3414 * the changed text before the cursor. Set "compl_restarting" to | |
| 3415 * avoid that the first match is inserted. | |
| 3416 */ | |
| 3417 update_screen(0); | |
| 3418 #ifdef FEAT_GUI | |
| 3419 if (gui.in_use) | |
| 3420 { | |
| 3421 /* Show the cursor after the match, not after the redrawn text. */ | |
| 3422 setcursor(); | |
| 3423 out_flush(); | |
| 3424 gui_update_cursor(FALSE, FALSE); | |
| 3425 } | |
| 3426 #endif | |
| 3427 compl_restarting = TRUE; | |
| 3428 if (ins_complete(Ctrl_N) == FAIL) | |
| 3429 compl_cont_status = 0; | |
| 3430 compl_restarting = FALSE; | |
| 3431 } | |
| 3432 | |
| 887 | 3433 compl_enter_selects = !compl_used_match; |
| 874 | 3434 |
| 3435 /* Show the popup menu with a different set of matches. */ | |
| 3436 ins_compl_show_pum(); | |
| 947 | 3437 |
| 3438 /* Don't let Enter select the original text when there is no popup menu. */ | |
| 3439 if (compl_match_array == NULL) | |
| 3440 compl_enter_selects = FALSE; | |
| 657 | 3441 } |
| 3442 | |
| 3443 /* | |
| 1782 | 3444 * Return the length of the completion, from the completion start column to |
| 3445 * the cursor column. Making sure it never goes below zero. | |
| 3446 */ | |
| 3447 static int | |
| 3448 ins_compl_len() | |
| 3449 { | |
| 1869 | 3450 int off = (int)curwin->w_cursor.col - (int)compl_col; |
| 1782 | 3451 |
| 3452 if (off < 0) | |
| 3453 return 0; | |
| 3454 return off; | |
| 3455 } | |
| 3456 | |
| 3457 /* | |
| 657 | 3458 * Append one character to the match leader. May reduce the number of |
| 3459 * matches. | |
| 3460 */ | |
| 3461 static void | |
| 3462 ins_compl_addleader(c) | |
| 3463 int c; | |
| 3464 { | |
| 3465 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 3466 int cc; | |
| 3467 | |
| 3468 if (has_mbyte && (cc = (*mb_char2len)(c)) > 1) | |
| 3469 { | |
| 3470 char_u buf[MB_MAXBYTES + 1]; | |
| 3471 | |
| 3472 (*mb_char2bytes)(c, buf); | |
| 3473 buf[cc] = NUL; | |
| 3474 ins_char_bytes(buf, cc); | |
| 3475 } | |
| 3476 else | |
| 3477 #endif | |
| 3478 ins_char(c); | |
| 3479 | |
| 874 | 3480 /* If we didn't complete finding matches we must search again. */ |
| 3078 | 3481 if (ins_compl_need_restart()) |
| 874 | 3482 ins_compl_restart(); |
| 3483 | |
| 3271 | 3484 /* When 'always' is set, don't reset compl_leader. While completing, |
| 3485 * cursor don't point original position, changing compl_leader would | |
| 3486 * break redo. */ | |
| 3487 if (!compl_opt_refresh_always) | |
| 3488 { | |
| 3489 vim_free(compl_leader); | |
| 3490 compl_leader = vim_strnsave(ml_get_curline() + compl_col, | |
| 1869 | 3491 (int)(curwin->w_cursor.col - compl_col)); |
| 3271 | 3492 if (compl_leader != NULL) |
| 3493 ins_compl_new_leader(); | |
| 3494 } | |
| 874 | 3495 } |
| 3496 | |
| 3497 /* | |
| 3498 * Setup for finding completions again without leaving CTRL-X mode. Used when | |
| 3499 * BS or a key was typed while still searching for matches. | |
| 3500 */ | |
| 3501 static void | |
| 3502 ins_compl_restart() | |
| 3503 { | |
| 3504 ins_compl_free(); | |
| 3505 compl_started = FALSE; | |
| 3506 compl_matches = 0; | |
| 3507 compl_cont_status = 0; | |
| 3508 compl_cont_mode = 0; | |
| 694 | 3509 } |
| 3510 | |
| 3511 /* | |
| 3512 * Set the first match, the original text. | |
| 3513 */ | |
| 3514 static void | |
| 3515 ins_compl_set_original_text(str) | |
| 3516 char_u *str; | |
| 3517 { | |
| 3518 char_u *p; | |
| 3519 | |
| 3520 /* Replace the original text entry. */ | |
| 3521 if (compl_first_match->cp_flags & ORIGINAL_TEXT) /* safety check */ | |
| 3522 { | |
| 3523 p = vim_strsave(str); | |
| 3524 if (p != NULL) | |
| 3525 { | |
| 3526 vim_free(compl_first_match->cp_str); | |
| 3527 compl_first_match->cp_str = p; | |
| 3528 } | |
| 657 | 3529 } |
| 3530 } | |
| 3531 | |
| 3532 /* | |
| 659 | 3533 * Append one character to the match leader. May reduce the number of |
| 3534 * matches. | |
| 3535 */ | |
| 3536 static void | |
| 3537 ins_compl_addfrommatch() | |
| 3538 { | |
| 3539 char_u *p; | |
| 1869 | 3540 int len = (int)curwin->w_cursor.col - (int)compl_col; |
| 659 | 3541 int c; |
| 887 | 3542 compl_T *cp; |
| 659 | 3543 |
| 3544 p = compl_shown_match->cp_str; | |
| 677 | 3545 if ((int)STRLEN(p) <= len) /* the match is too short */ |
| 887 | 3546 { |
| 3547 /* When still at the original match use the first entry that matches | |
| 3548 * the leader. */ | |
| 3549 if (compl_shown_match->cp_flags & ORIGINAL_TEXT) | |
| 3550 { | |
| 3551 p = NULL; | |
| 3552 for (cp = compl_shown_match->cp_next; cp != NULL | |
| 3553 && cp != compl_first_match; cp = cp->cp_next) | |
| 3554 { | |
| 987 | 3555 if (compl_leader == NULL |
| 3556 || ins_compl_equal(cp, compl_leader, | |
| 887 | 3557 (int)STRLEN(compl_leader))) |
| 3558 { | |
| 3559 p = cp->cp_str; | |
| 3560 break; | |
| 3561 } | |
| 3562 } | |
| 3563 if (p == NULL || (int)STRLEN(p) <= len) | |
| 3564 return; | |
| 3565 } | |
| 3566 else | |
| 3567 return; | |
| 3568 } | |
| 659 | 3569 p += len; |
| 2845 | 3570 c = PTR2CHAR(p); |
| 659 | 3571 ins_compl_addleader(c); |
| 3572 } | |
| 3573 | |
| 3574 /* | |
| 7 | 3575 * Prepare for Insert mode completion, or stop it. |
| 464 | 3576 * Called just after typing a character in Insert mode. |
| 540 | 3577 * Returns TRUE when the character is not to be inserted; |
| 7 | 3578 */ |
| 540 | 3579 static int |
| 7 | 3580 ins_compl_prep(c) |
| 3581 int c; | |
| 3582 { | |
| 3583 char_u *ptr; | |
| 3584 int want_cindent; | |
| 540 | 3585 int retval = FALSE; |
| 7 | 3586 |
| 3587 /* Forget any previous 'special' messages if this is actually | |
| 3588 * a ^X mode key - bar ^R, in which case we wait to see what it gives us. | |
| 3589 */ | |
| 3590 if (c != Ctrl_R && vim_is_ctrl_x_key(c)) | |
| 3591 edit_submode_extra = NULL; | |
| 3592 | |
| 1434 | 3593 /* Ignore end of Select mode mapping and mouse scroll buttons. */ |
|
2409
0ca06a92adfb
Add support for horizontal scroll wheel. (Bjorn Winckler)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2378
diff
changeset
|
3594 if (c == K_SELECT || c == K_MOUSEDOWN || c == K_MOUSEUP |
|
0ca06a92adfb
Add support for horizontal scroll wheel. (Bjorn Winckler)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2378
diff
changeset
|
3595 || c == K_MOUSELEFT || c == K_MOUSERIGHT) |
| 540 | 3596 return retval; |
| 7 | 3597 |
| 665 | 3598 /* Set "compl_get_longest" when finding the first matches. */ |
| 3599 if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_NOT_DEFINED_YET | |
| 3600 || (ctrl_x_mode == 0 && !compl_started)) | |
| 3601 { | |
| 3602 compl_get_longest = (vim_strchr(p_cot, 'l') != NULL); | |
| 3603 compl_used_match = TRUE; | |
| 3604 } | |
| 3605 | |
| 7 | 3606 if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_NOT_DEFINED_YET) |
| 3607 { | |
| 3608 /* | |
| 3609 * We have just typed CTRL-X and aren't quite sure which CTRL-X mode | |
| 3610 * it will be yet. Now we decide. | |
| 3611 */ | |
| 3612 switch (c) | |
| 3613 { | |
| 3614 case Ctrl_E: | |
| 3615 case Ctrl_Y: | |
| 3616 ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_SCROLL; | |
| 3617 if (!(State & REPLACE_FLAG)) | |
| 3618 edit_submode = (char_u *)_(" (insert) Scroll (^E/^Y)"); | |
| 3619 else | |
| 3620 edit_submode = (char_u *)_(" (replace) Scroll (^E/^Y)"); | |
| 3621 edit_submode_pre = NULL; | |
| 3622 showmode(); | |
| 3623 break; | |
| 3624 case Ctrl_L: | |
| 3625 ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE; | |
| 3626 break; | |
| 3627 case Ctrl_F: | |
| 3628 ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_FILES; | |
| 3629 break; | |
| 3630 case Ctrl_K: | |
| 3631 ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_DICTIONARY; | |
| 3632 break; | |
| 3633 case Ctrl_R: | |
| 3634 /* Simply allow ^R to happen without affecting ^X mode */ | |
| 3635 break; | |
| 3636 case Ctrl_T: | |
| 3637 ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_THESAURUS; | |
| 3638 break; | |
| 12 | 3639 #ifdef FEAT_COMPL_FUNC |
| 3640 case Ctrl_U: | |
| 3641 ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_FUNCTION; | |
| 3642 break; | |
| 449 | 3643 case Ctrl_O: |
| 523 | 3644 ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_OMNI; |
| 449 | 3645 break; |
| 502 | 3646 #endif |
| 477 | 3647 case 's': |
| 3648 case Ctrl_S: | |
| 3649 ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_SPELL; | |
| 744 | 3650 #ifdef FEAT_SPELL |
| 819 | 3651 ++emsg_off; /* Avoid getting the E756 error twice. */ |
| 484 | 3652 spell_back_to_badword(); |
| 819 | 3653 --emsg_off; |
| 484 | 3654 #endif |
| 477 | 3655 break; |
| 7 | 3656 case Ctrl_RSB: |
| 3657 ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_TAGS; | |
| 3658 break; | |
| 3659 #ifdef FEAT_FIND_ID | |
| 3660 case Ctrl_I: | |
| 3661 case K_S_TAB: | |
| 3662 ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_PATH_PATTERNS; | |
| 3663 break; | |
| 3664 case Ctrl_D: | |
| 3665 ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_PATH_DEFINES; | |
| 3666 break; | |
| 3667 #endif | |
| 3668 case Ctrl_V: | |
| 3669 case Ctrl_Q: | |
| 3670 ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_CMDLINE; | |
| 3671 break; | |
| 3672 case Ctrl_P: | |
| 3673 case Ctrl_N: | |
| 3674 /* ^X^P means LOCAL expansion if nothing interrupted (eg we | |
| 3675 * just started ^X mode, or there were enough ^X's to cancel | |
| 3676 * the previous mode, say ^X^F^X^X^P or ^P^X^X^X^P, see below) | |
| 3677 * do normal expansion when interrupting a different mode (say | |
| 3678 * ^X^F^X^P or ^P^X^X^P, see below) | |
| 3679 * nothing changes if interrupting mode 0, (eg, the flag | |
| 3680 * doesn't change when going to ADDING mode -- Acevedo */ | |
| 449 | 3681 if (!(compl_cont_status & CONT_INTRPT)) |
| 3682 compl_cont_status |= CONT_LOCAL; | |
| 3683 else if (compl_cont_mode != 0) | |
| 3684 compl_cont_status &= ~CONT_LOCAL; | |
| 7 | 3685 /* FALLTHROUGH */ |
| 3686 default: | |
| 449 | 3687 /* If we have typed at least 2 ^X's... for modes != 0, we set |
| 3688 * compl_cont_status = 0 (eg, as if we had just started ^X | |
| 3689 * mode). | |
| 3690 * For mode 0, we set "compl_cont_mode" to an impossible | |
| 3691 * value, in both cases ^X^X can be used to restart the same | |
| 3692 * mode (avoiding ADDING mode). | |
| 3693 * Undocumented feature: In a mode != 0 ^X^P and ^X^X^P start | |
| 3694 * 'complete' and local ^P expansions respectively. | |
| 3695 * In mode 0 an extra ^X is needed since ^X^P goes to ADDING | |
| 3696 * mode -- Acevedo */ | |
| 7 | 3697 if (c == Ctrl_X) |
| 3698 { | |
| 449 | 3699 if (compl_cont_mode != 0) |
| 3700 compl_cont_status = 0; | |
| 7 | 3701 else |
| 449 | 3702 compl_cont_mode = CTRL_X_NOT_DEFINED_YET; |
| 7 | 3703 } |
| 3704 ctrl_x_mode = 0; | |
| 3705 edit_submode = NULL; | |
| 3706 showmode(); | |
| 3707 break; | |
| 3708 } | |
| 3709 } | |
| 3710 else if (ctrl_x_mode != 0) | |
| 3711 { | |
| 3712 /* We're already in CTRL-X mode, do we stay in it? */ | |
| 3713 if (!vim_is_ctrl_x_key(c)) | |
| 3714 { | |
| 3715 if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_SCROLL) | |
| 3716 ctrl_x_mode = 0; | |
| 3717 else | |
| 3718 ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_FINISHED; | |
| 3719 edit_submode = NULL; | |
| 3720 } | |
| 3721 showmode(); | |
| 3722 } | |
| 3723 | |
| 449 | 3724 if (compl_started || ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_FINISHED) |
| 7 | 3725 { |
| 3726 /* Show error message from attempted keyword completion (probably | |
| 3727 * 'Pattern not found') until another key is hit, then go back to | |
| 449 | 3728 * showing what mode we are in. */ |
| 7 | 3729 showmode(); |
| 644 | 3730 if ((ctrl_x_mode == 0 && c != Ctrl_N && c != Ctrl_P && c != Ctrl_R |
| 3731 && !ins_compl_pum_key(c)) | |
| 7 | 3732 || ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_FINISHED) |
| 3733 { | |
| 3734 /* Get here when we have finished typing a sequence of ^N and | |
| 3735 * ^P or other completion characters in CTRL-X mode. Free up | |
| 449 | 3736 * memory that was used, and make sure we can redo the insert. */ |
| 836 | 3737 if (compl_curr_match != NULL || compl_leader != NULL || c == Ctrl_E) |
| 7 | 3738 { |
| 3739 /* | |
| 836 | 3740 * If any of the original typed text has been changed, eg when |
| 3741 * ignorecase is set, we must add back-spaces to the redo | |
| 3742 * buffer. We add as few as necessary to delete just the part | |
| 3743 * of the original text that has changed. | |
| 3744 * When using the longest match, edited the match or used | |
| 3745 * CTRL-E then don't use the current match. | |
| 7 | 3746 */ |
| 836 | 3747 if (compl_curr_match != NULL && compl_used_match && c != Ctrl_E) |
| 3748 ptr = compl_curr_match->cp_str; | |
| 3749 else | |
| 3095 | 3750 ptr = NULL; |
| 3751 ins_compl_fixRedoBufForLeader(ptr); | |
| 7 | 3752 } |
| 3753 | |
| 3754 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT | |
| 3755 want_cindent = (can_cindent && cindent_on()); | |
| 3756 #endif | |
| 3757 /* | |
| 3758 * When completing whole lines: fix indent for 'cindent'. | |
| 3759 * Otherwise, break line if it's too long. | |
| 3760 */ | |
| 449 | 3761 if (compl_cont_mode == CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE) |
| 7 | 3762 { |
| 3763 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT | |
| 3764 /* re-indent the current line */ | |
| 3765 if (want_cindent) | |
| 3766 { | |
| 3767 do_c_expr_indent(); | |
| 3768 want_cindent = FALSE; /* don't do it again */ | |
| 3769 } | |
| 3770 #endif | |
| 3771 } | |
| 3772 else | |
| 3773 { | |
| 1073 | 3774 int prev_col = curwin->w_cursor.col; |
| 3775 | |
| 7 | 3776 /* put the cursor on the last char, for 'tw' formatting */ |
| 1073 | 3777 if (prev_col > 0) |
| 3778 dec_cursor(); | |
| 7 | 3779 if (stop_arrow() == OK) |
| 3780 insertchar(NUL, 0, -1); | |
| 1073 | 3781 if (prev_col > 0 |
| 3782 && ml_get_curline()[curwin->w_cursor.col] != NUL) | |
| 3783 inc_cursor(); | |
| 7 | 3784 } |
| 3785 | |
| 816 | 3786 /* If the popup menu is displayed pressing CTRL-Y means accepting |
| 825 | 3787 * the selection without inserting anything. When |
| 3788 * compl_enter_selects is set the Enter key does the same. */ | |
| 3789 if ((c == Ctrl_Y || (compl_enter_selects | |
| 3790 && (c == CAR || c == K_KENTER || c == NL))) | |
| 3791 && pum_visible()) | |
| 540 | 3792 retval = TRUE; |
| 3793 | |
| 816 | 3794 /* CTRL-E means completion is Ended, go back to the typed text. */ |
| 3795 if (c == Ctrl_E) | |
| 3796 { | |
| 3797 ins_compl_delete(); | |
| 3798 if (compl_leader != NULL) | |
| 1782 | 3799 ins_bytes(compl_leader + ins_compl_len()); |
| 816 | 3800 else if (compl_first_match != NULL) |
| 1782 | 3801 ins_bytes(compl_orig_text + ins_compl_len()); |
| 816 | 3802 retval = TRUE; |
| 3803 } | |
| 3804 | |
| 1698 | 3805 auto_format(FALSE, TRUE); |
| 3806 | |
| 7 | 3807 ins_compl_free(); |
| 449 | 3808 compl_started = FALSE; |
| 3809 compl_matches = 0; | |
| 7 | 3810 msg_clr_cmdline(); /* necessary for "noshowmode" */ |
| 3811 ctrl_x_mode = 0; | |
| 825 | 3812 compl_enter_selects = FALSE; |
| 7 | 3813 if (edit_submode != NULL) |
| 3814 { | |
| 3815 edit_submode = NULL; | |
| 3816 showmode(); | |
| 3817 } | |
| 3818 | |
| 3819 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT | |
| 3820 /* | |
| 3821 * Indent now if a key was typed that is in 'cinkeys'. | |
| 3822 */ | |
| 3823 if (want_cindent && in_cinkeys(KEY_COMPLETE, ' ', inindent(0))) | |
| 3824 do_c_expr_indent(); | |
| 3825 #endif | |
| 3826 } | |
| 3827 } | |
| 3828 | |
| 3829 /* reset continue_* if we left expansion-mode, if we stay they'll be | |
| 3830 * (re)set properly in ins_complete() */ | |
| 3831 if (!vim_is_ctrl_x_key(c)) | |
| 3832 { | |
| 449 | 3833 compl_cont_status = 0; |
| 3834 compl_cont_mode = 0; | |
| 7 | 3835 } |
| 540 | 3836 |
| 3837 return retval; | |
| 7 | 3838 } |
| 3839 | |
| 3840 /* | |
| 3095 | 3841 * Fix the redo buffer for the completion leader replacing some of the typed |
| 3842 * text. This inserts backspaces and appends the changed text. | |
| 3843 * "ptr" is the known leader text or NUL. | |
| 3844 */ | |
| 3845 static void | |
| 3846 ins_compl_fixRedoBufForLeader(ptr_arg) | |
| 3847 char_u *ptr_arg; | |
| 3848 { | |
| 3849 int len; | |
| 3850 char_u *p; | |
| 3851 char_u *ptr = ptr_arg; | |
| 3852 | |
| 3853 if (ptr == NULL) | |
| 3854 { | |
| 3855 if (compl_leader != NULL) | |
| 3856 ptr = compl_leader; | |
| 3857 else | |
| 3858 return; /* nothing to do */ | |
| 3859 } | |
| 3860 if (compl_orig_text != NULL) | |
| 3861 { | |
| 3862 p = compl_orig_text; | |
| 3863 for (len = 0; p[len] != NUL && p[len] == ptr[len]; ++len) | |
| 3864 ; | |
| 3865 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 3866 if (len > 0) | |
| 3867 len -= (*mb_head_off)(p, p + len); | |
| 3868 #endif | |
| 3869 for (p += len; *p != NUL; mb_ptr_adv(p)) | |
| 3870 AppendCharToRedobuff(K_BS); | |
| 3871 } | |
| 3872 else | |
| 3873 len = 0; | |
| 3874 if (ptr != NULL) | |
| 3875 AppendToRedobuffLit(ptr + len, -1); | |
| 3876 } | |
| 3877 | |
| 3878 /* | |
| 7 | 3879 * Loops through the list of windows, loaded-buffers or non-loaded-buffers |
| 3880 * (depending on flag) starting from buf and looking for a non-scanned | |
| 3881 * buffer (other than curbuf). curbuf is special, if it is called with | |
| 3882 * buf=curbuf then it has to be the first call for a given flag/expansion. | |
| 3883 * | |
| 3884 * Returns the buffer to scan, if any, otherwise returns curbuf -- Acevedo | |
| 3885 */ | |
| 3886 static buf_T * | |
| 3887 ins_compl_next_buf(buf, flag) | |
| 3888 buf_T *buf; | |
| 3889 int flag; | |
| 3890 { | |
| 3891 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS | |
| 3892 static win_T *wp; | |
| 3893 #endif | |
| 3894 | |
| 3895 if (flag == 'w') /* just windows */ | |
| 3896 { | |
| 3897 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS | |
| 3898 if (buf == curbuf) /* first call for this flag/expansion */ | |
| 3899 wp = curwin; | |
| 383 | 3900 while ((wp = (wp->w_next != NULL ? wp->w_next : firstwin)) != curwin |
| 7 | 3901 && wp->w_buffer->b_scanned) |
| 3902 ; | |
| 3903 buf = wp->w_buffer; | |
| 3904 #else | |
| 3905 buf = curbuf; | |
| 3906 #endif | |
| 3907 } | |
| 3908 else | |
| 3909 /* 'b' (just loaded buffers), 'u' (just non-loaded buffers) or 'U' | |
| 3910 * (unlisted buffers) | |
| 3911 * When completing whole lines skip unloaded buffers. */ | |
| 383 | 3912 while ((buf = (buf->b_next != NULL ? buf->b_next : firstbuf)) != curbuf |
| 7 | 3913 && ((flag == 'U' |
| 3914 ? buf->b_p_bl | |
| 3915 : (!buf->b_p_bl | |
| 3916 || (buf->b_ml.ml_mfp == NULL) != (flag == 'u'))) | |
| 667 | 3917 || buf->b_scanned)) |
| 7 | 3918 ; |
| 3919 return buf; | |
| 3920 } | |
| 3921 | |
| 12 | 3922 #ifdef FEAT_COMPL_FUNC |
| 659 | 3923 static void expand_by_function __ARGS((int type, char_u *base)); |
| 12 | 3924 |
| 3925 /* | |
| 523 | 3926 * Execute user defined complete function 'completefunc' or 'omnifunc', and |
| 502 | 3927 * get matches in "matches". |
| 12 | 3928 */ |
| 659 | 3929 static void |
| 3930 expand_by_function(type, base) | |
| 523 | 3931 int type; /* CTRL_X_OMNI or CTRL_X_FUNCTION */ |
| 12 | 3932 char_u *base; |
| 3933 { | |
| 3078 | 3934 list_T *matchlist = NULL; |
| 3935 dict_T *matchdict = NULL; | |
| 502 | 3936 char_u *args[2]; |
| 3937 char_u *funcname; | |
| 3938 pos_T pos; | |
| 2631 | 3939 win_T *curwin_save; |
| 3940 buf_T *curbuf_save; | |
| 3078 | 3941 typval_T rettv; |
| 502 | 3942 |
| 3943 funcname = (type == CTRL_X_FUNCTION) ? curbuf->b_p_cfu : curbuf->b_p_ofu; | |
| 3944 if (*funcname == NUL) | |
| 659 | 3945 return; |
| 452 | 3946 |
| 3947 /* Call 'completefunc' to obtain the list of matches. */ | |
| 3948 args[0] = (char_u *)"0"; | |
| 502 | 3949 args[1] = base; |
| 3950 | |
| 3951 pos = curwin->w_cursor; | |
| 2631 | 3952 curwin_save = curwin; |
| 3953 curbuf_save = curbuf; | |
| 3078 | 3954 |
| 3955 /* Call a function, which returns a list or dict. */ | |
| 3956 if (call_vim_function(funcname, 2, args, FALSE, &rettv) == OK) | |
| 3957 { | |
| 3958 switch (rettv.v_type) | |
| 3959 { | |
| 3960 case VAR_LIST: | |
| 3961 matchlist = rettv.vval.v_list; | |
| 3962 break; | |
| 3963 case VAR_DICT: | |
| 3964 matchdict = rettv.vval.v_dict; | |
| 3965 break; | |
| 3966 default: | |
| 3967 /* TODO: Give error message? */ | |
| 3968 clear_tv(&rettv); | |
| 3969 break; | |
| 3970 } | |
| 3971 } | |
| 3972 | |
| 2631 | 3973 if (curwin_save != curwin || curbuf_save != curbuf) |
| 3974 { | |
| 3975 EMSG(_(e_complwin)); | |
| 3976 goto theend; | |
| 3977 } | |
| 502 | 3978 curwin->w_cursor = pos; /* restore the cursor position */ |
| 2631 | 3979 check_cursor(); |
| 3980 if (!equalpos(curwin->w_cursor, pos)) | |
| 3981 { | |
| 3982 EMSG(_(e_compldel)); | |
| 3983 goto theend; | |
| 3984 } | |
| 3078 | 3985 |
| 2631 | 3986 if (matchlist != NULL) |
| 3987 ins_compl_add_list(matchlist); | |
| 3078 | 3988 else if (matchdict != NULL) |
| 3989 ins_compl_add_dict(matchdict); | |
| 2631 | 3990 |
| 3991 theend: | |
| 3078 | 3992 if (matchdict != NULL) |
| 3993 dict_unref(matchdict); | |
| 2631 | 3994 if (matchlist != NULL) |
| 3995 list_unref(matchlist); | |
| 724 | 3996 } |
| 3997 #endif /* FEAT_COMPL_FUNC */ | |
| 3998 | |
| 786 | 3999 #if defined(FEAT_COMPL_FUNC) || defined(FEAT_EVAL) || defined(PROTO) |
| 724 | 4000 /* |
| 4001 * Add completions from a list. | |
| 4002 */ | |
| 4003 static void | |
| 4004 ins_compl_add_list(list) | |
| 4005 list_T *list; | |
| 4006 { | |
| 4007 listitem_T *li; | |
| 4008 int dir = compl_direction; | |
| 4009 | |
| 659 | 4010 /* Go through the List with matches and add each of them. */ |
| 724 | 4011 for (li = list->lv_first; li != NULL; li = li->li_next) |
| 452 | 4012 { |
| 786 | 4013 if (ins_compl_add_tv(&li->li_tv, dir) == OK) |
| 4014 /* if dir was BACKWARD then honor it just once */ | |
| 4015 dir = FORWARD; | |
| 648 | 4016 else if (did_emsg) |
| 4017 break; | |
| 452 | 4018 } |
| 724 | 4019 } |
| 786 | 4020 |
| 4021 /* | |
| 3078 | 4022 * Add completions from a dict. |
| 4023 */ | |
| 4024 static void | |
| 4025 ins_compl_add_dict(dict) | |
| 4026 dict_T *dict; | |
| 4027 { | |
| 3263 | 4028 dictitem_T *di_refresh; |
| 4029 dictitem_T *di_words; | |
| 3078 | 4030 |
| 4031 /* Check for optional "refresh" item. */ | |
| 4032 compl_opt_refresh_always = FALSE; | |
| 3263 | 4033 di_refresh = dict_find(dict, (char_u *)"refresh", 7); |
| 4034 if (di_refresh != NULL && di_refresh->di_tv.v_type == VAR_STRING) | |
| 4035 { | |
| 4036 char_u *v = di_refresh->di_tv.vval.v_string; | |
| 3078 | 4037 |
| 4038 if (v != NULL && STRCMP(v, (char_u *)"always") == 0) | |
| 4039 compl_opt_refresh_always = TRUE; | |
| 4040 } | |
| 4041 | |
| 4042 /* Add completions from a "words" list. */ | |
| 3263 | 4043 di_words = dict_find(dict, (char_u *)"words", 5); |
| 4044 if (di_words != NULL && di_words->di_tv.v_type == VAR_LIST) | |
| 4045 ins_compl_add_list(di_words->di_tv.vval.v_list); | |
| 3078 | 4046 } |
| 4047 | |
| 4048 /* | |
| 786 | 4049 * Add a match to the list of matches from a typeval_T. |
| 4050 * If the given string is already in the list of completions, then return | |
| 4051 * NOTDONE, otherwise add it to the list and return OK. If there is an error, | |
| 4052 * maybe because alloc() returns NULL, then FAIL is returned. | |
| 4053 */ | |
| 4054 int | |
| 4055 ins_compl_add_tv(tv, dir) | |
| 4056 typval_T *tv; | |
| 4057 int dir; | |
| 4058 { | |
| 4059 char_u *word; | |
| 867 | 4060 int icase = FALSE; |
| 944 | 4061 int adup = FALSE; |
| 2632 | 4062 int aempty = FALSE; |
| 786 | 4063 char_u *(cptext[CPT_COUNT]); |
| 4064 | |
| 4065 if (tv->v_type == VAR_DICT && tv->vval.v_dict != NULL) | |
| 4066 { | |
| 4067 word = get_dict_string(tv->vval.v_dict, (char_u *)"word", FALSE); | |
| 4068 cptext[CPT_ABBR] = get_dict_string(tv->vval.v_dict, | |
| 4069 (char_u *)"abbr", FALSE); | |
| 4070 cptext[CPT_MENU] = get_dict_string(tv->vval.v_dict, | |
| 4071 (char_u *)"menu", FALSE); | |
| 4072 cptext[CPT_KIND] = get_dict_string(tv->vval.v_dict, | |
| 4073 (char_u *)"kind", FALSE); | |
| 4074 cptext[CPT_INFO] = get_dict_string(tv->vval.v_dict, | |
| 4075 (char_u *)"info", FALSE); | |
| 4076 if (get_dict_string(tv->vval.v_dict, (char_u *)"icase", FALSE) != NULL) | |
| 4077 icase = get_dict_number(tv->vval.v_dict, (char_u *)"icase"); | |
| 841 | 4078 if (get_dict_string(tv->vval.v_dict, (char_u *)"dup", FALSE) != NULL) |
| 944 | 4079 adup = get_dict_number(tv->vval.v_dict, (char_u *)"dup"); |
| 2632 | 4080 if (get_dict_string(tv->vval.v_dict, (char_u *)"empty", FALSE) != NULL) |
| 4081 aempty = get_dict_number(tv->vval.v_dict, (char_u *)"empty"); | |
| 786 | 4082 } |
| 4083 else | |
| 4084 { | |
| 4085 word = get_tv_string_chk(tv); | |
| 4086 vim_memset(cptext, 0, sizeof(cptext)); | |
| 4087 } | |
| 2632 | 4088 if (word == NULL || (!aempty && *word == NUL)) |
| 786 | 4089 return FAIL; |
| 944 | 4090 return ins_compl_add(word, -1, icase, NULL, cptext, dir, 0, adup); |
| 786 | 4091 } |
| 724 | 4092 #endif |
| 12 | 4093 |
| 449 | 4094 /* |
| 4095 * Get the next expansion(s), using "compl_pattern". | |
| 659 | 4096 * The search starts at position "ini" in curbuf and in the direction |
| 4097 * compl_direction. | |
| 667 | 4098 * When "compl_started" is FALSE start at that position, otherwise continue |
| 4099 * where we stopped searching before. | |
| 449 | 4100 * This may return before finding all the matches. |
| 4101 * Return the total number of matches or -1 if still unknown -- Acevedo | |
| 7 | 4102 */ |
| 4103 static int | |
| 659 | 4104 ins_compl_get_exp(ini) |
| 7 | 4105 pos_T *ini; |
| 4106 { | |
| 4107 static pos_T first_match_pos; | |
| 4108 static pos_T last_match_pos; | |
| 4109 static char_u *e_cpt = (char_u *)""; /* curr. entry in 'complete' */ | |
| 449 | 4110 static int found_all = FALSE; /* Found all matches of a |
| 4111 certain type. */ | |
| 4112 static buf_T *ins_buf = NULL; /* buffer being scanned */ | |
| 7 | 4113 |
| 464 | 4114 pos_T *pos; |
| 4115 char_u **matches; | |
| 4116 int save_p_scs; | |
| 4117 int save_p_ws; | |
| 4118 int save_p_ic; | |
| 4119 int i; | |
| 4120 int num_matches; | |
| 4121 int len; | |
| 4122 int found_new_match; | |
| 4123 int type = ctrl_x_mode; | |
| 4124 char_u *ptr; | |
| 4125 char_u *dict = NULL; | |
| 4126 int dict_f = 0; | |
| 4127 compl_T *old_match; | |
| 7 | 4128 |
| 449 | 4129 if (!compl_started) |
| 7 | 4130 { |
| 4131 for (ins_buf = firstbuf; ins_buf != NULL; ins_buf = ins_buf->b_next) | |
| 4132 ins_buf->b_scanned = 0; | |
| 4133 found_all = FALSE; | |
| 4134 ins_buf = curbuf; | |
| 449 | 4135 e_cpt = (compl_cont_status & CONT_LOCAL) |
| 12 | 4136 ? (char_u *)"." : curbuf->b_p_cpt; |
| 7 | 4137 last_match_pos = first_match_pos = *ini; |
| 4138 } | |
| 4139 | |
| 449 | 4140 old_match = compl_curr_match; /* remember the last current match */ |
| 659 | 4141 pos = (compl_direction == FORWARD) ? &last_match_pos : &first_match_pos; |
| 7 | 4142 /* For ^N/^P loop over all the flags/windows/buffers in 'complete' */ |
| 4143 for (;;) | |
| 4144 { | |
| 4145 found_new_match = FAIL; | |
| 4146 | |
| 449 | 4147 /* For ^N/^P pick a new entry from e_cpt if compl_started is off, |
| 7 | 4148 * or if found_all says this entry is done. For ^X^L only use the |
| 4149 * entries from 'complete' that look in loaded buffers. */ | |
| 4150 if ((ctrl_x_mode == 0 || ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE) | |
| 449 | 4151 && (!compl_started || found_all)) |
| 7 | 4152 { |
| 4153 found_all = FALSE; | |
| 4154 while (*e_cpt == ',' || *e_cpt == ' ') | |
| 4155 e_cpt++; | |
| 4156 if (*e_cpt == '.' && !curbuf->b_scanned) | |
| 4157 { | |
| 4158 ins_buf = curbuf; | |
| 4159 first_match_pos = *ini; | |
| 4160 /* So that ^N can match word immediately after cursor */ | |
| 4161 if (ctrl_x_mode == 0) | |
| 4162 dec(&first_match_pos); | |
| 4163 last_match_pos = first_match_pos; | |
| 4164 type = 0; | |
| 4165 } | |
| 4166 else if (vim_strchr((char_u *)"buwU", *e_cpt) != NULL | |
| 4167 && (ins_buf = ins_compl_next_buf(ins_buf, *e_cpt)) != curbuf) | |
| 4168 { | |
| 4169 /* Scan a buffer, but not the current one. */ | |
| 4170 if (ins_buf->b_ml.ml_mfp != NULL) /* loaded buffer */ | |
| 4171 { | |
| 449 | 4172 compl_started = TRUE; |
| 7 | 4173 first_match_pos.col = last_match_pos.col = 0; |
| 4174 first_match_pos.lnum = ins_buf->b_ml.ml_line_count + 1; | |
| 4175 last_match_pos.lnum = 0; | |
| 4176 type = 0; | |
| 4177 } | |
| 4178 else /* unloaded buffer, scan like dictionary */ | |
| 4179 { | |
| 4180 found_all = TRUE; | |
| 4181 if (ins_buf->b_fname == NULL) | |
| 4182 continue; | |
| 4183 type = CTRL_X_DICTIONARY; | |
| 4184 dict = ins_buf->b_fname; | |
| 4185 dict_f = DICT_EXACT; | |
| 4186 } | |
| 274 | 4187 vim_snprintf((char *)IObuff, IOSIZE, _("Scanning: %s"), |
| 7 | 4188 ins_buf->b_fname == NULL |
| 4189 ? buf_spname(ins_buf) | |
| 4190 : ins_buf->b_sfname == NULL | |
| 4191 ? (char *)ins_buf->b_fname | |
| 4192 : (char *)ins_buf->b_sfname); | |
| 1869 | 4193 (void)msg_trunc_attr(IObuff, TRUE, hl_attr(HLF_R)); |
| 7 | 4194 } |
| 4195 else if (*e_cpt == NUL) | |
| 4196 break; | |
| 4197 else | |
| 4198 { | |
| 4199 if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE) | |
| 4200 type = -1; | |
| 4201 else if (*e_cpt == 'k' || *e_cpt == 's') | |
| 4202 { | |
| 4203 if (*e_cpt == 'k') | |
| 4204 type = CTRL_X_DICTIONARY; | |
| 4205 else | |
| 4206 type = CTRL_X_THESAURUS; | |
| 4207 if (*++e_cpt != ',' && *e_cpt != NUL) | |
| 4208 { | |
| 4209 dict = e_cpt; | |
| 4210 dict_f = DICT_FIRST; | |
| 4211 } | |
| 4212 } | |
| 4213 #ifdef FEAT_FIND_ID | |
| 4214 else if (*e_cpt == 'i') | |
| 4215 type = CTRL_X_PATH_PATTERNS; | |
| 4216 else if (*e_cpt == 'd') | |
| 4217 type = CTRL_X_PATH_DEFINES; | |
| 4218 #endif | |
| 4219 else if (*e_cpt == ']' || *e_cpt == 't') | |
| 4220 { | |
| 4221 type = CTRL_X_TAGS; | |
| 1872 | 4222 vim_snprintf((char *)IObuff, IOSIZE, _("Scanning tags.")); |
| 1869 | 4223 (void)msg_trunc_attr(IObuff, TRUE, hl_attr(HLF_R)); |
| 7 | 4224 } |
| 4225 else | |
| 4226 type = -1; | |
| 4227 | |
| 4228 /* in any case e_cpt is advanced to the next entry */ | |
| 4229 (void)copy_option_part(&e_cpt, IObuff, IOSIZE, ","); | |
| 4230 | |
| 4231 found_all = TRUE; | |
| 4232 if (type == -1) | |
| 4233 continue; | |
| 4234 } | |
| 4235 } | |
| 4236 | |
| 4237 switch (type) | |
| 4238 { | |
| 4239 case -1: | |
| 4240 break; | |
| 4241 #ifdef FEAT_FIND_ID | |
| 4242 case CTRL_X_PATH_PATTERNS: | |
| 4243 case CTRL_X_PATH_DEFINES: | |
| 659 | 4244 find_pattern_in_path(compl_pattern, compl_direction, |
| 449 | 4245 (int)STRLEN(compl_pattern), FALSE, FALSE, |
| 7 | 4246 (type == CTRL_X_PATH_DEFINES |
| 449 | 4247 && !(compl_cont_status & CONT_SOL)) |
| 7 | 4248 ? FIND_DEFINE : FIND_ANY, 1L, ACTION_EXPAND, |
| 4249 (linenr_T)1, (linenr_T)MAXLNUM); | |
| 4250 break; | |
| 4251 #endif | |
| 4252 | |
| 4253 case CTRL_X_DICTIONARY: | |
| 4254 case CTRL_X_THESAURUS: | |
| 4255 ins_compl_dictionaries( | |
| 703 | 4256 dict != NULL ? dict |
| 7 | 4257 : (type == CTRL_X_THESAURUS |
| 4258 ? (*curbuf->b_p_tsr == NUL | |
| 4259 ? p_tsr | |
| 4260 : curbuf->b_p_tsr) | |
| 4261 : (*curbuf->b_p_dict == NUL | |
| 4262 ? p_dict | |
| 4263 : curbuf->b_p_dict)), | |
| 659 | 4264 compl_pattern, |
| 703 | 4265 dict != NULL ? dict_f |
| 4266 : 0, type == CTRL_X_THESAURUS); | |
| 7 | 4267 dict = NULL; |
| 4268 break; | |
| 4269 | |
| 4270 case CTRL_X_TAGS: | |
| 4271 /* set p_ic according to p_ic, p_scs and pat for find_tags(). */ | |
| 4272 save_p_ic = p_ic; | |
| 449 | 4273 p_ic = ignorecase(compl_pattern); |
| 7 | 4274 |
|
2047
85da03763130
updated for version 7.2.333
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
2025
diff
changeset
|
4275 /* Find up to TAG_MANY matches. Avoids that an enormous number |
| 449 | 4276 * of matches is found when compl_pattern is empty */ |
| 4277 if (find_tags(compl_pattern, &num_matches, &matches, | |
| 7 | 4278 TAG_REGEXP | TAG_NAMES | TAG_NOIC | |
| 4279 TAG_INS_COMP | (ctrl_x_mode ? TAG_VERBOSE : 0), | |
| 4280 TAG_MANY, curbuf->b_ffname) == OK && num_matches > 0) | |
| 4281 { | |
| 942 | 4282 ins_compl_add_matches(num_matches, matches, p_ic); |
| 7 | 4283 } |
| 4284 p_ic = save_p_ic; | |
| 4285 break; | |
| 4286 | |
| 4287 case CTRL_X_FILES: | |
| 449 | 4288 if (expand_wildcards(1, &compl_pattern, &num_matches, &matches, |
| 7 | 4289 EW_FILE|EW_DIR|EW_ADDSLASH|EW_SILENT) == OK) |
| 4290 { | |
| 4291 | |
| 4292 /* May change home directory back to "~". */ | |
| 449 | 4293 tilde_replace(compl_pattern, num_matches, matches); |
| 681 | 4294 ins_compl_add_matches(num_matches, matches, |
| 4295 #ifdef CASE_INSENSITIVE_FILENAME | |
| 4296 TRUE | |
| 4297 #else | |
| 4298 FALSE | |
| 4299 #endif | |
| 4300 ); | |
| 7 | 4301 } |
| 4302 break; | |
| 4303 | |
| 4304 case CTRL_X_CMDLINE: | |
| 449 | 4305 if (expand_cmdline(&compl_xp, compl_pattern, |
| 4306 (int)STRLEN(compl_pattern), | |
| 7 | 4307 &num_matches, &matches) == EXPAND_OK) |
| 681 | 4308 ins_compl_add_matches(num_matches, matches, FALSE); |
| 7 | 4309 break; |
| 4310 | |
| 12 | 4311 #ifdef FEAT_COMPL_FUNC |
| 4312 case CTRL_X_FUNCTION: | |
| 523 | 4313 case CTRL_X_OMNI: |
| 659 | 4314 expand_by_function(type, compl_pattern); |
| 12 | 4315 break; |
| 4316 #endif | |
| 4317 | |
| 477 | 4318 case CTRL_X_SPELL: |
| 744 | 4319 #ifdef FEAT_SPELL |
| 477 | 4320 num_matches = expand_spelling(first_match_pos.lnum, |
| 1872 | 4321 compl_pattern, &matches); |
| 477 | 4322 if (num_matches > 0) |
| 942 | 4323 ins_compl_add_matches(num_matches, matches, p_ic); |
| 477 | 4324 #endif |
| 4325 break; | |
| 4326 | |
| 7 | 4327 default: /* normal ^P/^N and ^X^L */ |
| 4328 /* | |
| 4329 * If 'infercase' is set, don't use 'smartcase' here | |
| 4330 */ | |
| 4331 save_p_scs = p_scs; | |
| 4332 if (ins_buf->b_p_inf) | |
| 4333 p_scs = FALSE; | |
| 449 | 4334 |
| 7 | 4335 /* buffers other than curbuf are scanned from the beginning or the |
| 4336 * end but never from the middle, thus setting nowrapscan in this | |
| 4337 * buffers is a good idea, on the other hand, we always set | |
| 4338 * wrapscan for curbuf to avoid missing matches -- Acevedo,Webb */ | |
| 4339 save_p_ws = p_ws; | |
| 4340 if (ins_buf != curbuf) | |
| 4341 p_ws = FALSE; | |
| 4342 else if (*e_cpt == '.') | |
| 4343 p_ws = TRUE; | |
| 4344 for (;;) | |
| 4345 { | |
| 464 | 4346 int flags = 0; |
| 7 | 4347 |
| 1007 | 4348 ++msg_silent; /* Don't want messages for wrapscan. */ |
| 4349 | |
| 540 | 4350 /* ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE || word-wise search that |
| 4351 * has added a word that was at the beginning of the line */ | |
| 7 | 4352 if ( ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE |
| 449 | 4353 || (compl_cont_status & CONT_SOL)) |
| 7 | 4354 found_new_match = search_for_exact_line(ins_buf, pos, |
| 659 | 4355 compl_direction, compl_pattern); |
| 7 | 4356 else |
| 659 | 4357 found_new_match = searchit(NULL, ins_buf, pos, |
| 4358 compl_direction, | |
| 449 | 4359 compl_pattern, 1L, SEARCH_KEEP + SEARCH_NFMSG, |
| 1496 | 4360 RE_LAST, (linenr_T)0, NULL); |
| 1007 | 4361 --msg_silent; |
| 449 | 4362 if (!compl_started) |
| 7 | 4363 { |
| 667 | 4364 /* set "compl_started" even on fail */ |
| 449 | 4365 compl_started = TRUE; |
| 7 | 4366 first_match_pos = *pos; |
| 4367 last_match_pos = *pos; | |
| 4368 } | |
| 4369 else if (first_match_pos.lnum == last_match_pos.lnum | |
| 665 | 4370 && first_match_pos.col == last_match_pos.col) |
| 7 | 4371 found_new_match = FAIL; |
| 4372 if (found_new_match == FAIL) | |
| 4373 { | |
| 4374 if (ins_buf == curbuf) | |
| 4375 found_all = TRUE; | |
| 4376 break; | |
| 4377 } | |
| 4378 | |
| 4379 /* when ADDING, the text before the cursor matches, skip it */ | |
| 449 | 4380 if ( (compl_cont_status & CONT_ADDING) && ins_buf == curbuf |
| 7 | 4381 && ini->lnum == pos->lnum |
| 4382 && ini->col == pos->col) | |
| 4383 continue; | |
| 4384 ptr = ml_get_buf(ins_buf, pos->lnum, FALSE) + pos->col; | |
| 4385 if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE) | |
| 4386 { | |
| 449 | 4387 if (compl_cont_status & CONT_ADDING) |
| 7 | 4388 { |
| 4389 if (pos->lnum >= ins_buf->b_ml.ml_line_count) | |
| 4390 continue; | |
| 4391 ptr = ml_get_buf(ins_buf, pos->lnum + 1, FALSE); | |
| 4392 if (!p_paste) | |
| 4393 ptr = skipwhite(ptr); | |
| 4394 } | |
| 4395 len = (int)STRLEN(ptr); | |
| 4396 } | |
| 4397 else | |
| 4398 { | |
| 449 | 4399 char_u *tmp_ptr = ptr; |
| 4400 | |
| 4401 if (compl_cont_status & CONT_ADDING) | |
| 7 | 4402 { |
| 449 | 4403 tmp_ptr += compl_length; |
| 7 | 4404 /* Skip if already inside a word. */ |
| 4405 if (vim_iswordp(tmp_ptr)) | |
| 4406 continue; | |
| 4407 /* Find start of next word. */ | |
| 4408 tmp_ptr = find_word_start(tmp_ptr); | |
| 4409 } | |
| 4410 /* Find end of this word. */ | |
| 4411 tmp_ptr = find_word_end(tmp_ptr); | |
| 4412 len = (int)(tmp_ptr - ptr); | |
| 4413 | |
| 449 | 4414 if ((compl_cont_status & CONT_ADDING) |
| 4415 && len == compl_length) | |
| 7 | 4416 { |
| 4417 if (pos->lnum < ins_buf->b_ml.ml_line_count) | |
| 4418 { | |
| 4419 /* Try next line, if any. the new word will be | |
| 4420 * "join" as if the normal command "J" was used. | |
| 4421 * IOSIZE is always greater than | |
| 449 | 4422 * compl_length, so the next STRNCPY always |
| 7 | 4423 * works -- Acevedo */ |
| 4424 STRNCPY(IObuff, ptr, len); | |
| 4425 ptr = ml_get_buf(ins_buf, pos->lnum + 1, FALSE); | |
| 4426 tmp_ptr = ptr = skipwhite(ptr); | |
| 4427 /* Find start of next word. */ | |
| 4428 tmp_ptr = find_word_start(tmp_ptr); | |
| 4429 /* Find end of next word. */ | |
| 4430 tmp_ptr = find_word_end(tmp_ptr); | |
| 4431 if (tmp_ptr > ptr) | |
| 4432 { | |
| 419 | 4433 if (*ptr != ')' && IObuff[len - 1] != TAB) |
| 7 | 4434 { |
| 419 | 4435 if (IObuff[len - 1] != ' ') |
| 7 | 4436 IObuff[len++] = ' '; |
| 4437 /* IObuf =~ "\k.* ", thus len >= 2 */ | |
| 4438 if (p_js | |
| 419 | 4439 && (IObuff[len - 2] == '.' |
| 7 | 4440 || (vim_strchr(p_cpo, CPO_JOINSP) |
| 4441 == NULL | |
| 419 | 4442 && (IObuff[len - 2] == '?' |
| 4443 || IObuff[len - 2] == '!')))) | |
| 7 | 4444 IObuff[len++] = ' '; |
| 4445 } | |
|
2047
85da03763130
updated for version 7.2.333
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
2025
diff
changeset
|
4446 /* copy as much as possible of the new word */ |
| 7 | 4447 if (tmp_ptr - ptr >= IOSIZE - len) |
| 4448 tmp_ptr = ptr + IOSIZE - len - 1; | |
| 4449 STRNCPY(IObuff + len, ptr, tmp_ptr - ptr); | |
| 4450 len += (int)(tmp_ptr - ptr); | |
| 464 | 4451 flags |= CONT_S_IPOS; |
| 7 | 4452 } |
| 4453 IObuff[len] = NUL; | |
| 4454 ptr = IObuff; | |
| 4455 } | |
| 449 | 4456 if (len == compl_length) |
| 7 | 4457 continue; |
| 4458 } | |
| 4459 } | |
| 942 | 4460 if (ins_compl_add_infercase(ptr, len, p_ic, |
| 540 | 4461 ins_buf == curbuf ? NULL : ins_buf->b_sfname, |
| 659 | 4462 0, flags) != NOTDONE) |
| 7 | 4463 { |
| 4464 found_new_match = OK; | |
| 4465 break; | |
| 4466 } | |
| 4467 } | |
| 4468 p_scs = save_p_scs; | |
| 4469 p_ws = save_p_ws; | |
| 4470 } | |
| 540 | 4471 |
| 449 | 4472 /* check if compl_curr_match has changed, (e.g. other type of |
| 1796 | 4473 * expansion added something) */ |
| 540 | 4474 if (type != 0 && compl_curr_match != old_match) |
| 7 | 4475 found_new_match = OK; |
| 4476 | |
| 4477 /* break the loop for specialized modes (use 'complete' just for the | |
| 4478 * generic ctrl_x_mode == 0) or when we've found a new match */ | |
| 4479 if ((ctrl_x_mode != 0 && ctrl_x_mode != CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE) | |
| 449 | 4480 || found_new_match != FAIL) |
| 540 | 4481 { |
| 4482 if (got_int) | |
| 4483 break; | |
| 665 | 4484 /* Fill the popup menu as soon as possible. */ |
| 989 | 4485 if (type != -1) |
| 540 | 4486 ins_compl_check_keys(0); |
| 665 | 4487 |
| 540 | 4488 if ((ctrl_x_mode != 0 && ctrl_x_mode != CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE) |
| 4489 || compl_interrupted) | |
| 4490 break; | |
| 4491 compl_started = TRUE; | |
| 4492 } | |
| 4493 else | |
| 4494 { | |
| 4495 /* Mark a buffer scanned when it has been scanned completely */ | |
| 4496 if (type == 0 || type == CTRL_X_PATH_PATTERNS) | |
| 4497 ins_buf->b_scanned = TRUE; | |
| 4498 | |
| 4499 compl_started = FALSE; | |
| 4500 } | |
| 449 | 4501 } |
| 4502 compl_started = TRUE; | |
| 7 | 4503 |
| 4504 if ((ctrl_x_mode == 0 || ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE) | |
| 4505 && *e_cpt == NUL) /* Got to end of 'complete' */ | |
| 4506 found_new_match = FAIL; | |
| 4507 | |
| 4508 i = -1; /* total of matches, unknown */ | |
| 4509 if (found_new_match == FAIL | |
| 4510 || (ctrl_x_mode != 0 && ctrl_x_mode != CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE)) | |
| 4511 i = ins_compl_make_cyclic(); | |
| 4512 | |
| 4513 /* If several matches were added (FORWARD) or the search failed and has | |
| 449 | 4514 * just been made cyclic then we have to move compl_curr_match to the next |
| 4515 * or previous entry (if any) -- Acevedo */ | |
| 724 | 4516 compl_curr_match = compl_direction == FORWARD ? old_match->cp_next |
| 4517 : old_match->cp_prev; | |
| 449 | 4518 if (compl_curr_match == NULL) |
| 4519 compl_curr_match = old_match; | |
| 7 | 4520 return i; |
| 4521 } | |
| 4522 | |
| 4523 /* Delete the old text being completed. */ | |
| 4524 static void | |
| 4525 ins_compl_delete() | |
| 4526 { | |
| 4527 int i; | |
| 4528 | |
| 4529 /* | |
| 4530 * In insert mode: Delete the typed part. | |
| 4531 * In replace mode: Put the old characters back, if any. | |
| 4532 */ | |
| 449 | 4533 i = compl_col + (compl_cont_status & CONT_ADDING ? compl_length : 0); |
| 7 | 4534 backspace_until_column(i); |
| 4535 changed_cline_bef_curs(); | |
| 4536 } | |
| 4537 | |
| 4538 /* Insert the new text being completed. */ | |
| 4539 static void | |
| 4540 ins_compl_insert() | |
| 4541 { | |
| 1782 | 4542 ins_bytes(compl_shown_match->cp_str + ins_compl_len()); |
| 683 | 4543 if (compl_shown_match->cp_flags & ORIGINAL_TEXT) |
| 4544 compl_used_match = FALSE; | |
| 4545 else | |
| 4546 compl_used_match = TRUE; | |
| 7 | 4547 } |
| 4548 | |
| 4549 /* | |
| 4550 * Fill in the next completion in the current direction. | |
| 464 | 4551 * If "allow_get_expansion" is TRUE, then we may call ins_compl_get_exp() to |
| 4552 * get more completions. If it is FALSE, then we just do nothing when there | |
| 4553 * are no more completions in a given direction. The latter case is used when | |
| 4554 * we are still in the middle of finding completions, to allow browsing | |
| 4555 * through the ones found so far. | |
| 7 | 4556 * Return the total number of matches, or -1 if still unknown -- webb. |
| 4557 * | |
| 449 | 4558 * compl_curr_match is currently being used by ins_compl_get_exp(), so we use |
| 4559 * compl_shown_match here. | |
| 7 | 4560 * |
| 4561 * Note that this function may be called recursively once only. First with | |
| 464 | 4562 * "allow_get_expansion" TRUE, which calls ins_compl_get_exp(), which in turn |
| 4563 * calls this function with "allow_get_expansion" FALSE. | |
| 7 | 4564 */ |
| 4565 static int | |
| 665 | 4566 ins_compl_next(allow_get_expansion, count, insert_match) |
| 7 | 4567 int allow_get_expansion; |
| 610 | 4568 int count; /* repeat completion this many times; should |
| 4569 be at least 1 */ | |
| 665 | 4570 int insert_match; /* Insert the newly selected match */ |
| 7 | 4571 { |
| 4572 int num_matches = -1; | |
| 4573 int i; | |
| 610 | 4574 int todo = count; |
| 657 | 4575 compl_T *found_compl = NULL; |
| 4576 int found_end = FALSE; | |
| 836 | 4577 int advance; |
| 7 | 4578 |
| 3271 | 4579 /* When user complete function return -1 for findstart which is next |
| 4580 * time of 'always', compl_shown_match become NULL. */ | |
| 4581 if (compl_shown_match == NULL) | |
| 4582 return -1; | |
| 4583 | |
| 665 | 4584 if (compl_leader != NULL |
| 4585 && (compl_shown_match->cp_flags & ORIGINAL_TEXT) == 0) | |
| 4586 { | |
| 4587 /* Set "compl_shown_match" to the actually shown match, it may differ | |
| 4588 * when "compl_leader" is used to omit some of the matches. */ | |
| 681 | 4589 while (!ins_compl_equal(compl_shown_match, |
| 835 | 4590 compl_leader, (int)STRLEN(compl_leader)) |
| 665 | 4591 && compl_shown_match->cp_next != NULL |
| 4592 && compl_shown_match->cp_next != compl_first_match) | |
| 4593 compl_shown_match = compl_shown_match->cp_next; | |
| 887 | 4594 |
| 4595 /* If we didn't find it searching forward, and compl_shows_dir is | |
| 4596 * backward, find the last match. */ | |
| 4597 if (compl_shows_dir == BACKWARD | |
| 4598 && !ins_compl_equal(compl_shown_match, | |
| 4599 compl_leader, (int)STRLEN(compl_leader)) | |
| 4600 && (compl_shown_match->cp_next == NULL | |
| 4601 || compl_shown_match->cp_next == compl_first_match)) | |
| 4602 { | |
| 4603 while (!ins_compl_equal(compl_shown_match, | |
| 4604 compl_leader, (int)STRLEN(compl_leader)) | |
| 4605 && compl_shown_match->cp_prev != NULL | |
| 4606 && compl_shown_match->cp_prev != compl_first_match) | |
| 4607 compl_shown_match = compl_shown_match->cp_prev; | |
| 4608 } | |
| 665 | 4609 } |
| 4610 | |
| 4611 if (allow_get_expansion && insert_match | |
| 874 | 4612 && (!(compl_get_longest || compl_restarting) || compl_used_match)) |
| 7 | 4613 /* Delete old text to be replaced */ |
| 4614 ins_compl_delete(); | |
| 665 | 4615 |
| 836 | 4616 /* When finding the longest common text we stick at the original text, |
| 4617 * don't let CTRL-N or CTRL-P move to the first match. */ | |
| 4618 advance = count != 1 || !allow_get_expansion || !compl_get_longest; | |
| 4619 | |
| 874 | 4620 /* When restarting the search don't insert the first match either. */ |
| 4621 if (compl_restarting) | |
| 4622 { | |
| 4623 advance = FALSE; | |
| 4624 compl_restarting = FALSE; | |
| 4625 } | |
| 4626 | |
| 610 | 4627 /* Repeat this for when <PageUp> or <PageDown> is typed. But don't wrap |
| 4628 * around. */ | |
| 4629 while (--todo >= 0) | |
| 4630 { | |
| 4631 if (compl_shows_dir == FORWARD && compl_shown_match->cp_next != NULL) | |
| 4632 { | |
| 4633 compl_shown_match = compl_shown_match->cp_next; | |
| 657 | 4634 found_end = (compl_first_match != NULL |
| 4635 && (compl_shown_match->cp_next == compl_first_match | |
| 4636 || compl_shown_match == compl_first_match)); | |
| 610 | 4637 } |
| 4638 else if (compl_shows_dir == BACKWARD | |
| 4639 && compl_shown_match->cp_prev != NULL) | |
| 4640 { | |
| 657 | 4641 found_end = (compl_shown_match == compl_first_match); |
| 610 | 4642 compl_shown_match = compl_shown_match->cp_prev; |
| 657 | 4643 found_end |= (compl_shown_match == compl_first_match); |
| 7 | 4644 } |
| 4645 else | |
| 610 | 4646 { |
| 909 | 4647 if (!allow_get_expansion) |
| 4648 { | |
| 4649 if (advance) | |
| 4650 { | |
| 4651 if (compl_shows_dir == BACKWARD) | |
| 4652 compl_pending -= todo + 1; | |
| 4653 else | |
| 4654 compl_pending += todo + 1; | |
| 4655 } | |
| 4656 return -1; | |
| 4657 } | |
| 4658 | |
| 836 | 4659 if (advance) |
| 4660 { | |
| 4661 if (compl_shows_dir == BACKWARD) | |
| 4662 --compl_pending; | |
| 4663 else | |
| 4664 ++compl_pending; | |
| 4665 } | |
| 657 | 4666 |
| 874 | 4667 /* Find matches. */ |
| 659 | 4668 num_matches = ins_compl_get_exp(&compl_startpos); |
| 909 | 4669 |
| 4670 /* handle any pending completions */ | |
| 4671 while (compl_pending != 0 && compl_direction == compl_shows_dir | |
| 836 | 4672 && advance) |
| 909 | 4673 { |
| 4674 if (compl_pending > 0 && compl_shown_match->cp_next != NULL) | |
| 4675 { | |
| 4676 compl_shown_match = compl_shown_match->cp_next; | |
| 4677 --compl_pending; | |
| 4678 } | |
| 4679 if (compl_pending < 0 && compl_shown_match->cp_prev != NULL) | |
| 4680 { | |
| 4681 compl_shown_match = compl_shown_match->cp_prev; | |
| 4682 ++compl_pending; | |
| 4683 } | |
| 4684 else | |
| 4685 break; | |
| 4686 } | |
| 657 | 4687 found_end = FALSE; |
| 4688 } | |
| 4689 if ((compl_shown_match->cp_flags & ORIGINAL_TEXT) == 0 | |
| 4690 && compl_leader != NULL | |
| 681 | 4691 && !ins_compl_equal(compl_shown_match, |
| 835 | 4692 compl_leader, (int)STRLEN(compl_leader))) |
| 657 | 4693 ++todo; |
| 4694 else | |
| 4695 /* Remember a matching item. */ | |
| 4696 found_compl = compl_shown_match; | |
| 4697 | |
| 4698 /* Stop at the end of the list when we found a usable match. */ | |
| 4699 if (found_end) | |
| 4700 { | |
| 4701 if (found_compl != NULL) | |
| 610 | 4702 { |
| 657 | 4703 compl_shown_match = found_compl; |
| 4704 break; | |
| 610 | 4705 } |
| 657 | 4706 todo = 1; /* use first usable match after wrapping around */ |
| 610 | 4707 } |
| 7 | 4708 } |
| 4709 | |
| 665 | 4710 /* Insert the text of the new completion, or the compl_leader. */ |
| 4711 if (insert_match) | |
| 4712 { | |
| 4713 if (!compl_get_longest || compl_used_match) | |
| 4714 ins_compl_insert(); | |
| 4715 else | |
| 1782 | 4716 ins_bytes(compl_leader + ins_compl_len()); |
| 665 | 4717 } |
| 4718 else | |
| 4719 compl_used_match = FALSE; | |
| 7 | 4720 |
| 4721 if (!allow_get_expansion) | |
| 4722 { | |
| 540 | 4723 /* may undisplay the popup menu first */ |
| 4724 ins_compl_upd_pum(); | |
| 4725 | |
| 665 | 4726 /* redraw to show the user what was inserted */ |
| 4727 update_screen(0); | |
| 4728 | |
| 540 | 4729 /* display the updated popup menu */ |
| 4730 ins_compl_show_pum(); | |
| 864 | 4731 #ifdef FEAT_GUI |
| 4732 if (gui.in_use) | |
| 4733 { | |
| 4734 /* Show the cursor after the match, not after the redrawn text. */ | |
| 4735 setcursor(); | |
| 4736 out_flush(); | |
| 4737 gui_update_cursor(FALSE, FALSE); | |
| 4738 } | |
| 4739 #endif | |
| 540 | 4740 |
| 7 | 4741 /* Delete old text to be replaced, since we're still searching and |
| 4742 * don't want to match ourselves! */ | |
| 4743 ins_compl_delete(); | |
| 4744 } | |
| 4745 | |
| 825 | 4746 /* Enter will select a match when the match wasn't inserted and the popup |
| 1219 | 4747 * menu is visible. */ |
| 825 | 4748 compl_enter_selects = !insert_match && compl_match_array != NULL; |
| 4749 | |
| 7 | 4750 /* |
| 4751 * Show the file name for the match (if any) | |
| 4752 * Truncate the file name to avoid a wait for return. | |
| 4753 */ | |
| 464 | 4754 if (compl_shown_match->cp_fname != NULL) |
| 7 | 4755 { |
| 4756 STRCPY(IObuff, "match in file "); | |
| 464 | 4757 i = (vim_strsize(compl_shown_match->cp_fname) + 16) - sc_col; |
| 7 | 4758 if (i <= 0) |
| 4759 i = 0; | |
| 4760 else | |
| 4761 STRCAT(IObuff, "<"); | |
| 464 | 4762 STRCAT(IObuff, compl_shown_match->cp_fname + i); |
| 7 | 4763 msg(IObuff); |
| 4764 redraw_cmdline = FALSE; /* don't overwrite! */ | |
| 4765 } | |
| 4766 | |
| 4767 return num_matches; | |
| 4768 } | |
| 4769 | |
| 4770 /* | |
| 4771 * Call this while finding completions, to check whether the user has hit a key | |
| 4772 * that should change the currently displayed completion, or exit completion | |
| 716 | 4773 * mode. Also, when compl_pending is not zero, show a completion as soon as |
| 7 | 4774 * possible. -- webb |
| 464 | 4775 * "frequency" specifies out of how many calls we actually check. |
| 7 | 4776 */ |
| 4777 void | |
| 464 | 4778 ins_compl_check_keys(frequency) |
| 4779 int frequency; | |
| 7 | 4780 { |
| 4781 static int count = 0; | |
| 4782 | |
| 4783 int c; | |
| 4784 | |
| 4785 /* Don't check when reading keys from a script. That would break the test | |
| 4786 * scripts */ | |
| 4787 if (using_script()) | |
| 4788 return; | |
| 4789 | |
| 4790 /* Only do this at regular intervals */ | |
| 464 | 4791 if (++count < frequency) |
| 7 | 4792 return; |
| 4793 count = 0; | |
| 4794 | |
| 909 | 4795 /* Check for a typed key. Do use mappings, otherwise vim_is_ctrl_x_key() |
| 4796 * can't do its work correctly. */ | |
| 7 | 4797 c = vpeekc_any(); |
| 4798 if (c != NUL) | |
| 4799 { | |
| 4800 if (vim_is_ctrl_x_key(c) && c != Ctrl_X && c != Ctrl_R) | |
| 4801 { | |
| 4802 c = safe_vgetc(); /* Eat the character */ | |
| 610 | 4803 compl_shows_dir = ins_compl_key2dir(c); |
| 665 | 4804 (void)ins_compl_next(FALSE, ins_compl_key2count(c), |
| 4805 c != K_UP && c != K_DOWN); | |
| 7 | 4806 } |
| 909 | 4807 else |
| 4808 { | |
| 4809 /* Need to get the character to have KeyTyped set. We'll put it | |
| 1526 | 4810 * back with vungetc() below. But skip K_IGNORE. */ |
| 909 | 4811 c = safe_vgetc(); |
| 1526 | 4812 if (c != K_IGNORE) |
| 4813 { | |
| 4814 /* Don't interrupt completion when the character wasn't typed, | |
| 4815 * e.g., when doing @q to replay keys. */ | |
| 4816 if (c != Ctrl_R && KeyTyped) | |
| 4817 compl_interrupted = TRUE; | |
| 4818 | |
| 4819 vungetc(c); | |
| 4820 } | |
| 909 | 4821 } |
| 449 | 4822 } |
| 716 | 4823 if (compl_pending != 0 && !got_int) |
| 909 | 4824 { |
| 4825 int todo = compl_pending > 0 ? compl_pending : -compl_pending; | |
| 4826 | |
| 4827 compl_pending = 0; | |
| 4828 (void)ins_compl_next(FALSE, todo, TRUE); | |
| 4829 } | |
| 610 | 4830 } |
| 4831 | |
| 4832 /* | |
| 4833 * Decide the direction of Insert mode complete from the key typed. | |
| 4834 * Returns BACKWARD or FORWARD. | |
| 4835 */ | |
| 4836 static int | |
| 4837 ins_compl_key2dir(c) | |
| 4838 int c; | |
| 4839 { | |
| 665 | 4840 if (c == Ctrl_P || c == Ctrl_L |
| 4841 || (pum_visible() && (c == K_PAGEUP || c == K_KPAGEUP | |
| 4842 || c == K_S_UP || c == K_UP))) | |
| 610 | 4843 return BACKWARD; |
| 4844 return FORWARD; | |
| 4845 } | |
| 4846 | |
| 4847 /* | |
| 644 | 4848 * Return TRUE for keys that are used for completion only when the popup menu |
| 4849 * is visible. | |
| 4850 */ | |
| 4851 static int | |
| 4852 ins_compl_pum_key(c) | |
| 4853 int c; | |
| 4854 { | |
| 4855 return pum_visible() && (c == K_PAGEUP || c == K_KPAGEUP || c == K_S_UP | |
| 665 | 4856 || c == K_PAGEDOWN || c == K_KPAGEDOWN || c == K_S_DOWN |
| 4857 || c == K_UP || c == K_DOWN); | |
| 644 | 4858 } |
| 4859 | |
| 4860 /* | |
| 610 | 4861 * Decide the number of completions to move forward. |
| 4862 * Returns 1 for most keys, height of the popup menu for page-up/down keys. | |
| 4863 */ | |
| 4864 static int | |
| 4865 ins_compl_key2count(c) | |
| 4866 int c; | |
| 4867 { | |
| 4868 int h; | |
| 4869 | |
| 665 | 4870 if (ins_compl_pum_key(c) && c != K_UP && c != K_DOWN) |
| 610 | 4871 { |
| 4872 h = pum_get_height(); | |
| 4873 if (h > 3) | |
| 4874 h -= 2; /* keep some context */ | |
| 4875 return h; | |
| 4876 } | |
| 4877 return 1; | |
| 7 | 4878 } |
| 4879 | |
| 4880 /* | |
| 681 | 4881 * Return TRUE if completion with "c" should insert the match, FALSE if only |
| 4882 * to change the currently selected completion. | |
| 4883 */ | |
| 4884 static int | |
| 4885 ins_compl_use_match(c) | |
| 4886 int c; | |
| 4887 { | |
| 4888 switch (c) | |
| 4889 { | |
| 4890 case K_UP: | |
| 4891 case K_DOWN: | |
| 4892 case K_PAGEDOWN: | |
| 4893 case K_KPAGEDOWN: | |
| 4894 case K_S_DOWN: | |
| 4895 case K_PAGEUP: | |
| 4896 case K_KPAGEUP: | |
| 4897 case K_S_UP: | |
| 4898 return FALSE; | |
| 4899 } | |
| 4900 return TRUE; | |
| 4901 } | |
| 4902 | |
| 4903 /* | |
| 7 | 4904 * Do Insert mode completion. |
| 4905 * Called when character "c" was typed, which has a meaning for completion. | |
| 4906 * Returns OK if completion was done, FAIL if something failed (out of mem). | |
| 4907 */ | |
| 4908 static int | |
| 4909 ins_complete(c) | |
| 449 | 4910 int c; |
| 7 | 4911 { |
| 449 | 4912 char_u *line; |
| 4913 int startcol = 0; /* column where searched text starts */ | |
| 4914 colnr_T curs_col; /* cursor column */ | |
| 4915 int n; | |
|
2107
4a4287c09953
updated for version 7.2.390
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
2047
diff
changeset
|
4916 int save_w_wrow; |
| 7 | 4917 |
| 610 | 4918 compl_direction = ins_compl_key2dir(c); |
| 449 | 4919 if (!compl_started) |
| 7 | 4920 { |
| 4921 /* First time we hit ^N or ^P (in a row, I mean) */ | |
| 4922 | |
| 4923 did_ai = FALSE; | |
| 4924 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT | |
| 4925 did_si = FALSE; | |
| 4926 can_si = FALSE; | |
| 4927 can_si_back = FALSE; | |
| 4928 #endif | |
| 4929 if (stop_arrow() == FAIL) | |
| 4930 return FAIL; | |
| 4931 | |
| 4932 line = ml_get(curwin->w_cursor.lnum); | |
| 449 | 4933 curs_col = curwin->w_cursor.col; |
| 716 | 4934 compl_pending = 0; |
| 7 | 4935 |
| 1430 | 4936 /* If this same ctrl_x_mode has been interrupted use the text from |
| 449 | 4937 * "compl_startpos" to the cursor as a pattern to add a new word |
| 4938 * instead of expand the one before the cursor, in word-wise if | |
| 1430 | 4939 * "compl_startpos" is not in the same line as the cursor then fix it |
| 4940 * (the line has been split because it was longer than 'tw'). if SOL | |
| 4941 * is set then skip the previous pattern, a word at the beginning of | |
| 4942 * the line has been inserted, we'll look for that -- Acevedo. */ | |
| 665 | 4943 if ((compl_cont_status & CONT_INTRPT) == CONT_INTRPT |
| 4944 && compl_cont_mode == ctrl_x_mode) | |
| 7 | 4945 { |
| 4946 /* | |
| 4947 * it is a continued search | |
| 4948 */ | |
| 449 | 4949 compl_cont_status &= ~CONT_INTRPT; /* remove INTRPT */ |
| 7 | 4950 if (ctrl_x_mode == 0 || ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_PATH_PATTERNS |
| 4951 || ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_PATH_DEFINES) | |
| 4952 { | |
| 449 | 4953 if (compl_startpos.lnum != curwin->w_cursor.lnum) |
| 7 | 4954 { |
| 449 | 4955 /* line (probably) wrapped, set compl_startpos to the |
| 4956 * first non_blank in the line, if it is not a wordchar | |
| 4957 * include it to get a better pattern, but then we don't | |
| 4958 * want the "\\<" prefix, check it bellow */ | |
| 4959 compl_col = (colnr_T)(skipwhite(line) - line); | |
| 4960 compl_startpos.col = compl_col; | |
| 4961 compl_startpos.lnum = curwin->w_cursor.lnum; | |
| 4962 compl_cont_status &= ~CONT_SOL; /* clear SOL if present */ | |
| 7 | 4963 } |
| 4964 else | |
| 4965 { | |
| 4966 /* S_IPOS was set when we inserted a word that was at the | |
| 4967 * beginning of the line, which means that we'll go to SOL | |
| 449 | 4968 * mode but first we need to redefine compl_startpos */ |
| 4969 if (compl_cont_status & CONT_S_IPOS) | |
| 7 | 4970 { |
| 449 | 4971 compl_cont_status |= CONT_SOL; |
| 4972 compl_startpos.col = (colnr_T)(skipwhite( | |
| 4973 line + compl_length | |
| 4974 + compl_startpos.col) - line); | |
| 7 | 4975 } |
| 449 | 4976 compl_col = compl_startpos.col; |
| 7 | 4977 } |
| 449 | 4978 compl_length = curwin->w_cursor.col - (int)compl_col; |
| 502 | 4979 /* IObuff is used to add a "word from the next line" would we |
| 1796 | 4980 * have enough space? just being paranoid */ |
| 7 | 4981 #define MIN_SPACE 75 |
| 449 | 4982 if (compl_length > (IOSIZE - MIN_SPACE)) |
| 7 | 4983 { |
| 449 | 4984 compl_cont_status &= ~CONT_SOL; |
| 4985 compl_length = (IOSIZE - MIN_SPACE); | |
| 4986 compl_col = curwin->w_cursor.col - compl_length; | |
| 7 | 4987 } |
| 449 | 4988 compl_cont_status |= CONT_ADDING | CONT_N_ADDS; |
| 4989 if (compl_length < 1) | |
| 4990 compl_cont_status &= CONT_LOCAL; | |
| 7 | 4991 } |
| 4992 else if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE) | |
| 449 | 4993 compl_cont_status = CONT_ADDING | CONT_N_ADDS; |
| 7 | 4994 else |
| 449 | 4995 compl_cont_status = 0; |
| 7 | 4996 } |
| 4997 else | |
| 449 | 4998 compl_cont_status &= CONT_LOCAL; |
| 4999 | |
| 5000 if (!(compl_cont_status & CONT_ADDING)) /* normal expansion */ | |
| 5001 { | |
| 5002 compl_cont_mode = ctrl_x_mode; | |
| 7 | 5003 if (ctrl_x_mode != 0) /* Remove LOCAL if ctrl_x_mode != 0 */ |
| 449 | 5004 compl_cont_status = 0; |
| 5005 compl_cont_status |= CONT_N_ADDS; | |
| 5006 compl_startpos = curwin->w_cursor; | |
| 5007 startcol = (int)curs_col; | |
| 5008 compl_col = 0; | |
| 7 | 5009 } |
| 5010 | |
| 5011 /* Work out completion pattern and original text -- webb */ | |
| 5012 if (ctrl_x_mode == 0 || (ctrl_x_mode & CTRL_X_WANT_IDENT)) | |
| 5013 { | |
| 449 | 5014 if ((compl_cont_status & CONT_SOL) |
| 7 | 5015 || ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_PATH_DEFINES) |
| 5016 { | |
| 449 | 5017 if (!(compl_cont_status & CONT_ADDING)) |
| 7 | 5018 { |
| 449 | 5019 while (--startcol >= 0 && vim_isIDc(line[startcol])) |
| 7 | 5020 ; |
| 449 | 5021 compl_col += ++startcol; |
| 5022 compl_length = curs_col - startcol; | |
| 7 | 5023 } |
| 5024 if (p_ic) | |
| 449 | 5025 compl_pattern = str_foldcase(line + compl_col, |
| 5026 compl_length, NULL, 0); | |
| 7 | 5027 else |
| 449 | 5028 compl_pattern = vim_strnsave(line + compl_col, |
| 5029 compl_length); | |
| 5030 if (compl_pattern == NULL) | |
| 7 | 5031 return FAIL; |
| 5032 } | |
| 449 | 5033 else if (compl_cont_status & CONT_ADDING) |
| 7 | 5034 { |
| 5035 char_u *prefix = (char_u *)"\\<"; | |
| 5036 | |
| 1872 | 5037 /* we need up to 2 extra chars for the prefix */ |
| 449 | 5038 compl_pattern = alloc(quote_meta(NULL, line + compl_col, |
| 1872 | 5039 compl_length) + 2); |
| 449 | 5040 if (compl_pattern == NULL) |
| 7 | 5041 return FAIL; |
| 449 | 5042 if (!vim_iswordp(line + compl_col) |
| 5043 || (compl_col > 0 | |
| 7 | 5044 && ( |
| 5045 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 449 | 5046 vim_iswordp(mb_prevptr(line, line + compl_col)) |
| 7 | 5047 #else |
| 449 | 5048 vim_iswordc(line[compl_col - 1]) |
| 7 | 5049 #endif |
| 5050 ))) | |
| 5051 prefix = (char_u *)""; | |
| 449 | 5052 STRCPY((char *)compl_pattern, prefix); |
| 5053 (void)quote_meta(compl_pattern + STRLEN(prefix), | |
| 5054 line + compl_col, compl_length); | |
| 7 | 5055 } |
| 449 | 5056 else if (--startcol < 0 || |
| 7 | 5057 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE |
| 449 | 5058 !vim_iswordp(mb_prevptr(line, line + startcol + 1)) |
| 7 | 5059 #else |
| 449 | 5060 !vim_iswordc(line[startcol]) |
| 7 | 5061 #endif |
| 5062 ) | |
| 5063 { | |
| 5064 /* Match any word of at least two chars */ | |
| 449 | 5065 compl_pattern = vim_strsave((char_u *)"\\<\\k\\k"); |
| 5066 if (compl_pattern == NULL) | |
| 7 | 5067 return FAIL; |
| 449 | 5068 compl_col += curs_col; |
| 5069 compl_length = 0; | |
| 7 | 5070 } |
| 5071 else | |
| 5072 { | |
| 5073 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 5074 /* Search the point of change class of multibyte character | |
| 5075 * or not a word single byte character backward. */ | |
| 5076 if (has_mbyte) | |
| 5077 { | |
| 5078 int base_class; | |
| 5079 int head_off; | |
| 5080 | |
| 449 | 5081 startcol -= (*mb_head_off)(line, line + startcol); |
| 5082 base_class = mb_get_class(line + startcol); | |
| 5083 while (--startcol >= 0) | |
| 7 | 5084 { |
| 449 | 5085 head_off = (*mb_head_off)(line, line + startcol); |
| 5086 if (base_class != mb_get_class(line + startcol | |
| 5087 - head_off)) | |
| 7 | 5088 break; |
| 449 | 5089 startcol -= head_off; |
| 7 | 5090 } |
| 5091 } | |
| 5092 else | |
| 5093 #endif | |
| 449 | 5094 while (--startcol >= 0 && vim_iswordc(line[startcol])) |
| 7 | 5095 ; |
| 449 | 5096 compl_col += ++startcol; |
| 5097 compl_length = (int)curs_col - startcol; | |
| 5098 if (compl_length == 1) | |
| 7 | 5099 { |
| 5100 /* Only match word with at least two chars -- webb | |
| 5101 * there's no need to call quote_meta, | |
| 5102 * alloc(7) is enough -- Acevedo | |
| 5103 */ | |
| 449 | 5104 compl_pattern = alloc(7); |
| 5105 if (compl_pattern == NULL) | |
| 7 | 5106 return FAIL; |
| 449 | 5107 STRCPY((char *)compl_pattern, "\\<"); |
| 5108 (void)quote_meta(compl_pattern + 2, line + compl_col, 1); | |
| 5109 STRCAT((char *)compl_pattern, "\\k"); | |
| 7 | 5110 } |
| 5111 else | |
| 5112 { | |
| 449 | 5113 compl_pattern = alloc(quote_meta(NULL, line + compl_col, |
| 1872 | 5114 compl_length) + 2); |
| 449 | 5115 if (compl_pattern == NULL) |
| 7 | 5116 return FAIL; |
| 449 | 5117 STRCPY((char *)compl_pattern, "\\<"); |
| 5118 (void)quote_meta(compl_pattern + 2, line + compl_col, | |
| 5119 compl_length); | |
| 7 | 5120 } |
| 5121 } | |
| 5122 } | |
| 5123 else if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE) | |
| 5124 { | |
| 835 | 5125 compl_col = (colnr_T)(skipwhite(line) - line); |
| 449 | 5126 compl_length = (int)curs_col - (int)compl_col; |
| 5127 if (compl_length < 0) /* cursor in indent: empty pattern */ | |
| 5128 compl_length = 0; | |
| 7 | 5129 if (p_ic) |
| 449 | 5130 compl_pattern = str_foldcase(line + compl_col, compl_length, |
| 5131 NULL, 0); | |
| 7 | 5132 else |
| 449 | 5133 compl_pattern = vim_strnsave(line + compl_col, compl_length); |
| 5134 if (compl_pattern == NULL) | |
| 7 | 5135 return FAIL; |
| 5136 } | |
| 5137 else if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_FILES) | |
| 5138 { | |
| 449 | 5139 while (--startcol >= 0 && vim_isfilec(line[startcol])) |
| 7 | 5140 ; |
| 449 | 5141 compl_col += ++startcol; |
| 5142 compl_length = (int)curs_col - startcol; | |
| 5143 compl_pattern = addstar(line + compl_col, compl_length, | |
| 5144 EXPAND_FILES); | |
| 5145 if (compl_pattern == NULL) | |
| 7 | 5146 return FAIL; |
| 5147 } | |
| 5148 else if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_CMDLINE) | |
| 5149 { | |
| 449 | 5150 compl_pattern = vim_strnsave(line, curs_col); |
| 5151 if (compl_pattern == NULL) | |
| 7 | 5152 return FAIL; |
| 449 | 5153 set_cmd_context(&compl_xp, compl_pattern, |
| 5154 (int)STRLEN(compl_pattern), curs_col); | |
| 5155 if (compl_xp.xp_context == EXPAND_UNSUCCESSFUL | |
| 5156 || compl_xp.xp_context == EXPAND_NOTHING) | |
| 935 | 5157 /* No completion possible, use an empty pattern to get a |
| 5158 * "pattern not found" message. */ | |
| 897 | 5159 compl_col = curs_col; |
| 5160 else | |
| 935 | 5161 compl_col = (int)(compl_xp.xp_pattern - compl_pattern); |
| 5162 compl_length = curs_col - compl_col; | |
| 7 | 5163 } |
| 523 | 5164 else if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_FUNCTION || ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_OMNI) |
| 502 | 5165 { |
| 12 | 5166 #ifdef FEAT_COMPL_FUNC |
| 5167 /* | |
| 502 | 5168 * Call user defined function 'completefunc' with "a:findstart" |
| 5169 * set to 1 to obtain the length of text to use for completion. | |
| 12 | 5170 */ |
| 502 | 5171 char_u *args[2]; |
| 452 | 5172 int col; |
| 502 | 5173 char_u *funcname; |
| 5174 pos_T pos; | |
| 2631 | 5175 win_T *curwin_save; |
| 5176 buf_T *curbuf_save; | |
| 502 | 5177 |
| 523 | 5178 /* Call 'completefunc' or 'omnifunc' and get pattern length as a |
| 502 | 5179 * string */ |
| 5180 funcname = ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_FUNCTION | |
| 5181 ? curbuf->b_p_cfu : curbuf->b_p_ofu; | |
| 5182 if (*funcname == NUL) | |
| 523 | 5183 { |
| 5184 EMSG2(_(e_notset), ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_FUNCTION | |
| 5185 ? "completefunc" : "omnifunc"); | |
| 12 | 5186 return FAIL; |
| 523 | 5187 } |
| 452 | 5188 |
| 5189 args[0] = (char_u *)"1"; | |
| 502 | 5190 args[1] = NULL; |
| 5191 pos = curwin->w_cursor; | |
| 2631 | 5192 curwin_save = curwin; |
| 5193 curbuf_save = curbuf; | |
| 502 | 5194 col = call_func_retnr(funcname, 2, args, FALSE); |
| 2631 | 5195 if (curwin_save != curwin || curbuf_save != curbuf) |
| 5196 { | |
| 5197 EMSG(_(e_complwin)); | |
| 5198 return FAIL; | |
| 5199 } | |
| 502 | 5200 curwin->w_cursor = pos; /* restore the cursor position */ |
| 2631 | 5201 check_cursor(); |
| 5202 if (!equalpos(curwin->w_cursor, pos)) | |
| 5203 { | |
| 5204 EMSG(_(e_compldel)); | |
| 5205 return FAIL; | |
| 5206 } | |
| 502 | 5207 |
| 3302 | 5208 /* Return value -2 means the user complete function wants to |
| 5209 * cancel the complete without an error. */ | |
| 5210 if (col == -2) | |
| 5211 return FAIL; | |
| 5212 | |
| 3078 | 5213 /* |
| 5214 * Reset extended parameters of completion, when start new | |
| 5215 * completion. | |
| 5216 */ | |
| 5217 compl_opt_refresh_always = FALSE; | |
| 5218 | |
| 452 | 5219 if (col < 0) |
| 523 | 5220 col = curs_col; |
| 452 | 5221 compl_col = col; |
| 1872 | 5222 if (compl_col > curs_col) |
| 452 | 5223 compl_col = curs_col; |
| 449 | 5224 |
| 5225 /* Setup variables for completion. Need to obtain "line" again, | |
| 5226 * it may have become invalid. */ | |
| 5227 line = ml_get(curwin->w_cursor.lnum); | |
| 452 | 5228 compl_length = curs_col - compl_col; |
| 449 | 5229 compl_pattern = vim_strnsave(line + compl_col, compl_length); |
| 5230 if (compl_pattern == NULL) | |
| 502 | 5231 #endif |
| 449 | 5232 return FAIL; |
| 5233 } | |
| 477 | 5234 else if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_SPELL) |
| 5235 { | |
| 744 | 5236 #ifdef FEAT_SPELL |
| 497 | 5237 if (spell_bad_len > 0) |
| 5238 compl_col = curs_col - spell_bad_len; | |
| 5239 else | |
| 5240 compl_col = spell_word_start(startcol); | |
| 5241 if (compl_col >= (colnr_T)startcol) | |
| 897 | 5242 { |
| 5243 compl_length = 0; | |
| 5244 compl_col = curs_col; | |
| 5245 } | |
| 5246 else | |
| 5247 { | |
| 5248 spell_expand_check_cap(compl_col); | |
| 5249 compl_length = (int)curs_col - compl_col; | |
| 5250 } | |
| 818 | 5251 /* Need to obtain "line" again, it may have become invalid. */ |
| 5252 line = ml_get(curwin->w_cursor.lnum); | |
| 477 | 5253 compl_pattern = vim_strnsave(line + compl_col, compl_length); |
| 5254 if (compl_pattern == NULL) | |
| 5255 #endif | |
| 5256 return FAIL; | |
| 5257 } | |
| 449 | 5258 else |
| 5259 { | |
| 5260 EMSG2(_(e_intern2), "ins_complete()"); | |
| 5261 return FAIL; | |
| 5262 } | |
| 5263 | |
| 5264 if (compl_cont_status & CONT_ADDING) | |
| 7 | 5265 { |
| 5266 edit_submode_pre = (char_u *)_(" Adding"); | |
| 5267 if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE) | |
| 5268 { | |
| 5269 /* Insert a new line, keep indentation but ignore 'comments' */ | |
| 5270 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS | |
| 5271 char_u *old = curbuf->b_p_com; | |
| 5272 | |
| 5273 curbuf->b_p_com = (char_u *)""; | |
| 5274 #endif | |
| 449 | 5275 compl_startpos.lnum = curwin->w_cursor.lnum; |
| 5276 compl_startpos.col = compl_col; | |
| 7 | 5277 ins_eol('\r'); |
| 5278 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS | |
| 5279 curbuf->b_p_com = old; | |
| 5280 #endif | |
| 449 | 5281 compl_length = 0; |
| 5282 compl_col = curwin->w_cursor.col; | |
| 7 | 5283 } |
| 5284 } | |
| 5285 else | |
| 5286 { | |
| 5287 edit_submode_pre = NULL; | |
| 449 | 5288 compl_startpos.col = compl_col; |
| 5289 } | |
| 5290 | |
| 5291 if (compl_cont_status & CONT_LOCAL) | |
| 5292 edit_submode = (char_u *)_(ctrl_x_msgs[CTRL_X_LOCAL_MSG]); | |
| 7 | 5293 else |
| 5294 edit_submode = (char_u *)_(CTRL_X_MSG(ctrl_x_mode)); | |
| 5295 | |
| 3095 | 5296 /* If any of the original typed text has been changed we need to fix |
| 5297 * the redo buffer. */ | |
| 5298 ins_compl_fixRedoBufForLeader(NULL); | |
| 5299 | |
| 694 | 5300 /* Always add completion for the original text. */ |
| 5301 vim_free(compl_orig_text); | |
| 449 | 5302 compl_orig_text = vim_strnsave(line + compl_col, compl_length); |
| 5303 if (compl_orig_text == NULL || ins_compl_add(compl_orig_text, | |
| 942 | 5304 -1, p_ic, NULL, NULL, 0, ORIGINAL_TEXT, FALSE) != OK) |
| 449 | 5305 { |
| 5306 vim_free(compl_pattern); | |
| 5307 compl_pattern = NULL; | |
| 5308 vim_free(compl_orig_text); | |
| 5309 compl_orig_text = NULL; | |
| 7 | 5310 return FAIL; |
| 5311 } | |
| 5312 | |
| 5313 /* showmode might reset the internal line pointers, so it must | |
| 5314 * be called before line = ml_get(), or when this address is no | |
| 5315 * longer needed. -- Acevedo. | |
| 5316 */ | |
| 5317 edit_submode_extra = (char_u *)_("-- Searching..."); | |
| 5318 edit_submode_highl = HLF_COUNT; | |
| 5319 showmode(); | |
| 5320 edit_submode_extra = NULL; | |
| 5321 out_flush(); | |
| 5322 } | |
| 5323 | |
| 449 | 5324 compl_shown_match = compl_curr_match; |
| 5325 compl_shows_dir = compl_direction; | |
| 7 | 5326 |
| 5327 /* | |
| 665 | 5328 * Find next match (and following matches). |
| 7 | 5329 */ |
|
2107
4a4287c09953
updated for version 7.2.390
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
2047
diff
changeset
|
5330 save_w_wrow = curwin->w_wrow; |
| 681 | 5331 n = ins_compl_next(TRUE, ins_compl_key2count(c), ins_compl_use_match(c)); |
| 449 | 5332 |
| 540 | 5333 /* may undisplay the popup menu */ |
| 5334 ins_compl_upd_pum(); | |
| 5335 | |
| 449 | 5336 if (n > 1) /* all matches have been found */ |
| 5337 compl_matches = n; | |
| 5338 compl_curr_match = compl_shown_match; | |
| 5339 compl_direction = compl_shows_dir; | |
| 857 | 5340 |
| 5341 /* Eat the ESC that vgetc() returns after a CTRL-C to avoid leaving Insert | |
| 5342 * mode. */ | |
| 7 | 5343 if (got_int && !global_busy) |
| 5344 { | |
| 5345 (void)vgetc(); | |
| 5346 got_int = FALSE; | |
| 5347 } | |
| 5348 | |
| 449 | 5349 /* we found no match if the list has only the "compl_orig_text"-entry */ |
| 464 | 5350 if (compl_first_match == compl_first_match->cp_next) |
| 449 | 5351 { |
| 5352 edit_submode_extra = (compl_cont_status & CONT_ADDING) | |
| 5353 && compl_length > 1 | |
| 7 | 5354 ? (char_u *)_(e_hitend) : (char_u *)_(e_patnotf); |
| 5355 edit_submode_highl = HLF_E; | |
| 5356 /* remove N_ADDS flag, so next ^X<> won't try to go to ADDING mode, | |
| 5357 * because we couldn't expand anything at first place, but if we used | |
| 5358 * ^P, ^N, ^X^I or ^X^D we might want to add-expand a single-char-word | |
| 5359 * (such as M in M'exico) if not tried already. -- Acevedo */ | |
| 449 | 5360 if ( compl_length > 1 |
| 5361 || (compl_cont_status & CONT_ADDING) | |
| 7 | 5362 || (ctrl_x_mode != 0 |
| 5363 && ctrl_x_mode != CTRL_X_PATH_PATTERNS | |
| 5364 && ctrl_x_mode != CTRL_X_PATH_DEFINES)) | |
| 449 | 5365 compl_cont_status &= ~CONT_N_ADDS; |
| 5366 } | |
| 5367 | |
| 464 | 5368 if (compl_curr_match->cp_flags & CONT_S_IPOS) |
| 449 | 5369 compl_cont_status |= CONT_S_IPOS; |
| 7 | 5370 else |
| 449 | 5371 compl_cont_status &= ~CONT_S_IPOS; |
| 7 | 5372 |
| 5373 if (edit_submode_extra == NULL) | |
| 5374 { | |
| 464 | 5375 if (compl_curr_match->cp_flags & ORIGINAL_TEXT) |
| 7 | 5376 { |
| 5377 edit_submode_extra = (char_u *)_("Back at original"); | |
| 5378 edit_submode_highl = HLF_W; | |
| 5379 } | |
| 449 | 5380 else if (compl_cont_status & CONT_S_IPOS) |
| 7 | 5381 { |
| 5382 edit_submode_extra = (char_u *)_("Word from other line"); | |
| 5383 edit_submode_highl = HLF_COUNT; | |
| 5384 } | |
| 464 | 5385 else if (compl_curr_match->cp_next == compl_curr_match->cp_prev) |
| 7 | 5386 { |
| 5387 edit_submode_extra = (char_u *)_("The only match"); | |
| 5388 edit_submode_highl = HLF_COUNT; | |
| 5389 } | |
| 5390 else | |
| 5391 { | |
| 5392 /* Update completion sequence number when needed. */ | |
| 464 | 5393 if (compl_curr_match->cp_number == -1) |
| 7 | 5394 { |
| 464 | 5395 int number = 0; |
| 5396 compl_T *match; | |
| 7 | 5397 |
| 449 | 5398 if (compl_direction == FORWARD) |
| 7 | 5399 { |
| 5400 /* search backwards for the first valid (!= -1) number. | |
| 5401 * This should normally succeed already at the first loop | |
| 5402 * cycle, so it's fast! */ | |
| 464 | 5403 for (match = compl_curr_match->cp_prev; match != NULL |
| 5404 && match != compl_first_match; | |
| 5405 match = match->cp_prev) | |
| 5406 if (match->cp_number != -1) | |
| 7 | 5407 { |
| 464 | 5408 number = match->cp_number; |
| 7 | 5409 break; |
| 5410 } | |
| 5411 if (match != NULL) | |
| 5412 /* go up and assign all numbers which are not assigned | |
| 5413 * yet */ | |
| 540 | 5414 for (match = match->cp_next; |
| 5415 match != NULL && match->cp_number == -1; | |
| 464 | 5416 match = match->cp_next) |
| 5417 match->cp_number = ++number; | |
| 7 | 5418 } |
| 5419 else /* BACKWARD */ | |
| 5420 { | |
| 5421 /* search forwards (upwards) for the first valid (!= -1) | |
| 5422 * number. This should normally succeed already at the | |
| 5423 * first loop cycle, so it's fast! */ | |
| 464 | 5424 for (match = compl_curr_match->cp_next; match != NULL |
| 5425 && match != compl_first_match; | |
| 5426 match = match->cp_next) | |
| 5427 if (match->cp_number != -1) | |
| 7 | 5428 { |
| 464 | 5429 number = match->cp_number; |
| 7 | 5430 break; |
| 5431 } | |
| 5432 if (match != NULL) | |
| 5433 /* go down and assign all numbers which are not | |
| 5434 * assigned yet */ | |
| 464 | 5435 for (match = match->cp_prev; match |
| 5436 && match->cp_number == -1; | |
| 5437 match = match->cp_prev) | |
| 5438 match->cp_number = ++number; | |
| 7 | 5439 } |
| 5440 } | |
| 5441 | |
| 540 | 5442 /* The match should always have a sequence number now, this is |
| 5443 * just a safety check. */ | |
| 464 | 5444 if (compl_curr_match->cp_number != -1) |
| 7 | 5445 { |
| 1063 | 5446 /* Space for 10 text chars. + 2x10-digit no.s = 31. |
| 5447 * Translations may need more than twice that. */ | |
| 5448 static char_u match_ref[81]; | |
| 7 | 5449 |
| 449 | 5450 if (compl_matches > 0) |
| 1063 | 5451 vim_snprintf((char *)match_ref, sizeof(match_ref), |
| 5452 _("match %d of %d"), | |
| 464 | 5453 compl_curr_match->cp_number, compl_matches); |
| 7 | 5454 else |
| 1063 | 5455 vim_snprintf((char *)match_ref, sizeof(match_ref), |
| 5456 _("match %d"), | |
| 5457 compl_curr_match->cp_number); | |
| 7 | 5458 edit_submode_extra = match_ref; |
| 5459 edit_submode_highl = HLF_R; | |
| 3318 | 5460 if (dollar_vcol >= 0) |
| 7 | 5461 curs_columns(FALSE); |
| 5462 } | |
| 5463 } | |
| 5464 } | |
| 5465 | |
| 5466 /* Show a message about what (completion) mode we're in. */ | |
| 5467 showmode(); | |
| 5468 if (edit_submode_extra != NULL) | |
| 5469 { | |
| 5470 if (!p_smd) | |
| 5471 msg_attr(edit_submode_extra, | |
| 5472 edit_submode_highl < HLF_COUNT | |
| 5473 ? hl_attr(edit_submode_highl) : 0); | |
| 5474 } | |
| 5475 else | |
| 5476 msg_clr_cmdline(); /* necessary for "noshowmode" */ | |
| 5477 | |
| 857 | 5478 /* Show the popup menu, unless we got interrupted. */ |
| 5479 if (!compl_interrupted) | |
| 5480 { | |
| 5481 /* RedrawingDisabled may be set when invoked through complete(). */ | |
| 5482 n = RedrawingDisabled; | |
| 5483 RedrawingDisabled = 0; | |
|
2107
4a4287c09953
updated for version 7.2.390
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
2047
diff
changeset
|
5484 |
|
4a4287c09953
updated for version 7.2.390
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
2047
diff
changeset
|
5485 /* If the cursor moved we need to remove the pum first. */ |
|
4a4287c09953
updated for version 7.2.390
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
2047
diff
changeset
|
5486 setcursor(); |
|
4a4287c09953
updated for version 7.2.390
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
2047
diff
changeset
|
5487 if (save_w_wrow != curwin->w_wrow) |
|
4a4287c09953
updated for version 7.2.390
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
2047
diff
changeset
|
5488 ins_compl_del_pum(); |
|
4a4287c09953
updated for version 7.2.390
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
2047
diff
changeset
|
5489 |
| 857 | 5490 ins_compl_show_pum(); |
| 5491 setcursor(); | |
| 5492 RedrawingDisabled = n; | |
| 5493 } | |
| 874 | 5494 compl_was_interrupted = compl_interrupted; |
| 857 | 5495 compl_interrupted = FALSE; |
| 540 | 5496 |
| 7 | 5497 return OK; |
| 5498 } | |
| 5499 | |
| 5500 /* | |
| 5501 * Looks in the first "len" chars. of "src" for search-metachars. | |
| 5502 * If dest is not NULL the chars. are copied there quoting (with | |
| 5503 * a backslash) the metachars, and dest would be NUL terminated. | |
| 5504 * Returns the length (needed) of dest | |
| 5505 */ | |
| 1872 | 5506 static unsigned |
| 7 | 5507 quote_meta(dest, src, len) |
| 5508 char_u *dest; | |
| 5509 char_u *src; | |
| 5510 int len; | |
| 5511 { | |
| 1872 | 5512 unsigned m = (unsigned)len + 1; /* one extra for the NUL */ |
| 5513 | |
| 5514 for ( ; --len >= 0; src++) | |
| 7 | 5515 { |
| 5516 switch (*src) | |
| 5517 { | |
| 5518 case '.': | |
| 5519 case '*': | |
| 5520 case '[': | |
| 5521 if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_DICTIONARY | |
| 5522 || ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_THESAURUS) | |
| 5523 break; | |
| 5524 case '~': | |
| 5525 if (!p_magic) /* quote these only if magic is set */ | |
| 5526 break; | |
| 5527 case '\\': | |
| 5528 if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_DICTIONARY | |
| 5529 || ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_THESAURUS) | |
| 5530 break; | |
| 5531 case '^': /* currently it's not needed. */ | |
| 5532 case '$': | |
| 5533 m++; | |
| 5534 if (dest != NULL) | |
| 5535 *dest++ = '\\'; | |
| 5536 break; | |
| 5537 } | |
| 5538 if (dest != NULL) | |
| 5539 *dest++ = *src; | |
| 464 | 5540 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE |
| 7 | 5541 /* Copy remaining bytes of a multibyte character. */ |
| 5542 if (has_mbyte) | |
| 5543 { | |
| 5544 int i, mb_len; | |
| 5545 | |
| 474 | 5546 mb_len = (*mb_ptr2len)(src) - 1; |
| 7 | 5547 if (mb_len > 0 && len >= mb_len) |
| 5548 for (i = 0; i < mb_len; ++i) | |
| 5549 { | |
| 5550 --len; | |
| 5551 ++src; | |
| 5552 if (dest != NULL) | |
| 5553 *dest++ = *src; | |
| 5554 } | |
| 5555 } | |
| 464 | 5556 # endif |
| 7 | 5557 } |
| 5558 if (dest != NULL) | |
| 5559 *dest = NUL; | |
| 5560 | |
| 5561 return m; | |
| 5562 } | |
| 5563 #endif /* FEAT_INS_EXPAND */ | |
| 5564 | |
| 5565 /* | |
| 5566 * Next character is interpreted literally. | |
| 5567 * A one, two or three digit decimal number is interpreted as its byte value. | |
| 5568 * If one or two digits are entered, the next character is given to vungetc(). | |
| 5569 * For Unicode a character > 255 may be returned. | |
| 5570 */ | |
| 5571 int | |
| 5572 get_literal() | |
| 5573 { | |
| 5574 int cc; | |
| 5575 int nc; | |
| 5576 int i; | |
| 5577 int hex = FALSE; | |
| 5578 int octal = FALSE; | |
| 5579 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 5580 int unicode = 0; | |
| 5581 #endif | |
| 5582 | |
| 5583 if (got_int) | |
| 5584 return Ctrl_C; | |
| 5585 | |
| 5586 #ifdef FEAT_GUI | |
| 5587 /* | |
| 5588 * In GUI there is no point inserting the internal code for a special key. | |
| 5589 * It is more useful to insert the string "<KEY>" instead. This would | |
| 5590 * probably be useful in a text window too, but it would not be | |
| 5591 * vi-compatible (maybe there should be an option for it?) -- webb | |
| 5592 */ | |
| 5593 if (gui.in_use) | |
| 5594 ++allow_keys; | |
| 5595 #endif | |
| 5596 #ifdef USE_ON_FLY_SCROLL | |
| 5597 dont_scroll = TRUE; /* disallow scrolling here */ | |
| 5598 #endif | |
| 5599 ++no_mapping; /* don't map the next key hits */ | |
| 5600 cc = 0; | |
| 5601 i = 0; | |
| 5602 for (;;) | |
| 5603 { | |
| 1389 | 5604 nc = plain_vgetc(); |
| 7 | 5605 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO |
| 5606 if (!(State & CMDLINE) | |
| 5607 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 5608 && MB_BYTE2LEN_CHECK(nc) == 1 | |
| 5609 # endif | |
| 5610 ) | |
| 5611 add_to_showcmd(nc); | |
| 5612 #endif | |
| 5613 if (nc == 'x' || nc == 'X') | |
| 5614 hex = TRUE; | |
| 5615 else if (nc == 'o' || nc == 'O') | |
| 5616 octal = TRUE; | |
| 5617 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 5618 else if (nc == 'u' || nc == 'U') | |
| 5619 unicode = nc; | |
| 5620 #endif | |
| 5621 else | |
| 5622 { | |
| 5623 if (hex | |
| 5624 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 5625 || unicode != 0 | |
| 5626 #endif | |
| 5627 ) | |
| 5628 { | |
| 5629 if (!vim_isxdigit(nc)) | |
| 5630 break; | |
| 5631 cc = cc * 16 + hex2nr(nc); | |
| 5632 } | |
| 5633 else if (octal) | |
| 5634 { | |
| 5635 if (nc < '0' || nc > '7') | |
| 5636 break; | |
| 5637 cc = cc * 8 + nc - '0'; | |
| 5638 } | |
| 5639 else | |
| 5640 { | |
| 5641 if (!VIM_ISDIGIT(nc)) | |
| 5642 break; | |
| 5643 cc = cc * 10 + nc - '0'; | |
| 5644 } | |
| 5645 | |
| 5646 ++i; | |
| 5647 } | |
| 5648 | |
| 5649 if (cc > 255 | |
| 5650 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 5651 && unicode == 0 | |
| 5652 #endif | |
| 5653 ) | |
| 5654 cc = 255; /* limit range to 0-255 */ | |
| 5655 nc = 0; | |
| 5656 | |
| 5657 if (hex) /* hex: up to two chars */ | |
| 5658 { | |
| 5659 if (i >= 2) | |
| 5660 break; | |
| 5661 } | |
| 5662 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 5663 else if (unicode) /* Unicode: up to four or eight chars */ | |
| 5664 { | |
| 5665 if ((unicode == 'u' && i >= 4) || (unicode == 'U' && i >= 8)) | |
| 5666 break; | |
| 5667 } | |
| 5668 #endif | |
| 5669 else if (i >= 3) /* decimal or octal: up to three chars */ | |
| 5670 break; | |
| 5671 } | |
| 5672 if (i == 0) /* no number entered */ | |
| 5673 { | |
| 5674 if (nc == K_ZERO) /* NUL is stored as NL */ | |
| 5675 { | |
| 5676 cc = '\n'; | |
| 5677 nc = 0; | |
| 5678 } | |
| 5679 else | |
| 5680 { | |
| 5681 cc = nc; | |
| 5682 nc = 0; | |
| 5683 } | |
| 5684 } | |
| 5685 | |
| 5686 if (cc == 0) /* NUL is stored as NL */ | |
| 5687 cc = '\n'; | |
| 221 | 5688 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE |
| 5689 if (enc_dbcs && (cc & 0xff) == 0) | |
| 5690 cc = '?'; /* don't accept an illegal DBCS char, the NUL in the | |
| 5691 second byte will cause trouble! */ | |
| 5692 #endif | |
| 7 | 5693 |
| 5694 --no_mapping; | |
| 5695 #ifdef FEAT_GUI | |
| 5696 if (gui.in_use) | |
| 5697 --allow_keys; | |
| 5698 #endif | |
| 5699 if (nc) | |
| 5700 vungetc(nc); | |
| 5701 got_int = FALSE; /* CTRL-C typed after CTRL-V is not an interrupt */ | |
| 5702 return cc; | |
| 5703 } | |
| 5704 | |
| 5705 /* | |
| 5706 * Insert character, taking care of special keys and mod_mask | |
| 5707 */ | |
| 5708 static void | |
| 5709 insert_special(c, allow_modmask, ctrlv) | |
| 5710 int c; | |
| 5711 int allow_modmask; | |
| 5712 int ctrlv; /* c was typed after CTRL-V */ | |
| 5713 { | |
| 5714 char_u *p; | |
| 5715 int len; | |
| 5716 | |
| 5717 /* | |
| 5718 * Special function key, translate into "<Key>". Up to the last '>' is | |
| 5719 * inserted with ins_str(), so as not to replace characters in replace | |
| 5720 * mode. | |
| 5721 * Only use mod_mask for special keys, to avoid things like <S-Space>, | |
| 5722 * unless 'allow_modmask' is TRUE. | |
| 5723 */ | |
| 5724 #ifdef MACOS | |
| 5725 /* Command-key never produces a normal key */ | |
| 5726 if (mod_mask & MOD_MASK_CMD) | |
| 5727 allow_modmask = TRUE; | |
| 5728 #endif | |
| 5729 if (IS_SPECIAL(c) || (mod_mask && allow_modmask)) | |
| 5730 { | |
| 5731 p = get_special_key_name(c, mod_mask); | |
| 5732 len = (int)STRLEN(p); | |
| 5733 c = p[len - 1]; | |
| 5734 if (len > 2) | |
| 5735 { | |
| 5736 if (stop_arrow() == FAIL) | |
| 5737 return; | |
| 5738 p[len - 1] = NUL; | |
| 5739 ins_str(p); | |
| 620 | 5740 AppendToRedobuffLit(p, -1); |
| 7 | 5741 ctrlv = FALSE; |
| 5742 } | |
| 5743 } | |
| 5744 if (stop_arrow() == OK) | |
| 5745 insertchar(c, ctrlv ? INSCHAR_CTRLV : 0, -1); | |
| 5746 } | |
| 5747 | |
| 5748 /* | |
| 5749 * Special characters in this context are those that need processing other | |
| 5750 * than the simple insertion that can be performed here. This includes ESC | |
| 5751 * which terminates the insert, and CR/NL which need special processing to | |
| 5752 * open up a new line. This routine tries to optimize insertions performed by | |
| 5753 * the "redo", "undo" or "put" commands, so it needs to know when it should | |
| 5754 * stop and defer processing to the "normal" mechanism. | |
| 5755 * '0' and '^' are special, because they can be followed by CTRL-D. | |
| 5756 */ | |
| 5757 #ifdef EBCDIC | |
| 5758 # define ISSPECIAL(c) ((c) < ' ' || (c) == '0' || (c) == '^') | |
| 5759 #else | |
| 5760 # define ISSPECIAL(c) ((c) < ' ' || (c) >= DEL || (c) == '0' || (c) == '^') | |
| 5761 #endif | |
| 5762 | |
| 5763 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 5764 # define WHITECHAR(cc) (vim_iswhite(cc) && (!enc_utf8 || !utf_iscomposing(utf_ptr2char(ml_get_cursor() + 1)))) | |
| 5765 #else | |
| 5766 # define WHITECHAR(cc) vim_iswhite(cc) | |
| 5767 #endif | |
| 5768 | |
| 5769 void | |
| 5770 insertchar(c, flags, second_indent) | |
| 5771 int c; /* character to insert or NUL */ | |
| 5772 int flags; /* INSCHAR_FORMAT, etc. */ | |
| 5773 int second_indent; /* indent for second line if >= 0 */ | |
| 5774 { | |
| 5775 int textwidth; | |
| 5776 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS | |
| 5777 char_u *p; | |
| 667 | 5778 #endif |
| 7 | 5779 int fo_ins_blank; |
| 5780 | |
| 5781 textwidth = comp_textwidth(flags & INSCHAR_FORMAT); | |
| 5782 fo_ins_blank = has_format_option(FO_INS_BLANK); | |
| 5783 | |
| 5784 /* | |
| 5785 * Try to break the line in two or more pieces when: | |
| 5786 * - Always do this if we have been called to do formatting only. | |
| 5787 * - Always do this when 'formatoptions' has the 'a' flag and the line | |
| 5788 * ends in white space. | |
| 5789 * - Otherwise: | |
| 5790 * - Don't do this if inserting a blank | |
| 5791 * - Don't do this if an existing character is being replaced, unless | |
| 5792 * we're in VREPLACE mode. | |
| 5793 * - Do this if the cursor is not on the line where insert started | |
| 5794 * or - 'formatoptions' doesn't have 'l' or the line was not too long | |
| 5795 * before the insert. | |
| 5796 * - 'formatoptions' doesn't have 'b' or a blank was inserted at or | |
| 5797 * before 'textwidth' | |
| 5798 */ | |
| 667 | 5799 if (textwidth > 0 |
| 7 | 5800 && ((flags & INSCHAR_FORMAT) |
| 5801 || (!vim_iswhite(c) | |
| 5802 && !((State & REPLACE_FLAG) | |
| 5803 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE | |
| 5804 && !(State & VREPLACE_FLAG) | |
| 5805 #endif | |
| 5806 && *ml_get_cursor() != NUL) | |
| 5807 && (curwin->w_cursor.lnum != Insstart.lnum | |
| 5808 || ((!has_format_option(FO_INS_LONG) | |
| 5809 || Insstart_textlen <= (colnr_T)textwidth) | |
| 5810 && (!fo_ins_blank | |
| 5811 || Insstart_blank_vcol <= (colnr_T)textwidth | |
| 5812 )))))) | |
| 5813 { | |
| 667 | 5814 /* Format with 'formatexpr' when it's set. Use internal formatting |
| 5815 * when 'formatexpr' isn't set or it returns non-zero. */ | |
| 5816 #if defined(FEAT_EVAL) | |
| 1000 | 5817 int do_internal = TRUE; |
| 5818 | |
| 1563 | 5819 if (*curbuf->b_p_fex != NUL && (flags & INSCHAR_NO_FEX) == 0) |
| 1000 | 5820 { |
| 5821 do_internal = (fex_format(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, 1L, c) != 0); | |
| 5822 /* It may be required to save for undo again, e.g. when setline() | |
| 5823 * was called. */ | |
| 5824 ins_need_undo = TRUE; | |
| 5825 } | |
| 5826 if (do_internal) | |
| 667 | 5827 #endif |
| 2004 | 5828 internal_format(textwidth, second_indent, flags, c == NUL, c); |
| 667 | 5829 } |
| 5830 | |
| 7 | 5831 if (c == NUL) /* only formatting was wanted */ |
| 5832 return; | |
| 5833 | |
| 5834 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS | |
| 5835 /* Check whether this character should end a comment. */ | |
| 5836 if (did_ai && (int)c == end_comment_pending) | |
| 5837 { | |
| 5838 char_u *line; | |
| 5839 char_u lead_end[COM_MAX_LEN]; /* end-comment string */ | |
| 5840 int middle_len, end_len; | |
| 5841 int i; | |
| 5842 | |
| 5843 /* | |
| 5844 * Need to remove existing (middle) comment leader and insert end | |
| 5845 * comment leader. First, check what comment leader we can find. | |
| 5846 */ | |
| 5847 i = get_leader_len(line = ml_get_curline(), &p, FALSE); | |
| 5848 if (i > 0 && vim_strchr(p, COM_MIDDLE) != NULL) /* Just checking */ | |
| 5849 { | |
| 5850 /* Skip middle-comment string */ | |
| 5851 while (*p && p[-1] != ':') /* find end of middle flags */ | |
| 5852 ++p; | |
| 5853 middle_len = copy_option_part(&p, lead_end, COM_MAX_LEN, ","); | |
| 5854 /* Don't count trailing white space for middle_len */ | |
| 5855 while (middle_len > 0 && vim_iswhite(lead_end[middle_len - 1])) | |
| 5856 --middle_len; | |
| 5857 | |
| 5858 /* Find the end-comment string */ | |
| 5859 while (*p && p[-1] != ':') /* find end of end flags */ | |
| 5860 ++p; | |
| 5861 end_len = copy_option_part(&p, lead_end, COM_MAX_LEN, ","); | |
| 5862 | |
| 5863 /* Skip white space before the cursor */ | |
| 5864 i = curwin->w_cursor.col; | |
| 5865 while (--i >= 0 && vim_iswhite(line[i])) | |
| 5866 ; | |
| 5867 i++; | |
| 5868 | |
| 5869 /* Skip to before the middle leader */ | |
| 5870 i -= middle_len; | |
| 5871 | |
| 5872 /* Check some expected things before we go on */ | |
| 5873 if (i >= 0 && lead_end[end_len - 1] == end_comment_pending) | |
| 5874 { | |
| 5875 /* Backspace over all the stuff we want to replace */ | |
| 5876 backspace_until_column(i); | |
| 5877 | |
| 5878 /* | |
| 5879 * Insert the end-comment string, except for the last | |
| 5880 * character, which will get inserted as normal later. | |
| 5881 */ | |
| 5882 ins_bytes_len(lead_end, end_len - 1); | |
| 5883 } | |
| 5884 } | |
| 5885 } | |
| 5886 end_comment_pending = NUL; | |
| 5887 #endif | |
| 5888 | |
| 5889 did_ai = FALSE; | |
| 5890 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT | |
| 5891 did_si = FALSE; | |
| 5892 can_si = FALSE; | |
| 5893 can_si_back = FALSE; | |
| 5894 #endif | |
| 5895 | |
| 5896 /* | |
| 5897 * If there's any pending input, grab up to INPUT_BUFLEN at once. | |
| 5898 * This speeds up normal text input considerably. | |
| 5899 * Don't do this when 'cindent' or 'indentexpr' is set, because we might | |
| 5900 * need to re-indent at a ':', or any other character (but not what | |
| 5901 * 'paste' is set).. | |
| 3390 | 5902 * Don't do this when there an InsertCharPre autocommand is defined, |
| 5903 * because we need to fire the event for every character. | |
| 7 | 5904 */ |
| 5905 #ifdef USE_ON_FLY_SCROLL | |
| 5906 dont_scroll = FALSE; /* allow scrolling here */ | |
| 5907 #endif | |
| 5908 | |
| 5909 if ( !ISSPECIAL(c) | |
| 5910 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 5911 && (!has_mbyte || (*mb_char2len)(c) == 1) | |
| 5912 #endif | |
| 5913 && vpeekc() != NUL | |
| 5914 && !(State & REPLACE_FLAG) | |
| 5915 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT | |
| 5916 && !cindent_on() | |
| 5917 #endif | |
| 5918 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT | |
| 5919 && !p_ri | |
| 5920 #endif | |
| 3390 | 5921 #ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD |
| 5922 && !has_insertcharpre() | |
| 5923 #endif | |
| 7 | 5924 ) |
| 5925 { | |
| 5926 #define INPUT_BUFLEN 100 | |
| 5927 char_u buf[INPUT_BUFLEN + 1]; | |
| 5928 int i; | |
| 5929 colnr_T virtcol = 0; | |
| 5930 | |
| 5931 buf[0] = c; | |
| 5932 i = 1; | |
| 667 | 5933 if (textwidth > 0) |
| 7 | 5934 virtcol = get_nolist_virtcol(); |
| 5935 /* | |
| 5936 * Stop the string when: | |
| 5937 * - no more chars available | |
| 5938 * - finding a special character (command key) | |
| 5939 * - buffer is full | |
| 5940 * - running into the 'textwidth' boundary | |
| 5941 * - need to check for abbreviation: A non-word char after a word-char | |
| 5942 */ | |
| 5943 while ( (c = vpeekc()) != NUL | |
| 5944 && !ISSPECIAL(c) | |
| 5945 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 5946 && (!has_mbyte || MB_BYTE2LEN_CHECK(c) == 1) | |
| 5947 #endif | |
| 5948 && i < INPUT_BUFLEN | |
| 5949 && (textwidth == 0 | |
| 5950 || (virtcol += byte2cells(buf[i - 1])) < (colnr_T)textwidth) | |
| 5951 && !(!no_abbr && !vim_iswordc(c) && vim_iswordc(buf[i - 1]))) | |
| 5952 { | |
| 5953 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT | |
| 5954 c = vgetc(); | |
| 5955 if (p_hkmap && KeyTyped) | |
| 5956 c = hkmap(c); /* Hebrew mode mapping */ | |
| 5957 # ifdef FEAT_FKMAP | |
| 5958 if (p_fkmap && KeyTyped) | |
| 5959 c = fkmap(c); /* Farsi mode mapping */ | |
| 5960 # endif | |
| 5961 buf[i++] = c; | |
| 5962 #else | |
| 5963 buf[i++] = vgetc(); | |
| 5964 #endif | |
| 5965 } | |
| 5966 | |
| 5967 #ifdef FEAT_DIGRAPHS | |
| 5968 do_digraph(-1); /* clear digraphs */ | |
| 5969 do_digraph(buf[i-1]); /* may be the start of a digraph */ | |
| 5970 #endif | |
| 5971 buf[i] = NUL; | |
| 5972 ins_str(buf); | |
| 5973 if (flags & INSCHAR_CTRLV) | |
| 5974 { | |
| 5975 redo_literal(*buf); | |
| 5976 i = 1; | |
| 5977 } | |
| 5978 else | |
| 5979 i = 0; | |
| 5980 if (buf[i] != NUL) | |
| 620 | 5981 AppendToRedobuffLit(buf + i, -1); |
| 7 | 5982 } |
| 5983 else | |
| 5984 { | |
| 5985 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 667 | 5986 int cc; |
| 5987 | |
| 7 | 5988 if (has_mbyte && (cc = (*mb_char2len)(c)) > 1) |
| 5989 { | |
| 5990 char_u buf[MB_MAXBYTES + 1]; | |
| 5991 | |
| 5992 (*mb_char2bytes)(c, buf); | |
| 5993 buf[cc] = NUL; | |
| 5994 ins_char_bytes(buf, cc); | |
| 5995 AppendCharToRedobuff(c); | |
| 5996 } | |
| 5997 else | |
| 5998 #endif | |
| 5999 { | |
| 6000 ins_char(c); | |
| 6001 if (flags & INSCHAR_CTRLV) | |
| 6002 redo_literal(c); | |
| 6003 else | |
| 6004 AppendCharToRedobuff(c); | |
| 6005 } | |
| 6006 } | |
| 6007 } | |
| 6008 | |
| 6009 /* | |
| 667 | 6010 * Format text at the current insert position. |
| 6011 */ | |
| 6012 static void | |
| 2004 | 6013 internal_format(textwidth, second_indent, flags, format_only, c) |
| 667 | 6014 int textwidth; |
| 6015 int second_indent; | |
| 6016 int flags; | |
| 6017 int format_only; | |
| 2004 | 6018 int c; /* character to be inserted (can be NUL) */ |
| 667 | 6019 { |
| 6020 int cc; | |
| 6021 int save_char = NUL; | |
| 6022 int haveto_redraw = FALSE; | |
| 6023 int fo_ins_blank = has_format_option(FO_INS_BLANK); | |
| 6024 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 6025 int fo_multibyte = has_format_option(FO_MBYTE_BREAK); | |
| 6026 #endif | |
| 6027 int fo_white_par = has_format_option(FO_WHITE_PAR); | |
| 6028 int first_line = TRUE; | |
| 6029 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS | |
| 6030 colnr_T leader_len; | |
| 6031 int no_leader = FALSE; | |
| 6032 int do_comments = (flags & INSCHAR_DO_COM); | |
| 6033 #endif | |
| 6034 | |
| 6035 /* | |
| 6036 * When 'ai' is off we don't want a space under the cursor to be | |
| 6037 * deleted. Replace it with an 'x' temporarily. | |
| 6038 */ | |
| 2004 | 6039 if (!curbuf->b_p_ai |
| 6040 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE | |
| 6041 && !(State & VREPLACE_FLAG) | |
| 6042 #endif | |
| 6043 ) | |
| 667 | 6044 { |
| 6045 cc = gchar_cursor(); | |
| 6046 if (vim_iswhite(cc)) | |
| 6047 { | |
| 6048 save_char = cc; | |
| 6049 pchar_cursor('x'); | |
| 6050 } | |
| 6051 } | |
| 6052 | |
| 6053 /* | |
| 6054 * Repeat breaking lines, until the current line is not too long. | |
| 6055 */ | |
| 6056 while (!got_int) | |
| 6057 { | |
| 6058 int startcol; /* Cursor column at entry */ | |
| 6059 int wantcol; /* column at textwidth border */ | |
| 6060 int foundcol; /* column for start of spaces */ | |
| 6061 int end_foundcol = 0; /* column for start of word */ | |
| 6062 colnr_T len; | |
| 6063 colnr_T virtcol; | |
| 6064 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE | |
| 6065 int orig_col = 0; | |
| 6066 char_u *saved_text = NULL; | |
| 6067 #endif | |
| 6068 colnr_T col; | |
| 2004 | 6069 colnr_T end_col; |
| 6070 | |
| 6071 virtcol = get_nolist_virtcol() | |
| 6072 + char2cells(c != NUL ? c : gchar_cursor()); | |
| 6073 if (virtcol <= (colnr_T)textwidth) | |
| 667 | 6074 break; |
| 6075 | |
| 6076 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS | |
| 6077 if (no_leader) | |
| 6078 do_comments = FALSE; | |
| 6079 else if (!(flags & INSCHAR_FORMAT) | |
| 6080 && has_format_option(FO_WRAP_COMS)) | |
| 6081 do_comments = TRUE; | |
| 6082 | |
| 6083 /* Don't break until after the comment leader */ | |
| 6084 if (do_comments) | |
| 6085 leader_len = get_leader_len(ml_get_curline(), NULL, FALSE); | |
| 6086 else | |
| 6087 leader_len = 0; | |
| 6088 | |
| 6089 /* If the line doesn't start with a comment leader, then don't | |
| 6090 * start one in a following broken line. Avoids that a %word | |
| 6091 * moved to the start of the next line causes all following lines | |
| 6092 * to start with %. */ | |
| 6093 if (leader_len == 0) | |
| 6094 no_leader = TRUE; | |
| 6095 #endif | |
| 6096 if (!(flags & INSCHAR_FORMAT) | |
| 6097 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS | |
| 6098 && leader_len == 0 | |
| 6099 #endif | |
| 6100 && !has_format_option(FO_WRAP)) | |
| 6101 | |
| 6102 break; | |
| 6103 if ((startcol = curwin->w_cursor.col) == 0) | |
| 6104 break; | |
| 6105 | |
| 6106 /* find column of textwidth border */ | |
| 6107 coladvance((colnr_T)textwidth); | |
| 6108 wantcol = curwin->w_cursor.col; | |
| 6109 | |
| 2004 | 6110 curwin->w_cursor.col = startcol; |
| 667 | 6111 foundcol = 0; |
| 6112 | |
| 6113 /* | |
| 6114 * Find position to break at. | |
| 6115 * Stop at first entered white when 'formatoptions' has 'v' | |
| 6116 */ | |
| 6117 while ((!fo_ins_blank && !has_format_option(FO_INS_VI)) | |
| 3162 | 6118 || (flags & INSCHAR_FORMAT) |
| 667 | 6119 || curwin->w_cursor.lnum != Insstart.lnum |
| 6120 || curwin->w_cursor.col >= Insstart.col) | |
| 6121 { | |
| 2004 | 6122 if (curwin->w_cursor.col == startcol && c != NUL) |
| 6123 cc = c; | |
| 6124 else | |
| 6125 cc = gchar_cursor(); | |
| 667 | 6126 if (WHITECHAR(cc)) |
| 6127 { | |
| 6128 /* remember position of blank just before text */ | |
| 2004 | 6129 end_col = curwin->w_cursor.col; |
| 667 | 6130 |
| 6131 /* find start of sequence of blanks */ | |
| 6132 while (curwin->w_cursor.col > 0 && WHITECHAR(cc)) | |
| 6133 { | |
| 6134 dec_cursor(); | |
| 6135 cc = gchar_cursor(); | |
| 6136 } | |
| 6137 if (curwin->w_cursor.col == 0 && WHITECHAR(cc)) | |
| 6138 break; /* only spaces in front of text */ | |
| 6139 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS | |
| 6140 /* Don't break until after the comment leader */ | |
| 6141 if (curwin->w_cursor.col < leader_len) | |
| 6142 break; | |
| 6143 #endif | |
| 6144 if (has_format_option(FO_ONE_LETTER)) | |
| 6145 { | |
| 6146 /* do not break after one-letter words */ | |
| 6147 if (curwin->w_cursor.col == 0) | |
| 6148 break; /* one-letter word at begin */ | |
| 2004 | 6149 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS |
| 6150 /* do not break "#a b" when 'tw' is 2 */ | |
| 6151 if (curwin->w_cursor.col <= leader_len) | |
| 6152 break; | |
| 6153 #endif | |
| 667 | 6154 col = curwin->w_cursor.col; |
| 6155 dec_cursor(); | |
| 6156 cc = gchar_cursor(); | |
| 6157 | |
| 6158 if (WHITECHAR(cc)) | |
| 6159 continue; /* one-letter, continue */ | |
| 6160 curwin->w_cursor.col = col; | |
| 6161 } | |
| 2004 | 6162 |
| 6163 inc_cursor(); | |
| 6164 | |
| 6165 end_foundcol = end_col + 1; | |
| 6166 foundcol = curwin->w_cursor.col; | |
| 6167 if (curwin->w_cursor.col <= (colnr_T)wantcol) | |
| 667 | 6168 break; |
| 6169 } | |
| 6170 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 2004 | 6171 else if (cc >= 0x100 && fo_multibyte) |
| 667 | 6172 { |
| 6173 /* Break after or before a multi-byte character. */ | |
| 2004 | 6174 if (curwin->w_cursor.col != startcol) |
| 6175 { | |
| 6176 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS | |
| 6177 /* Don't break until after the comment leader */ | |
| 6178 if (curwin->w_cursor.col < leader_len) | |
| 6179 break; | |
| 6180 #endif | |
| 6181 col = curwin->w_cursor.col; | |
| 6182 inc_cursor(); | |
| 6183 /* Don't change end_foundcol if already set. */ | |
| 6184 if (foundcol != curwin->w_cursor.col) | |
| 6185 { | |
| 6186 foundcol = curwin->w_cursor.col; | |
| 6187 end_foundcol = foundcol; | |
| 6188 if (curwin->w_cursor.col <= (colnr_T)wantcol) | |
| 6189 break; | |
| 6190 } | |
| 6191 curwin->w_cursor.col = col; | |
| 6192 } | |
| 6193 | |
| 6194 if (curwin->w_cursor.col == 0) | |
| 6195 break; | |
| 6196 | |
| 6197 col = curwin->w_cursor.col; | |
| 6198 | |
| 6199 dec_cursor(); | |
| 6200 cc = gchar_cursor(); | |
| 6201 | |
| 6202 if (WHITECHAR(cc)) | |
| 6203 continue; /* break with space */ | |
| 6204 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS | |
| 6205 /* Don't break until after the comment leader */ | |
| 6206 if (curwin->w_cursor.col < leader_len) | |
| 6207 break; | |
| 6208 #endif | |
| 6209 | |
| 6210 curwin->w_cursor.col = col; | |
| 6211 | |
| 667 | 6212 foundcol = curwin->w_cursor.col; |
| 6213 end_foundcol = foundcol; | |
| 2004 | 6214 if (curwin->w_cursor.col <= (colnr_T)wantcol) |
| 6215 break; | |
| 667 | 6216 } |
| 6217 #endif | |
| 6218 if (curwin->w_cursor.col == 0) | |
| 6219 break; | |
| 6220 dec_cursor(); | |
| 6221 } | |
| 6222 | |
| 6223 if (foundcol == 0) /* no spaces, cannot break line */ | |
| 6224 { | |
| 6225 curwin->w_cursor.col = startcol; | |
| 6226 break; | |
| 6227 } | |
| 6228 | |
| 6229 /* Going to break the line, remove any "$" now. */ | |
| 6230 undisplay_dollar(); | |
| 6231 | |
| 6232 /* | |
| 6233 * Offset between cursor position and line break is used by replace | |
| 6234 * stack functions. VREPLACE does not use this, and backspaces | |
| 6235 * over the text instead. | |
| 6236 */ | |
| 6237 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE | |
| 6238 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG) | |
| 6239 orig_col = startcol; /* Will start backspacing from here */ | |
| 6240 else | |
| 6241 #endif | |
| 2004 | 6242 replace_offset = startcol - end_foundcol; |
| 667 | 6243 |
| 6244 /* | |
| 6245 * adjust startcol for spaces that will be deleted and | |
| 6246 * characters that will remain on top line | |
| 6247 */ | |
| 6248 curwin->w_cursor.col = foundcol; | |
| 2004 | 6249 while ((cc = gchar_cursor(), WHITECHAR(cc)) |
| 6250 && (!fo_white_par || curwin->w_cursor.col < startcol)) | |
| 667 | 6251 inc_cursor(); |
| 6252 startcol -= curwin->w_cursor.col; | |
| 6253 if (startcol < 0) | |
| 6254 startcol = 0; | |
| 6255 | |
| 6256 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE | |
| 6257 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG) | |
| 6258 { | |
| 6259 /* | |
| 6260 * In VREPLACE mode, we will backspace over the text to be | |
| 6261 * wrapped, so save a copy now to put on the next line. | |
| 6262 */ | |
| 6263 saved_text = vim_strsave(ml_get_cursor()); | |
| 6264 curwin->w_cursor.col = orig_col; | |
| 6265 if (saved_text == NULL) | |
| 6266 break; /* Can't do it, out of memory */ | |
| 6267 saved_text[startcol] = NUL; | |
| 6268 | |
| 6269 /* Backspace over characters that will move to the next line */ | |
| 6270 if (!fo_white_par) | |
| 6271 backspace_until_column(foundcol); | |
| 6272 } | |
| 6273 else | |
| 6274 #endif | |
| 6275 { | |
| 6276 /* put cursor after pos. to break line */ | |
| 6277 if (!fo_white_par) | |
| 6278 curwin->w_cursor.col = foundcol; | |
| 6279 } | |
| 6280 | |
| 6281 /* | |
| 6282 * Split the line just before the margin. | |
| 6283 * Only insert/delete lines, but don't really redraw the window. | |
| 6284 */ | |
| 6285 open_line(FORWARD, OPENLINE_DELSPACES + OPENLINE_MARKFIX | |
| 6286 + (fo_white_par ? OPENLINE_KEEPTRAIL : 0) | |
| 6287 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS | |
| 6288 + (do_comments ? OPENLINE_DO_COM : 0) | |
| 6289 #endif | |
| 6290 , old_indent); | |
| 6291 old_indent = 0; | |
| 6292 | |
| 6293 replace_offset = 0; | |
| 6294 if (first_line) | |
| 6295 { | |
| 6296 if (second_indent < 0 && has_format_option(FO_Q_NUMBER)) | |
| 6297 second_indent = get_number_indent(curwin->w_cursor.lnum -1); | |
| 6298 if (second_indent >= 0) | |
| 6299 { | |
| 6300 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE | |
| 6301 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG) | |
| 1516 | 6302 change_indent(INDENT_SET, second_indent, FALSE, NUL, TRUE); |
| 667 | 6303 else |
| 6304 #endif | |
| 6305 (void)set_indent(second_indent, SIN_CHANGED); | |
| 6306 } | |
| 6307 first_line = FALSE; | |
| 6308 } | |
| 6309 | |
| 6310 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE | |
| 6311 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG) | |
| 6312 { | |
| 6313 /* | |
| 6314 * In VREPLACE mode we have backspaced over the text to be | |
| 6315 * moved, now we re-insert it into the new line. | |
| 6316 */ | |
| 6317 ins_bytes(saved_text); | |
| 6318 vim_free(saved_text); | |
| 6319 } | |
| 6320 else | |
| 6321 #endif | |
| 6322 { | |
| 6323 /* | |
| 6324 * Check if cursor is not past the NUL off the line, cindent | |
| 6325 * may have added or removed indent. | |
| 6326 */ | |
| 6327 curwin->w_cursor.col += startcol; | |
| 6328 len = (colnr_T)STRLEN(ml_get_curline()); | |
| 6329 if (curwin->w_cursor.col > len) | |
| 6330 curwin->w_cursor.col = len; | |
| 6331 } | |
| 6332 | |
| 6333 haveto_redraw = TRUE; | |
| 6334 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT | |
| 6335 can_cindent = TRUE; | |
| 6336 #endif | |
| 6337 /* moved the cursor, don't autoindent or cindent now */ | |
| 6338 did_ai = FALSE; | |
| 6339 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT | |
| 6340 did_si = FALSE; | |
| 6341 can_si = FALSE; | |
| 6342 can_si_back = FALSE; | |
| 6343 #endif | |
| 6344 line_breakcheck(); | |
| 6345 } | |
| 6346 | |
| 6347 if (save_char != NUL) /* put back space after cursor */ | |
| 6348 pchar_cursor(save_char); | |
| 6349 | |
| 6350 if (!format_only && haveto_redraw) | |
| 6351 { | |
| 6352 update_topline(); | |
| 6353 redraw_curbuf_later(VALID); | |
| 6354 } | |
| 6355 } | |
| 6356 | |
| 6357 /* | |
| 7 | 6358 * Called after inserting or deleting text: When 'formatoptions' includes the |
| 6359 * 'a' flag format from the current line until the end of the paragraph. | |
| 6360 * Keep the cursor at the same position relative to the text. | |
| 6361 * The caller must have saved the cursor line for undo, following ones will be | |
| 6362 * saved here. | |
| 6363 */ | |
| 6364 void | |
| 6365 auto_format(trailblank, prev_line) | |
| 6366 int trailblank; /* when TRUE also format with trailing blank */ | |
| 6367 int prev_line; /* may start in previous line */ | |
| 6368 { | |
| 6369 pos_T pos; | |
| 6370 colnr_T len; | |
| 6371 char_u *old; | |
| 6372 char_u *new, *pnew; | |
| 6373 int wasatend; | |
| 301 | 6374 int cc; |
| 7 | 6375 |
| 6376 if (!has_format_option(FO_AUTO)) | |
| 6377 return; | |
| 6378 | |
| 6379 pos = curwin->w_cursor; | |
| 6380 old = ml_get_curline(); | |
| 6381 | |
| 6382 /* may remove added space */ | |
| 6383 check_auto_format(FALSE); | |
| 6384 | |
| 6385 /* Don't format in Insert mode when the cursor is on a trailing blank, the | |
| 6386 * user might insert normal text next. Also skip formatting when "1" is | |
| 6387 * in 'formatoptions' and there is a single character before the cursor. | |
| 6388 * Otherwise the line would be broken and when typing another non-white | |
| 6389 * next they are not joined back together. */ | |
| 1872 | 6390 wasatend = (pos.col == (colnr_T)STRLEN(old)); |
| 7 | 6391 if (*old != NUL && !trailblank && wasatend) |
| 6392 { | |
| 6393 dec_cursor(); | |
| 301 | 6394 cc = gchar_cursor(); |
| 6395 if (!WHITECHAR(cc) && curwin->w_cursor.col > 0 | |
| 6396 && has_format_option(FO_ONE_LETTER)) | |
| 7 | 6397 dec_cursor(); |
| 301 | 6398 cc = gchar_cursor(); |
| 6399 if (WHITECHAR(cc)) | |
| 7 | 6400 { |
| 6401 curwin->w_cursor = pos; | |
| 6402 return; | |
| 6403 } | |
| 6404 curwin->w_cursor = pos; | |
| 6405 } | |
| 6406 | |
| 6407 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS | |
| 6408 /* With the 'c' flag in 'formatoptions' and 't' missing: only format | |
| 6409 * comments. */ | |
| 6410 if (has_format_option(FO_WRAP_COMS) && !has_format_option(FO_WRAP) | |
| 6411 && get_leader_len(old, NULL, FALSE) == 0) | |
| 6412 return; | |
| 6413 #endif | |
| 6414 | |
| 6415 /* | |
| 6416 * May start formatting in a previous line, so that after "x" a word is | |
| 6417 * moved to the previous line if it fits there now. Only when this is not | |
| 6418 * the start of a paragraph. | |
| 6419 */ | |
| 6420 if (prev_line && !paragraph_start(curwin->w_cursor.lnum)) | |
| 6421 { | |
| 6422 --curwin->w_cursor.lnum; | |
| 6423 if (u_save_cursor() == FAIL) | |
| 6424 return; | |
| 6425 } | |
| 6426 | |
| 6427 /* | |
| 6428 * Do the formatting and restore the cursor position. "saved_cursor" will | |
| 6429 * be adjusted for the text formatting. | |
| 6430 */ | |
| 6431 saved_cursor = pos; | |
| 1563 | 6432 format_lines((linenr_T)-1, FALSE); |
| 7 | 6433 curwin->w_cursor = saved_cursor; |
| 6434 saved_cursor.lnum = 0; | |
| 6435 | |
| 6436 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum > curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count) | |
| 6437 { | |
| 6438 /* "cannot happen" */ | |
| 6439 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count; | |
| 6440 coladvance((colnr_T)MAXCOL); | |
| 6441 } | |
| 6442 else | |
| 6443 check_cursor_col(); | |
| 6444 | |
| 6445 /* Insert mode: If the cursor is now after the end of the line while it | |
| 6446 * previously wasn't, the line was broken. Because of the rule above we | |
| 6447 * need to add a space when 'w' is in 'formatoptions' to keep a paragraph | |
| 6448 * formatted. */ | |
| 6449 if (!wasatend && has_format_option(FO_WHITE_PAR)) | |
| 6450 { | |
| 6451 new = ml_get_curline(); | |
| 835 | 6452 len = (colnr_T)STRLEN(new); |
| 7 | 6453 if (curwin->w_cursor.col == len) |
| 6454 { | |
| 6455 pnew = vim_strnsave(new, len + 2); | |
| 6456 pnew[len] = ' '; | |
| 6457 pnew[len + 1] = NUL; | |
| 6458 ml_replace(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, pnew, FALSE); | |
| 6459 /* remove the space later */ | |
| 6460 did_add_space = TRUE; | |
| 6461 } | |
| 6462 else | |
| 6463 /* may remove added space */ | |
| 6464 check_auto_format(FALSE); | |
| 6465 } | |
| 6466 | |
| 6467 check_cursor(); | |
| 6468 } | |
| 6469 | |
| 6470 /* | |
| 6471 * When an extra space was added to continue a paragraph for auto-formatting, | |
| 6472 * delete it now. The space must be under the cursor, just after the insert | |
| 6473 * position. | |
| 6474 */ | |
| 6475 static void | |
| 6476 check_auto_format(end_insert) | |
| 6477 int end_insert; /* TRUE when ending Insert mode */ | |
| 6478 { | |
| 6479 int c = ' '; | |
| 301 | 6480 int cc; |
| 7 | 6481 |
| 6482 if (did_add_space) | |
| 6483 { | |
| 301 | 6484 cc = gchar_cursor(); |
| 6485 if (!WHITECHAR(cc)) | |
| 7 | 6486 /* Somehow the space was removed already. */ |
| 6487 did_add_space = FALSE; | |
| 6488 else | |
| 6489 { | |
| 6490 if (!end_insert) | |
| 6491 { | |
| 6492 inc_cursor(); | |
| 6493 c = gchar_cursor(); | |
| 6494 dec_cursor(); | |
| 6495 } | |
| 6496 if (c != NUL) | |
| 6497 { | |
| 6498 /* The space is no longer at the end of the line, delete it. */ | |
| 6499 del_char(FALSE); | |
| 6500 did_add_space = FALSE; | |
| 6501 } | |
| 6502 } | |
| 6503 } | |
| 6504 } | |
| 6505 | |
| 6506 /* | |
| 6507 * Find out textwidth to be used for formatting: | |
| 6508 * if 'textwidth' option is set, use it | |
| 6509 * else if 'wrapmargin' option is set, use W_WIDTH(curwin) - 'wrapmargin' | |
| 6510 * if invalid value, use 0. | |
| 6511 * Set default to window width (maximum 79) for "gq" operator. | |
| 6512 */ | |
| 6513 int | |
| 6514 comp_textwidth(ff) | |
| 867 | 6515 int ff; /* force formatting (for "gq" command) */ |
| 7 | 6516 { |
| 6517 int textwidth; | |
| 6518 | |
| 6519 textwidth = curbuf->b_p_tw; | |
| 6520 if (textwidth == 0 && curbuf->b_p_wm) | |
| 6521 { | |
| 6522 /* The width is the window width minus 'wrapmargin' minus all the | |
| 6523 * things that add to the margin. */ | |
| 6524 textwidth = W_WIDTH(curwin) - curbuf->b_p_wm; | |
| 6525 #ifdef FEAT_CMDWIN | |
| 6526 if (cmdwin_type != 0) | |
| 6527 textwidth -= 1; | |
| 6528 #endif | |
| 6529 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING | |
| 6530 textwidth -= curwin->w_p_fdc; | |
| 6531 #endif | |
| 6532 #ifdef FEAT_SIGNS | |
| 6533 if (curwin->w_buffer->b_signlist != NULL | |
| 6534 # ifdef FEAT_NETBEANS_INTG | |
| 2210 | 6535 || netbeans_active() |
| 7 | 6536 # endif |
| 6537 ) | |
| 6538 textwidth -= 1; | |
| 6539 #endif | |
|
2178
c6f1aa1e9f32
Add 'relativenumber' patch from Markus Heidelberg.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2107
diff
changeset
|
6540 if (curwin->w_p_nu || curwin->w_p_rnu) |
| 7 | 6541 textwidth -= 8; |
| 6542 } | |
| 6543 if (textwidth < 0) | |
| 6544 textwidth = 0; | |
| 6545 if (ff && textwidth == 0) | |
| 6546 { | |
| 6547 textwidth = W_WIDTH(curwin) - 1; | |
| 6548 if (textwidth > 79) | |
| 6549 textwidth = 79; | |
| 6550 } | |
| 6551 return textwidth; | |
| 6552 } | |
| 6553 | |
| 6554 /* | |
| 6555 * Put a character in the redo buffer, for when just after a CTRL-V. | |
| 6556 */ | |
| 6557 static void | |
| 6558 redo_literal(c) | |
| 6559 int c; | |
| 6560 { | |
| 6561 char_u buf[10]; | |
| 6562 | |
| 6563 /* Only digits need special treatment. Translate them into a string of | |
| 6564 * three digits. */ | |
| 6565 if (VIM_ISDIGIT(c)) | |
| 6566 { | |
| 1872 | 6567 vim_snprintf((char *)buf, sizeof(buf), "%03d", c); |
| 7 | 6568 AppendToRedobuff(buf); |
| 6569 } | |
| 6570 else | |
| 6571 AppendCharToRedobuff(c); | |
| 6572 } | |
| 6573 | |
| 6574 /* | |
| 6575 * start_arrow() is called when an arrow key is used in insert mode. | |
| 484 | 6576 * For undo/redo it resembles hitting the <ESC> key. |
| 7 | 6577 */ |
| 6578 static void | |
| 6579 start_arrow(end_insert_pos) | |
| 840 | 6580 pos_T *end_insert_pos; /* can be NULL */ |
| 7 | 6581 { |
| 6582 if (!arrow_used) /* something has been inserted */ | |
| 6583 { | |
| 6584 AppendToRedobuff(ESC_STR); | |
| 6585 stop_insert(end_insert_pos, FALSE); | |
| 6586 arrow_used = TRUE; /* this means we stopped the current insert */ | |
| 6587 } | |
| 744 | 6588 #ifdef FEAT_SPELL |
| 221 | 6589 check_spell_redraw(); |
| 6590 #endif | |
| 7 | 6591 } |
| 6592 | |
| 744 | 6593 #ifdef FEAT_SPELL |
| 221 | 6594 /* |
| 6595 * If we skipped highlighting word at cursor, do it now. | |
| 6596 * It may be skipped again, thus reset spell_redraw_lnum first. | |
| 6597 */ | |
| 6598 static void | |
| 6599 check_spell_redraw() | |
| 6600 { | |
| 6601 if (spell_redraw_lnum != 0) | |
| 6602 { | |
| 6603 linenr_T lnum = spell_redraw_lnum; | |
| 6604 | |
| 6605 spell_redraw_lnum = 0; | |
| 6606 redrawWinline(lnum, FALSE); | |
| 6607 } | |
| 6608 } | |
| 484 | 6609 |
| 6610 /* | |
| 6611 * Called when starting CTRL_X_SPELL mode: Move backwards to a previous badly | |
| 6612 * spelled word, if there is one. | |
| 6613 */ | |
| 6614 static void | |
| 6615 spell_back_to_badword() | |
| 6616 { | |
| 6617 pos_T tpos = curwin->w_cursor; | |
| 6618 | |
| 499 | 6619 spell_bad_len = spell_move_to(curwin, BACKWARD, TRUE, TRUE, NULL); |
| 484 | 6620 if (curwin->w_cursor.col != tpos.col) |
| 6621 start_arrow(&tpos); | |
| 6622 } | |
| 221 | 6623 #endif |
| 6624 | |
| 7 | 6625 /* |
| 6626 * stop_arrow() is called before a change is made in insert mode. | |
| 6627 * If an arrow key has been used, start a new insertion. | |
| 6628 * Returns FAIL if undo is impossible, shouldn't insert then. | |
| 6629 */ | |
| 6630 int | |
| 6631 stop_arrow() | |
| 6632 { | |
| 6633 if (arrow_used) | |
| 6634 { | |
| 6635 if (u_save_cursor() == OK) | |
| 6636 { | |
| 6637 arrow_used = FALSE; | |
| 6638 ins_need_undo = FALSE; | |
| 6639 } | |
| 6640 Insstart = curwin->w_cursor; /* new insertion starts here */ | |
| 1869 | 6641 Insstart_textlen = (colnr_T)linetabsize(ml_get_curline()); |
| 7 | 6642 ai_col = 0; |
| 6643 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE | |
| 6644 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG) | |
| 6645 { | |
| 6646 orig_line_count = curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count; | |
| 6647 vr_lines_changed = 1; | |
| 6648 } | |
| 6649 #endif | |
| 6650 ResetRedobuff(); | |
| 6651 AppendToRedobuff((char_u *)"1i"); /* pretend we start an insertion */ | |
| 613 | 6652 new_insert_skip = 2; |
| 7 | 6653 } |
| 6654 else if (ins_need_undo) | |
| 6655 { | |
| 6656 if (u_save_cursor() == OK) | |
| 6657 ins_need_undo = FALSE; | |
| 6658 } | |
| 6659 | |
| 6660 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING | |
| 6661 /* Always open fold at the cursor line when inserting something. */ | |
| 6662 foldOpenCursor(); | |
| 6663 #endif | |
| 6664 | |
| 6665 return (arrow_used || ins_need_undo ? FAIL : OK); | |
| 6666 } | |
| 6667 | |
| 6668 /* | |
| 840 | 6669 * Do a few things to stop inserting. |
| 6670 * "end_insert_pos" is where insert ended. It is NULL when we already jumped | |
| 6671 * to another window/buffer. | |
| 7 | 6672 */ |
| 6673 static void | |
| 6674 stop_insert(end_insert_pos, esc) | |
| 840 | 6675 pos_T *end_insert_pos; |
| 603 | 6676 int esc; /* called by ins_esc() */ |
| 7 | 6677 { |
| 603 | 6678 int cc; |
| 6679 char_u *ptr; | |
| 7 | 6680 |
| 6681 stop_redo_ins(); | |
| 6682 replace_flush(); /* abandon replace stack */ | |
| 6683 | |
| 6684 /* | |
| 603 | 6685 * Save the inserted text for later redo with ^@ and CTRL-A. |
| 6686 * Don't do it when "restart_edit" was set and nothing was inserted, | |
| 6687 * otherwise CTRL-O w and then <Left> will clear "last_insert". | |
| 7 | 6688 */ |
| 603 | 6689 ptr = get_inserted(); |
| 615 | 6690 if (did_restart_edit == 0 || (ptr != NULL |
| 6691 && (int)STRLEN(ptr) > new_insert_skip)) | |
| 603 | 6692 { |
| 6693 vim_free(last_insert); | |
| 6694 last_insert = ptr; | |
| 6695 last_insert_skip = new_insert_skip; | |
| 6696 } | |
| 6697 else | |
| 6698 vim_free(ptr); | |
| 7 | 6699 |
| 840 | 6700 if (!arrow_used && end_insert_pos != NULL) |
| 7 | 6701 { |
| 6702 /* Auto-format now. It may seem strange to do this when stopping an | |
| 6703 * insertion (or moving the cursor), but it's required when appending | |
| 6704 * a line and having it end in a space. But only do it when something | |
| 6705 * was actually inserted, otherwise undo won't work. */ | |
| 10 | 6706 if (!ins_need_undo && has_format_option(FO_AUTO)) |
| 7 | 6707 { |
| 10 | 6708 pos_T tpos = curwin->w_cursor; |
| 6709 | |
| 7 | 6710 /* When the cursor is at the end of the line after a space the |
| 6711 * formatting will move it to the following word. Avoid that by | |
| 6712 * moving the cursor onto the space. */ | |
| 6713 cc = 'x'; | |
| 6714 if (curwin->w_cursor.col > 0 && gchar_cursor() == NUL) | |
| 6715 { | |
| 6716 dec_cursor(); | |
| 6717 cc = gchar_cursor(); | |
| 6718 if (!vim_iswhite(cc)) | |
| 10 | 6719 curwin->w_cursor = tpos; |
| 7 | 6720 } |
| 6721 | |
| 6722 auto_format(TRUE, FALSE); | |
| 6723 | |
| 10 | 6724 if (vim_iswhite(cc)) |
| 6725 { | |
| 6726 if (gchar_cursor() != NUL) | |
| 6727 inc_cursor(); | |
| 6728 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT | |
| 6729 /* If the cursor is still at the same character, also keep | |
| 6730 * the "coladd". */ | |
| 6731 if (gchar_cursor() == NUL | |
| 6732 && curwin->w_cursor.lnum == tpos.lnum | |
| 6733 && curwin->w_cursor.col == tpos.col) | |
| 6734 curwin->w_cursor.coladd = tpos.coladd; | |
| 6735 #endif | |
| 6736 } | |
| 7 | 6737 } |
| 6738 | |
| 6739 /* If a space was inserted for auto-formatting, remove it now. */ | |
| 6740 check_auto_format(TRUE); | |
| 6741 | |
| 6742 /* If we just did an auto-indent, remove the white space from the end | |
| 10 | 6743 * of the line, and put the cursor back. |
| 1892 | 6744 * Do this when ESC was used or moving the cursor up/down. |
| 6745 * Check for the old position still being valid, just in case the text | |
| 6746 * got changed unexpectedly. */ | |
| 10 | 6747 if (did_ai && (esc || (vim_strchr(p_cpo, CPO_INDENT) == NULL |
| 1892 | 6748 && curwin->w_cursor.lnum != end_insert_pos->lnum)) |
| 6749 && end_insert_pos->lnum <= curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count) | |
| 7 | 6750 { |
| 10 | 6751 pos_T tpos = curwin->w_cursor; |
| 6752 | |
| 6753 curwin->w_cursor = *end_insert_pos; | |
| 1892 | 6754 check_cursor_col(); /* make sure it is not past the line */ |
| 786 | 6755 for (;;) |
| 6756 { | |
| 6757 if (gchar_cursor() == NUL && curwin->w_cursor.col > 0) | |
| 6758 --curwin->w_cursor.col; | |
| 6759 cc = gchar_cursor(); | |
| 6760 if (!vim_iswhite(cc)) | |
| 6761 break; | |
| 1892 | 6762 if (del_char(TRUE) == FAIL) |
| 6763 break; /* should not happen */ | |
| 786 | 6764 } |
| 10 | 6765 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum != tpos.lnum) |
| 6766 curwin->w_cursor = tpos; | |
| 6767 else if (cc != NUL) | |
| 7 | 6768 ++curwin->w_cursor.col; /* put cursor back on the NUL */ |
| 6769 | |
| 6770 #ifdef FEAT_VISUAL | |
| 6771 /* <C-S-Right> may have started Visual mode, adjust the position for | |
| 6772 * deleted characters. */ | |
| 6773 if (VIsual_active && VIsual.lnum == curwin->w_cursor.lnum) | |
| 6774 { | |
| 1872 | 6775 int len = (int)STRLEN(ml_get_curline()); |
| 6776 | |
| 6777 if (VIsual.col > len) | |
| 7 | 6778 { |
| 1872 | 6779 VIsual.col = len; |
| 7 | 6780 # ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT |
| 6781 VIsual.coladd = 0; | |
| 6782 # endif | |
| 6783 } | |
| 6784 } | |
| 6785 #endif | |
| 6786 } | |
| 6787 } | |
| 6788 did_ai = FALSE; | |
| 6789 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT | |
| 6790 did_si = FALSE; | |
| 6791 can_si = FALSE; | |
| 6792 can_si_back = FALSE; | |
| 6793 #endif | |
| 6794 | |
| 840 | 6795 /* Set '[ and '] to the inserted text. When end_insert_pos is NULL we are |
| 6796 * now in a different buffer. */ | |
| 6797 if (end_insert_pos != NULL) | |
| 6798 { | |
| 6799 curbuf->b_op_start = Insstart; | |
| 6800 curbuf->b_op_end = *end_insert_pos; | |
| 6801 } | |
| 7 | 6802 } |
| 6803 | |
| 6804 /* | |
| 6805 * Set the last inserted text to a single character. | |
| 6806 * Used for the replace command. | |
| 6807 */ | |
| 6808 void | |
| 6809 set_last_insert(c) | |
| 6810 int c; | |
| 6811 { | |
| 6812 char_u *s; | |
| 6813 | |
| 6814 vim_free(last_insert); | |
| 6815 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 6816 last_insert = alloc(MB_MAXBYTES * 3 + 5); | |
| 6817 #else | |
| 6818 last_insert = alloc(6); | |
| 6819 #endif | |
| 6820 if (last_insert != NULL) | |
| 6821 { | |
| 6822 s = last_insert; | |
| 6823 /* Use the CTRL-V only when entering a special char */ | |
| 6824 if (c < ' ' || c == DEL) | |
| 6825 *s++ = Ctrl_V; | |
| 6826 s = add_char2buf(c, s); | |
| 6827 *s++ = ESC; | |
| 6828 *s++ = NUL; | |
| 6829 last_insert_skip = 0; | |
| 6830 } | |
| 6831 } | |
| 6832 | |
| 359 | 6833 #if defined(EXITFREE) || defined(PROTO) |
| 6834 void | |
| 6835 free_last_insert() | |
| 6836 { | |
| 6837 vim_free(last_insert); | |
| 6838 last_insert = NULL; | |
| 1446 | 6839 # ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND |
| 694 | 6840 vim_free(compl_orig_text); |
| 6841 compl_orig_text = NULL; | |
| 1446 | 6842 # endif |
| 359 | 6843 } |
| 6844 #endif | |
| 6845 | |
| 7 | 6846 /* |
| 6847 * Add character "c" to buffer "s". Escape the special meaning of K_SPECIAL | |
| 6848 * and CSI. Handle multi-byte characters. | |
| 6849 * Returns a pointer to after the added bytes. | |
| 6850 */ | |
| 6851 char_u * | |
| 6852 add_char2buf(c, s) | |
| 6853 int c; | |
| 6854 char_u *s; | |
| 6855 { | |
| 6856 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 6857 char_u temp[MB_MAXBYTES]; | |
| 6858 int i; | |
| 6859 int len; | |
| 6860 | |
| 6861 len = (*mb_char2bytes)(c, temp); | |
| 6862 for (i = 0; i < len; ++i) | |
| 6863 { | |
| 6864 c = temp[i]; | |
| 6865 #endif | |
| 6866 /* Need to escape K_SPECIAL and CSI like in the typeahead buffer. */ | |
| 6867 if (c == K_SPECIAL) | |
| 6868 { | |
| 6869 *s++ = K_SPECIAL; | |
| 6870 *s++ = KS_SPECIAL; | |
| 6871 *s++ = KE_FILLER; | |
| 6872 } | |
| 6873 #ifdef FEAT_GUI | |
| 6874 else if (c == CSI) | |
| 6875 { | |
| 6876 *s++ = CSI; | |
| 6877 *s++ = KS_EXTRA; | |
| 6878 *s++ = (int)KE_CSI; | |
| 6879 } | |
| 6880 #endif | |
| 6881 else | |
| 6882 *s++ = c; | |
| 6883 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 6884 } | |
| 6885 #endif | |
| 6886 return s; | |
| 6887 } | |
| 6888 | |
| 6889 /* | |
| 6890 * move cursor to start of line | |
| 6891 * if flags & BL_WHITE move to first non-white | |
| 6892 * if flags & BL_SOL move to first non-white if startofline is set, | |
| 6893 * otherwise keep "curswant" column | |
| 6894 * if flags & BL_FIX don't leave the cursor on a NUL. | |
| 6895 */ | |
| 6896 void | |
| 6897 beginline(flags) | |
| 6898 int flags; | |
| 6899 { | |
| 6900 if ((flags & BL_SOL) && !p_sol) | |
| 6901 coladvance(curwin->w_curswant); | |
| 6902 else | |
| 6903 { | |
| 6904 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0; | |
| 6905 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT | |
| 6906 curwin->w_cursor.coladd = 0; | |
| 6907 #endif | |
| 6908 | |
| 6909 if (flags & (BL_WHITE | BL_SOL)) | |
| 6910 { | |
| 6911 char_u *ptr; | |
| 6912 | |
| 6913 for (ptr = ml_get_curline(); vim_iswhite(*ptr) | |
| 6914 && !((flags & BL_FIX) && ptr[1] == NUL); ++ptr) | |
| 6915 ++curwin->w_cursor.col; | |
| 6916 } | |
| 6917 curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE; | |
| 6918 } | |
| 6919 } | |
| 6920 | |
| 6921 /* | |
| 6922 * oneright oneleft cursor_down cursor_up | |
| 6923 * | |
| 6924 * Move one char {right,left,down,up}. | |
| 773 | 6925 * Doesn't move onto the NUL past the end of the line, unless it is allowed. |
| 7 | 6926 * Return OK when successful, FAIL when we hit a line of file boundary. |
| 6927 */ | |
| 6928 | |
| 6929 int | |
| 6930 oneright() | |
| 6931 { | |
| 6932 char_u *ptr; | |
| 6933 int l; | |
| 6934 | |
| 6935 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT | |
| 6936 if (virtual_active()) | |
| 6937 { | |
| 6938 pos_T prevpos = curwin->w_cursor; | |
| 6939 | |
| 6940 /* Adjust for multi-wide char (excluding TAB) */ | |
| 6941 ptr = ml_get_cursor(); | |
| 6942 coladvance(getviscol() + ((*ptr != TAB && vim_isprintc( | |
| 773 | 6943 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE |
| 7 | 6944 (*mb_ptr2char)(ptr) |
| 773 | 6945 # else |
| 7 | 6946 *ptr |
| 773 | 6947 # endif |
| 7 | 6948 )) |
| 6949 ? ptr2cells(ptr) : 1)); | |
| 6950 curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE; | |
| 6951 /* Return OK if the cursor moved, FAIL otherwise (at window edge). */ | |
| 6952 return (prevpos.col != curwin->w_cursor.col | |
| 6953 || prevpos.coladd != curwin->w_cursor.coladd) ? OK : FAIL; | |
| 6954 } | |
| 6955 #endif | |
| 6956 | |
| 6957 ptr = ml_get_cursor(); | |
| 773 | 6958 if (*ptr == NUL) |
| 6959 return FAIL; /* already at the very end */ | |
| 6960 | |
| 7 | 6961 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE |
| 773 | 6962 if (has_mbyte) |
| 6963 l = (*mb_ptr2len)(ptr); | |
| 7 | 6964 else |
| 6965 #endif | |
| 773 | 6966 l = 1; |
| 6967 | |
| 6968 /* move "l" bytes right, but don't end up on the NUL, unless 'virtualedit' | |
| 6969 * contains "onemore". */ | |
| 6970 if (ptr[l] == NUL | |
| 6971 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT | |
| 6972 && (ve_flags & VE_ONEMORE) == 0 | |
| 6973 #endif | |
| 6974 ) | |
| 6975 return FAIL; | |
| 6976 curwin->w_cursor.col += l; | |
| 7 | 6977 |
| 6978 curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE; | |
| 6979 return OK; | |
| 6980 } | |
| 6981 | |
| 6982 int | |
| 6983 oneleft() | |
| 6984 { | |
| 6985 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT | |
| 6986 if (virtual_active()) | |
| 6987 { | |
| 6988 int width; | |
| 6989 int v = getviscol(); | |
| 6990 | |
| 6991 if (v == 0) | |
| 6992 return FAIL; | |
| 6993 | |
| 6994 # ifdef FEAT_LINEBREAK | |
| 6995 /* We might get stuck on 'showbreak', skip over it. */ | |
| 6996 width = 1; | |
| 6997 for (;;) | |
| 6998 { | |
| 6999 coladvance(v - width); | |
| 7000 /* getviscol() is slow, skip it when 'showbreak' is empty and | |
| 7001 * there are no multi-byte characters */ | |
| 7002 if ((*p_sbr == NUL | |
| 7003 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 7004 && !has_mbyte | |
| 7005 # endif | |
| 7006 ) || getviscol() < v) | |
| 7007 break; | |
| 7008 ++width; | |
| 7009 } | |
| 7010 # else | |
| 7011 coladvance(v - 1); | |
| 7012 # endif | |
| 7013 | |
| 7014 if (curwin->w_cursor.coladd == 1) | |
| 7015 { | |
| 7016 char_u *ptr; | |
| 7017 | |
| 7018 /* Adjust for multi-wide char (not a TAB) */ | |
| 7019 ptr = ml_get_cursor(); | |
| 7020 if (*ptr != TAB && vim_isprintc( | |
| 7021 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 7022 (*mb_ptr2char)(ptr) | |
| 7023 # else | |
| 7024 *ptr | |
| 7025 # endif | |
| 7026 ) && ptr2cells(ptr) > 1) | |
| 7027 curwin->w_cursor.coladd = 0; | |
| 7028 } | |
| 7029 | |
| 7030 curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE; | |
| 7031 return OK; | |
| 7032 } | |
| 7033 #endif | |
| 7034 | |
| 7035 if (curwin->w_cursor.col == 0) | |
| 7036 return FAIL; | |
| 7037 | |
| 7038 curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE; | |
| 7039 --curwin->w_cursor.col; | |
| 7040 | |
| 7041 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 7042 /* if the character on the left of the current cursor is a multi-byte | |
| 7043 * character, move to its first byte */ | |
| 7044 if (has_mbyte) | |
| 7045 mb_adjust_cursor(); | |
| 7046 #endif | |
| 7047 return OK; | |
| 7048 } | |
| 7049 | |
| 7050 int | |
| 7051 cursor_up(n, upd_topline) | |
| 7052 long n; | |
| 7053 int upd_topline; /* When TRUE: update topline */ | |
| 7054 { | |
| 7055 linenr_T lnum; | |
| 7056 | |
| 7057 if (n > 0) | |
| 7058 { | |
| 7059 lnum = curwin->w_cursor.lnum; | |
| 161 | 7060 /* This fails if the cursor is already in the first line or the count |
| 7061 * is larger than the line number and '-' is in 'cpoptions' */ | |
| 7062 if (lnum <= 1 || (n >= lnum && vim_strchr(p_cpo, CPO_MINUS) != NULL)) | |
| 7 | 7063 return FAIL; |
| 7064 if (n >= lnum) | |
| 7065 lnum = 1; | |
| 7066 else | |
| 7067 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING | |
| 7068 if (hasAnyFolding(curwin)) | |
| 7069 { | |
| 7070 /* | |
| 7071 * Count each sequence of folded lines as one logical line. | |
| 7072 */ | |
| 7073 /* go to the the start of the current fold */ | |
| 7074 (void)hasFolding(lnum, &lnum, NULL); | |
| 7075 | |
| 7076 while (n--) | |
| 7077 { | |
| 7078 /* move up one line */ | |
| 7079 --lnum; | |
| 7080 if (lnum <= 1) | |
| 7081 break; | |
| 7082 /* If we entered a fold, move to the beginning, unless in | |
| 7083 * Insert mode or when 'foldopen' contains "all": it will open | |
| 7084 * in a moment. */ | |
| 7085 if (n > 0 || !((State & INSERT) || (fdo_flags & FDO_ALL))) | |
| 7086 (void)hasFolding(lnum, &lnum, NULL); | |
| 7087 } | |
| 7088 if (lnum < 1) | |
| 7089 lnum = 1; | |
| 7090 } | |
| 7091 else | |
| 7092 #endif | |
| 7093 lnum -= n; | |
| 7094 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = lnum; | |
| 7095 } | |
| 7096 | |
| 7097 /* try to advance to the column we want to be at */ | |
| 7098 coladvance(curwin->w_curswant); | |
| 7099 | |
| 7100 if (upd_topline) | |
| 7101 update_topline(); /* make sure curwin->w_topline is valid */ | |
| 7102 | |
| 7103 return OK; | |
| 7104 } | |
| 7105 | |
| 7106 /* | |
| 7107 * Cursor down a number of logical lines. | |
| 7108 */ | |
| 7109 int | |
| 7110 cursor_down(n, upd_topline) | |
| 7111 long n; | |
| 7112 int upd_topline; /* When TRUE: update topline */ | |
| 7113 { | |
| 7114 linenr_T lnum; | |
| 7115 | |
| 7116 if (n > 0) | |
| 7117 { | |
| 7118 lnum = curwin->w_cursor.lnum; | |
| 7119 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING | |
| 7120 /* Move to last line of fold, will fail if it's the end-of-file. */ | |
| 7121 (void)hasFolding(lnum, NULL, &lnum); | |
| 7122 #endif | |
| 161 | 7123 /* This fails if the cursor is already in the last line or would move |
| 7124 * beyound the last line and '-' is in 'cpoptions' */ | |
| 7125 if (lnum >= curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count | |
| 7126 || (lnum + n > curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count | |
| 7127 && vim_strchr(p_cpo, CPO_MINUS) != NULL)) | |
| 7 | 7128 return FAIL; |
| 7129 if (lnum + n >= curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count) | |
| 7130 lnum = curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count; | |
| 7131 else | |
| 7132 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING | |
| 7133 if (hasAnyFolding(curwin)) | |
| 7134 { | |
| 7135 linenr_T last; | |
| 7136 | |
| 7137 /* count each sequence of folded lines as one logical line */ | |
| 7138 while (n--) | |
| 7139 { | |
| 7140 if (hasFolding(lnum, NULL, &last)) | |
| 7141 lnum = last + 1; | |
| 7142 else | |
| 7143 ++lnum; | |
| 7144 if (lnum >= curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count) | |
| 7145 break; | |
| 7146 } | |
| 7147 if (lnum > curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count) | |
| 7148 lnum = curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count; | |
| 7149 } | |
| 7150 else | |
| 7151 #endif | |
| 7152 lnum += n; | |
| 7153 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = lnum; | |
| 7154 } | |
| 7155 | |
| 7156 /* try to advance to the column we want to be at */ | |
| 7157 coladvance(curwin->w_curswant); | |
| 7158 | |
| 7159 if (upd_topline) | |
| 7160 update_topline(); /* make sure curwin->w_topline is valid */ | |
| 7161 | |
| 7162 return OK; | |
| 7163 } | |
| 7164 | |
| 7165 /* | |
| 7166 * Stuff the last inserted text in the read buffer. | |
| 7167 * Last_insert actually is a copy of the redo buffer, so we | |
| 7168 * first have to remove the command. | |
| 7169 */ | |
| 7170 int | |
| 7171 stuff_inserted(c, count, no_esc) | |
| 7172 int c; /* Command character to be inserted */ | |
| 7173 long count; /* Repeat this many times */ | |
| 7174 int no_esc; /* Don't add an ESC at the end */ | |
| 7175 { | |
| 7176 char_u *esc_ptr; | |
| 7177 char_u *ptr; | |
| 7178 char_u *last_ptr; | |
| 7179 char_u last = NUL; | |
| 7180 | |
| 7181 ptr = get_last_insert(); | |
| 7182 if (ptr == NULL) | |
| 7183 { | |
| 7184 EMSG(_(e_noinstext)); | |
| 7185 return FAIL; | |
| 7186 } | |
| 7187 | |
| 7188 /* may want to stuff the command character, to start Insert mode */ | |
| 7189 if (c != NUL) | |
| 7190 stuffcharReadbuff(c); | |
| 7191 if ((esc_ptr = (char_u *)vim_strrchr(ptr, ESC)) != NULL) | |
| 7192 *esc_ptr = NUL; /* remove the ESC */ | |
| 7193 | |
| 7194 /* when the last char is either "0" or "^" it will be quoted if no ESC | |
| 7195 * comes after it OR if it will inserted more than once and "ptr" | |
| 7196 * starts with ^D. -- Acevedo | |
| 7197 */ | |
| 7198 last_ptr = (esc_ptr ? esc_ptr : ptr + STRLEN(ptr)) - 1; | |
| 7199 if (last_ptr >= ptr && (*last_ptr == '0' || *last_ptr == '^') | |
| 7200 && (no_esc || (*ptr == Ctrl_D && count > 1))) | |
| 7201 { | |
| 7202 last = *last_ptr; | |
| 7203 *last_ptr = NUL; | |
| 7204 } | |
| 7205 | |
| 7206 do | |
| 7207 { | |
| 7208 stuffReadbuff(ptr); | |
| 7209 /* a trailing "0" is inserted as "<C-V>048", "^" as "<C-V>^" */ | |
| 7210 if (last) | |
| 7211 stuffReadbuff((char_u *)(last == '0' | |
| 7212 ? IF_EB("\026\060\064\070", CTRL_V_STR "xf0") | |
| 7213 : IF_EB("\026^", CTRL_V_STR "^"))); | |
| 7214 } | |
| 7215 while (--count > 0); | |
| 7216 | |
| 7217 if (last) | |
| 7218 *last_ptr = last; | |
| 7219 | |
| 7220 if (esc_ptr != NULL) | |
| 7221 *esc_ptr = ESC; /* put the ESC back */ | |
| 7222 | |
| 7223 /* may want to stuff a trailing ESC, to get out of Insert mode */ | |
| 7224 if (!no_esc) | |
| 7225 stuffcharReadbuff(ESC); | |
| 7226 | |
| 7227 return OK; | |
| 7228 } | |
| 7229 | |
| 7230 char_u * | |
| 7231 get_last_insert() | |
| 7232 { | |
| 7233 if (last_insert == NULL) | |
| 7234 return NULL; | |
| 7235 return last_insert + last_insert_skip; | |
| 7236 } | |
| 7237 | |
| 7238 /* | |
| 7239 * Get last inserted string, and remove trailing <Esc>. | |
| 7240 * Returns pointer to allocated memory (must be freed) or NULL. | |
| 7241 */ | |
| 7242 char_u * | |
| 7243 get_last_insert_save() | |
| 7244 { | |
| 7245 char_u *s; | |
| 7246 int len; | |
| 7247 | |
| 7248 if (last_insert == NULL) | |
| 7249 return NULL; | |
| 7250 s = vim_strsave(last_insert + last_insert_skip); | |
| 7251 if (s != NULL) | |
| 7252 { | |
| 7253 len = (int)STRLEN(s); | |
| 7254 if (len > 0 && s[len - 1] == ESC) /* remove trailing ESC */ | |
| 7255 s[len - 1] = NUL; | |
| 7256 } | |
| 7257 return s; | |
| 7258 } | |
| 7259 | |
| 7260 /* | |
| 7261 * Check the word in front of the cursor for an abbreviation. | |
| 7262 * Called when the non-id character "c" has been entered. | |
| 7263 * When an abbreviation is recognized it is removed from the text and | |
| 7264 * the replacement string is inserted in typebuf.tb_buf[], followed by "c". | |
| 7265 */ | |
| 7266 static int | |
| 7267 echeck_abbr(c) | |
| 7268 int c; | |
| 7269 { | |
| 7270 /* Don't check for abbreviation in paste mode, when disabled and just | |
| 7271 * after moving around with cursor keys. */ | |
| 7272 if (p_paste || no_abbr || arrow_used) | |
| 7273 return FALSE; | |
| 7274 | |
| 7275 return check_abbr(c, ml_get_curline(), curwin->w_cursor.col, | |
| 7276 curwin->w_cursor.lnum == Insstart.lnum ? Insstart.col : 0); | |
| 7277 } | |
| 7278 | |
| 7279 /* | |
| 7280 * replace-stack functions | |
| 7281 * | |
| 7282 * When replacing characters, the replaced characters are remembered for each | |
| 7283 * new character. This is used to re-insert the old text when backspacing. | |
| 7284 * | |
| 7285 * There is a NUL headed list of characters for each character that is | |
| 7286 * currently in the file after the insertion point. When BS is used, one NUL | |
| 7287 * headed list is put back for the deleted character. | |
| 7288 * | |
| 7289 * For a newline, there are two NUL headed lists. One contains the characters | |
| 7290 * that the NL replaced. The extra one stores the characters after the cursor | |
| 7291 * that were deleted (always white space). | |
| 7292 * | |
| 7293 * Replace_offset is normally 0, in which case replace_push will add a new | |
| 7294 * character at the end of the stack. If replace_offset is not 0, that many | |
| 7295 * characters will be left on the stack above the newly inserted character. | |
| 7296 */ | |
| 7297 | |
| 298 | 7298 static char_u *replace_stack = NULL; |
| 7299 static long replace_stack_nr = 0; /* next entry in replace stack */ | |
| 7300 static long replace_stack_len = 0; /* max. number of entries */ | |
| 7 | 7301 |
| 7302 void | |
| 7303 replace_push(c) | |
| 7304 int c; /* character that is replaced (NUL is none) */ | |
| 7305 { | |
| 7306 char_u *p; | |
| 7307 | |
| 7308 if (replace_stack_nr < replace_offset) /* nothing to do */ | |
| 7309 return; | |
| 7310 if (replace_stack_len <= replace_stack_nr) | |
| 7311 { | |
| 7312 replace_stack_len += 50; | |
| 7313 p = lalloc(sizeof(char_u) * replace_stack_len, TRUE); | |
| 7314 if (p == NULL) /* out of memory */ | |
| 7315 { | |
| 7316 replace_stack_len -= 50; | |
| 7317 return; | |
| 7318 } | |
| 7319 if (replace_stack != NULL) | |
| 7320 { | |
| 7321 mch_memmove(p, replace_stack, | |
| 7322 (size_t)(replace_stack_nr * sizeof(char_u))); | |
| 7323 vim_free(replace_stack); | |
| 7324 } | |
| 7325 replace_stack = p; | |
| 7326 } | |
| 7327 p = replace_stack + replace_stack_nr - replace_offset; | |
| 7328 if (replace_offset) | |
| 7329 mch_memmove(p + 1, p, (size_t)(replace_offset * sizeof(char_u))); | |
| 7330 *p = c; | |
| 7331 ++replace_stack_nr; | |
| 7332 } | |
| 7333 | |
| 1470 | 7334 #if defined(FEAT_MBYTE) || defined(PROTO) |
| 7335 /* | |
| 7336 * Push a character onto the replace stack. Handles a multi-byte character in | |
| 7337 * reverse byte order, so that the first byte is popped off first. | |
| 7338 * Return the number of bytes done (includes composing characters). | |
| 7339 */ | |
| 7340 int | |
| 7341 replace_push_mb(p) | |
| 7342 char_u *p; | |
| 7343 { | |
| 7344 int l = (*mb_ptr2len)(p); | |
| 7345 int j; | |
| 7346 | |
| 7347 for (j = l - 1; j >= 0; --j) | |
| 7348 replace_push(p[j]); | |
| 7349 return l; | |
| 7350 } | |
| 7351 #endif | |
| 7352 | |
| 7 | 7353 /* |
| 7354 * Pop one item from the replace stack. | |
| 7355 * return -1 if stack empty | |
| 7356 * return replaced character or NUL otherwise | |
| 7357 */ | |
| 7358 static int | |
| 7359 replace_pop() | |
| 7360 { | |
| 7361 if (replace_stack_nr == 0) | |
| 7362 return -1; | |
| 7363 return (int)replace_stack[--replace_stack_nr]; | |
| 7364 } | |
| 7365 | |
| 7366 /* | |
| 7367 * Join the top two items on the replace stack. This removes to "off"'th NUL | |
| 7368 * encountered. | |
| 7369 */ | |
| 7370 static void | |
| 7371 replace_join(off) | |
| 7372 int off; /* offset for which NUL to remove */ | |
| 7373 { | |
| 7374 int i; | |
| 7375 | |
| 7376 for (i = replace_stack_nr; --i >= 0; ) | |
| 7377 if (replace_stack[i] == NUL && off-- <= 0) | |
| 7378 { | |
| 7379 --replace_stack_nr; | |
| 7380 mch_memmove(replace_stack + i, replace_stack + i + 1, | |
| 7381 (size_t)(replace_stack_nr - i)); | |
| 7382 return; | |
| 7383 } | |
| 7384 } | |
| 7385 | |
| 7386 /* | |
| 7387 * Pop bytes from the replace stack until a NUL is found, and insert them | |
| 7388 * before the cursor. Can only be used in REPLACE or VREPLACE mode. | |
| 7389 */ | |
| 7390 static void | |
| 7391 replace_pop_ins() | |
| 7392 { | |
| 7393 int cc; | |
| 7394 int oldState = State; | |
| 7395 | |
| 7396 State = NORMAL; /* don't want REPLACE here */ | |
| 7397 while ((cc = replace_pop()) > 0) | |
| 7398 { | |
| 7399 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 7400 mb_replace_pop_ins(cc); | |
| 7401 #else | |
| 7402 ins_char(cc); | |
| 7403 #endif | |
| 7404 dec_cursor(); | |
| 7405 } | |
| 7406 State = oldState; | |
| 7407 } | |
| 7408 | |
| 7409 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 7410 /* | |
| 7411 * Insert bytes popped from the replace stack. "cc" is the first byte. If it | |
| 7412 * indicates a multi-byte char, pop the other bytes too. | |
| 7413 */ | |
| 7414 static void | |
| 7415 mb_replace_pop_ins(cc) | |
| 7416 int cc; | |
| 7417 { | |
| 7418 int n; | |
| 7419 char_u buf[MB_MAXBYTES]; | |
| 7420 int i; | |
| 7421 int c; | |
| 7422 | |
| 7423 if (has_mbyte && (n = MB_BYTE2LEN(cc)) > 1) | |
| 7424 { | |
| 7425 buf[0] = cc; | |
| 7426 for (i = 1; i < n; ++i) | |
| 7427 buf[i] = replace_pop(); | |
| 7428 ins_bytes_len(buf, n); | |
| 7429 } | |
| 7430 else | |
| 7431 ins_char(cc); | |
| 7432 | |
| 7433 if (enc_utf8) | |
| 7434 /* Handle composing chars. */ | |
| 7435 for (;;) | |
| 7436 { | |
| 7437 c = replace_pop(); | |
| 7438 if (c == -1) /* stack empty */ | |
| 7439 break; | |
| 7440 if ((n = MB_BYTE2LEN(c)) == 1) | |
| 7441 { | |
| 7442 /* Not a multi-byte char, put it back. */ | |
| 7443 replace_push(c); | |
| 7444 break; | |
| 7445 } | |
| 7446 else | |
| 7447 { | |
| 7448 buf[0] = c; | |
| 7449 for (i = 1; i < n; ++i) | |
| 7450 buf[i] = replace_pop(); | |
| 7451 if (utf_iscomposing(utf_ptr2char(buf))) | |
| 7452 ins_bytes_len(buf, n); | |
| 7453 else | |
| 7454 { | |
| 7455 /* Not a composing char, put it back. */ | |
| 7456 for (i = n - 1; i >= 0; --i) | |
| 7457 replace_push(buf[i]); | |
| 7458 break; | |
| 7459 } | |
| 7460 } | |
| 7461 } | |
| 7462 } | |
| 7463 #endif | |
| 7464 | |
| 7465 /* | |
| 7466 * make the replace stack empty | |
| 7467 * (called when exiting replace mode) | |
| 7468 */ | |
| 7469 static void | |
| 7470 replace_flush() | |
| 7471 { | |
| 7472 vim_free(replace_stack); | |
| 7473 replace_stack = NULL; | |
| 7474 replace_stack_len = 0; | |
| 7475 replace_stack_nr = 0; | |
| 7476 } | |
| 7477 | |
| 7478 /* | |
| 7479 * Handle doing a BS for one character. | |
| 7480 * cc < 0: replace stack empty, just move cursor | |
| 7481 * cc == 0: character was inserted, delete it | |
| 7482 * cc > 0: character was replaced, put cc (first byte of original char) back | |
| 7483 * and check for more characters to be put back | |
| 1782 | 7484 * When "limit_col" is >= 0, don't delete before this column. Matters when |
| 7485 * using composing characters, use del_char_after_col() instead of del_char(). | |
| 7 | 7486 */ |
| 7487 static void | |
| 1782 | 7488 replace_do_bs(limit_col) |
| 7489 int limit_col; | |
| 7 | 7490 { |
| 7491 int cc; | |
| 7492 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE | |
| 7493 int orig_len = 0; | |
| 7494 int ins_len; | |
| 7495 int orig_vcols = 0; | |
| 7496 colnr_T start_vcol; | |
| 7497 char_u *p; | |
| 7498 int i; | |
| 7499 int vcol; | |
| 7500 #endif | |
| 7501 | |
| 7502 cc = replace_pop(); | |
| 7503 if (cc > 0) | |
| 7504 { | |
| 7505 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE | |
| 7506 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG) | |
| 7507 { | |
| 7508 /* Get the number of screen cells used by the character we are | |
| 7509 * going to delete. */ | |
| 7510 getvcol(curwin, &curwin->w_cursor, NULL, &start_vcol, NULL); | |
| 7511 orig_vcols = chartabsize(ml_get_cursor(), start_vcol); | |
| 7512 } | |
| 7513 #endif | |
| 7514 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 7515 if (has_mbyte) | |
| 7516 { | |
| 1782 | 7517 (void)del_char_after_col(limit_col); |
| 7 | 7518 # ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE |
| 7519 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG) | |
| 835 | 7520 orig_len = (int)STRLEN(ml_get_cursor()); |
| 7 | 7521 # endif |
| 7522 replace_push(cc); | |
| 7523 } | |
| 7524 else | |
| 7525 #endif | |
| 7526 { | |
| 7527 pchar_cursor(cc); | |
| 7528 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE | |
| 7529 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG) | |
| 835 | 7530 orig_len = (int)STRLEN(ml_get_cursor()) - 1; |
| 7 | 7531 #endif |
| 7532 } | |
| 7533 replace_pop_ins(); | |
| 7534 | |
| 7535 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE | |
| 7536 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG) | |
| 7537 { | |
| 7538 /* Get the number of screen cells used by the inserted characters */ | |
| 7539 p = ml_get_cursor(); | |
| 835 | 7540 ins_len = (int)STRLEN(p) - orig_len; |
| 7 | 7541 vcol = start_vcol; |
| 7542 for (i = 0; i < ins_len; ++i) | |
| 7543 { | |
| 7544 vcol += chartabsize(p + i, vcol); | |
| 7545 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 474 | 7546 i += (*mb_ptr2len)(p) - 1; |
| 7 | 7547 #endif |
| 7548 } | |
| 7549 vcol -= start_vcol; | |
| 7550 | |
| 7551 /* Delete spaces that were inserted after the cursor to keep the | |
| 7552 * text aligned. */ | |
| 7553 curwin->w_cursor.col += ins_len; | |
| 7554 while (vcol > orig_vcols && gchar_cursor() == ' ') | |
| 7555 { | |
| 7556 del_char(FALSE); | |
| 7557 ++orig_vcols; | |
| 7558 } | |
| 7559 curwin->w_cursor.col -= ins_len; | |
| 7560 } | |
| 7561 #endif | |
| 7562 | |
| 7563 /* mark the buffer as changed and prepare for displaying */ | |
| 7564 changed_bytes(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, curwin->w_cursor.col); | |
| 7565 } | |
| 7566 else if (cc == 0) | |
| 1782 | 7567 (void)del_char_after_col(limit_col); |
| 7 | 7568 } |
| 7569 | |
| 7570 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT | |
| 7571 /* | |
| 7572 * Return TRUE if C-indenting is on. | |
| 7573 */ | |
| 7574 static int | |
| 7575 cindent_on() | |
| 7576 { | |
| 7577 return (!p_paste && (curbuf->b_p_cin | |
| 7578 # ifdef FEAT_EVAL | |
| 7579 || *curbuf->b_p_inde != NUL | |
| 7580 # endif | |
| 7581 )); | |
| 7582 } | |
| 7583 #endif | |
| 7584 | |
| 7585 #if defined(FEAT_LISP) || defined(FEAT_CINDENT) || defined(PROTO) | |
| 7586 /* | |
| 7587 * Re-indent the current line, based on the current contents of it and the | |
| 7588 * surrounding lines. Fixing the cursor position seems really easy -- I'm very | |
| 7589 * confused what all the part that handles Control-T is doing that I'm not. | |
| 7590 * "get_the_indent" should be get_c_indent, get_expr_indent or get_lisp_indent. | |
| 7591 */ | |
| 7592 | |
| 7593 void | |
| 7594 fixthisline(get_the_indent) | |
| 7595 int (*get_the_indent) __ARGS((void)); | |
| 7596 { | |
| 1516 | 7597 change_indent(INDENT_SET, get_the_indent(), FALSE, 0, TRUE); |
| 7 | 7598 if (linewhite(curwin->w_cursor.lnum)) |
| 7599 did_ai = TRUE; /* delete the indent if the line stays empty */ | |
| 7600 } | |
| 7601 | |
| 7602 void | |
| 7603 fix_indent() | |
| 7604 { | |
| 7605 if (p_paste) | |
| 7606 return; | |
| 7607 # ifdef FEAT_LISP | |
| 7608 if (curbuf->b_p_lisp && curbuf->b_p_ai) | |
| 7609 fixthisline(get_lisp_indent); | |
| 7610 # endif | |
| 7611 # if defined(FEAT_LISP) && defined(FEAT_CINDENT) | |
| 7612 else | |
| 7613 # endif | |
| 7614 # ifdef FEAT_CINDENT | |
| 7615 if (cindent_on()) | |
| 7616 do_c_expr_indent(); | |
| 7617 # endif | |
| 7618 } | |
| 7619 | |
| 7620 #endif | |
| 7621 | |
| 7622 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT | |
| 7623 /* | |
| 7624 * return TRUE if 'cinkeys' contains the key "keytyped", | |
| 7625 * when == '*': Only if key is preceded with '*' (indent before insert) | |
| 7626 * when == '!': Only if key is prededed with '!' (don't insert) | |
| 7627 * when == ' ': Only if key is not preceded with '*'(indent afterwards) | |
| 7628 * | |
| 7629 * "keytyped" can have a few special values: | |
| 7630 * KEY_OPEN_FORW | |
| 7631 * KEY_OPEN_BACK | |
| 7632 * KEY_COMPLETE just finished completion. | |
| 7633 * | |
| 7634 * If line_is_empty is TRUE accept keys with '0' before them. | |
| 7635 */ | |
| 7636 int | |
| 7637 in_cinkeys(keytyped, when, line_is_empty) | |
| 7638 int keytyped; | |
| 7639 int when; | |
| 7640 int line_is_empty; | |
| 7641 { | |
| 7642 char_u *look; | |
| 7643 int try_match; | |
| 7644 int try_match_word; | |
| 7645 char_u *p; | |
| 7646 char_u *line; | |
| 7647 int icase; | |
| 7648 int i; | |
| 7649 | |
| 2025 | 7650 if (keytyped == NUL) |
| 7651 /* Can happen with CTRL-Y and CTRL-E on a short line. */ | |
| 7652 return FALSE; | |
| 7653 | |
| 7 | 7654 #ifdef FEAT_EVAL |
| 7655 if (*curbuf->b_p_inde != NUL) | |
| 7656 look = curbuf->b_p_indk; /* 'indentexpr' set: use 'indentkeys' */ | |
| 7657 else | |
| 7658 #endif | |
| 7659 look = curbuf->b_p_cink; /* 'indentexpr' empty: use 'cinkeys' */ | |
| 7660 while (*look) | |
| 7661 { | |
| 7662 /* | |
| 7663 * Find out if we want to try a match with this key, depending on | |
| 7664 * 'when' and a '*' or '!' before the key. | |
| 7665 */ | |
| 7666 switch (when) | |
| 7667 { | |
| 7668 case '*': try_match = (*look == '*'); break; | |
| 7669 case '!': try_match = (*look == '!'); break; | |
| 7670 default: try_match = (*look != '*'); break; | |
| 7671 } | |
| 7672 if (*look == '*' || *look == '!') | |
| 7673 ++look; | |
| 7674 | |
| 7675 /* | |
| 7676 * If there is a '0', only accept a match if the line is empty. | |
| 7677 * But may still match when typing last char of a word. | |
| 7678 */ | |
| 7679 if (*look == '0') | |
| 7680 { | |
| 7681 try_match_word = try_match; | |
| 7682 if (!line_is_empty) | |
| 7683 try_match = FALSE; | |
| 7684 ++look; | |
| 7685 } | |
| 7686 else | |
| 7687 try_match_word = FALSE; | |
| 7688 | |
| 7689 /* | |
| 7690 * does it look like a control character? | |
| 7691 */ | |
| 7692 if (*look == '^' | |
| 7693 #ifdef EBCDIC | |
| 7694 && (Ctrl_chr(look[1]) != 0) | |
| 7695 #else | |
| 7696 && look[1] >= '?' && look[1] <= '_' | |
| 7697 #endif | |
| 7698 ) | |
| 7699 { | |
| 7700 if (try_match && keytyped == Ctrl_chr(look[1])) | |
| 7701 return TRUE; | |
| 7702 look += 2; | |
| 7703 } | |
| 7704 /* | |
| 7705 * 'o' means "o" command, open forward. | |
| 7706 * 'O' means "O" command, open backward. | |
| 7707 */ | |
| 7708 else if (*look == 'o') | |
| 7709 { | |
| 7710 if (try_match && keytyped == KEY_OPEN_FORW) | |
| 7711 return TRUE; | |
| 7712 ++look; | |
| 7713 } | |
| 7714 else if (*look == 'O') | |
| 7715 { | |
| 7716 if (try_match && keytyped == KEY_OPEN_BACK) | |
| 7717 return TRUE; | |
| 7718 ++look; | |
| 7719 } | |
| 7720 | |
| 7721 /* | |
| 7722 * 'e' means to check for "else" at start of line and just before the | |
| 7723 * cursor. | |
| 7724 */ | |
| 7725 else if (*look == 'e') | |
| 7726 { | |
| 7727 if (try_match && keytyped == 'e' && curwin->w_cursor.col >= 4) | |
| 7728 { | |
| 7729 p = ml_get_curline(); | |
| 7730 if (skipwhite(p) == p + curwin->w_cursor.col - 4 && | |
| 7731 STRNCMP(p + curwin->w_cursor.col - 4, "else", 4) == 0) | |
| 7732 return TRUE; | |
| 7733 } | |
| 7734 ++look; | |
| 7735 } | |
| 7736 | |
| 7737 /* | |
| 7738 * ':' only causes an indent if it is at the end of a label or case | |
| 7739 * statement, or when it was before typing the ':' (to fix | |
| 7740 * class::method for C++). | |
| 7741 */ | |
| 7742 else if (*look == ':') | |
| 7743 { | |
| 7744 if (try_match && keytyped == ':') | |
| 7745 { | |
| 7746 p = ml_get_curline(); | |
|
2297
5ffe000a9ecf
Improve Javascript indenting. Add "J" flag to 'cino'. (Hari Kumar G)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2294
diff
changeset
|
7747 if (cin_iscase(p, FALSE) || cin_isscopedecl(p) |
|
5ffe000a9ecf
Improve Javascript indenting. Add "J" flag to 'cino'. (Hari Kumar G)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2294
diff
changeset
|
7748 || cin_islabel(30)) |
| 7 | 7749 return TRUE; |
| 1300 | 7750 /* Need to get the line again after cin_islabel(). */ |
| 7751 p = ml_get_curline(); | |
| 7 | 7752 if (curwin->w_cursor.col > 2 |
| 7753 && p[curwin->w_cursor.col - 1] == ':' | |
| 7754 && p[curwin->w_cursor.col - 2] == ':') | |
| 7755 { | |
| 7756 p[curwin->w_cursor.col - 1] = ' '; | |
|
2297
5ffe000a9ecf
Improve Javascript indenting. Add "J" flag to 'cino'. (Hari Kumar G)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2294
diff
changeset
|
7757 i = (cin_iscase(p, FALSE) || cin_isscopedecl(p) |
| 7 | 7758 || cin_islabel(30)); |
| 7759 p = ml_get_curline(); | |
| 7760 p[curwin->w_cursor.col - 1] = ':'; | |
| 7761 if (i) | |
| 7762 return TRUE; | |
| 7763 } | |
| 7764 } | |
| 7765 ++look; | |
| 7766 } | |
| 7767 | |
| 7768 | |
| 7769 /* | |
| 7770 * Is it a key in <>, maybe? | |
| 7771 */ | |
| 7772 else if (*look == '<') | |
| 7773 { | |
| 7774 if (try_match) | |
| 7775 { | |
| 7776 /* | |
| 7777 * make up some named keys <o>, <O>, <e>, <0>, <>>, <<>, <*>, | |
| 7778 * <:> and <!> so that people can re-indent on o, O, e, 0, <, | |
| 7779 * >, *, : and ! keys if they really really want to. | |
| 7780 */ | |
| 7781 if (vim_strchr((char_u *)"<>!*oOe0:", look[1]) != NULL | |
| 7782 && keytyped == look[1]) | |
| 7783 return TRUE; | |
| 7784 | |
| 7785 if (keytyped == get_special_key_code(look + 1)) | |
| 7786 return TRUE; | |
| 7787 } | |
| 7788 while (*look && *look != '>') | |
| 7789 look++; | |
| 7790 while (*look == '>') | |
| 7791 look++; | |
| 7792 } | |
| 7793 | |
| 7794 /* | |
| 7795 * Is it a word: "=word"? | |
| 7796 */ | |
| 7797 else if (*look == '=' && look[1] != ',' && look[1] != NUL) | |
| 7798 { | |
| 7799 ++look; | |
| 7800 if (*look == '~') | |
| 7801 { | |
| 7802 icase = TRUE; | |
| 7803 ++look; | |
| 7804 } | |
| 7805 else | |
| 7806 icase = FALSE; | |
| 7807 p = vim_strchr(look, ','); | |
| 7808 if (p == NULL) | |
| 7809 p = look + STRLEN(look); | |
| 7810 if ((try_match || try_match_word) | |
| 7811 && curwin->w_cursor.col >= (colnr_T)(p - look)) | |
| 7812 { | |
| 7813 int match = FALSE; | |
| 7814 | |
| 7815 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND | |
| 7816 if (keytyped == KEY_COMPLETE) | |
| 7817 { | |
| 7818 char_u *s; | |
| 7819 | |
| 7820 /* Just completed a word, check if it starts with "look". | |
| 7821 * search back for the start of a word. */ | |
| 7822 line = ml_get_curline(); | |
| 7823 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 7824 if (has_mbyte) | |
| 7825 { | |
| 7826 char_u *n; | |
| 7827 | |
| 7828 for (s = line + curwin->w_cursor.col; s > line; s = n) | |
| 7829 { | |
| 7830 n = mb_prevptr(line, s); | |
| 7831 if (!vim_iswordp(n)) | |
| 7832 break; | |
| 7833 } | |
| 7834 } | |
| 7835 else | |
| 7836 # endif | |
| 7837 for (s = line + curwin->w_cursor.col; s > line; --s) | |
| 7838 if (!vim_iswordc(s[-1])) | |
| 7839 break; | |
| 7840 if (s + (p - look) <= line + curwin->w_cursor.col | |
| 7841 && (icase | |
| 7842 ? MB_STRNICMP(s, look, p - look) | |
| 7843 : STRNCMP(s, look, p - look)) == 0) | |
| 7844 match = TRUE; | |
| 7845 } | |
| 7846 else | |
| 7847 #endif | |
| 7848 /* TODO: multi-byte */ | |
| 7849 if (keytyped == (int)p[-1] || (icase && keytyped < 256 | |
| 7850 && TOLOWER_LOC(keytyped) == TOLOWER_LOC((int)p[-1]))) | |
| 7851 { | |
| 7852 line = ml_get_cursor(); | |
| 7853 if ((curwin->w_cursor.col == (colnr_T)(p - look) | |
| 7854 || !vim_iswordc(line[-(p - look) - 1])) | |
| 7855 && (icase | |
| 7856 ? MB_STRNICMP(line - (p - look), look, p - look) | |
| 7857 : STRNCMP(line - (p - look), look, p - look)) | |
| 7858 == 0) | |
| 7859 match = TRUE; | |
| 7860 } | |
| 7861 if (match && try_match_word && !try_match) | |
| 7862 { | |
| 7863 /* "0=word": Check if there are only blanks before the | |
| 7864 * word. */ | |
| 7865 line = ml_get_curline(); | |
| 7866 if ((int)(skipwhite(line) - line) != | |
| 7867 (int)(curwin->w_cursor.col - (p - look))) | |
| 7868 match = FALSE; | |
| 7869 } | |
| 7870 if (match) | |
| 7871 return TRUE; | |
| 7872 } | |
| 7873 look = p; | |
| 7874 } | |
| 7875 | |
| 7876 /* | |
| 7877 * ok, it's a boring generic character. | |
| 7878 */ | |
| 7879 else | |
| 7880 { | |
| 7881 if (try_match && *look == keytyped) | |
| 7882 return TRUE; | |
| 7883 ++look; | |
| 7884 } | |
| 7885 | |
| 7886 /* | |
| 7887 * Skip over ", ". | |
| 7888 */ | |
| 7889 look = skip_to_option_part(look); | |
| 7890 } | |
| 7891 return FALSE; | |
| 7892 } | |
| 7893 #endif /* FEAT_CINDENT */ | |
| 7894 | |
| 7895 #if defined(FEAT_RIGHTLEFT) || defined(PROTO) | |
| 7896 /* | |
| 7897 * Map Hebrew keyboard when in hkmap mode. | |
| 7898 */ | |
| 7899 int | |
| 7900 hkmap(c) | |
| 7901 int c; | |
| 7902 { | |
| 7903 if (p_hkmapp) /* phonetic mapping, by Ilya Dogolazky */ | |
| 7904 { | |
| 7905 enum {hALEF=0, BET, GIMEL, DALET, HEI, VAV, ZAIN, HET, TET, IUD, | |
| 7906 KAFsofit, hKAF, LAMED, MEMsofit, MEM, NUNsofit, NUN, SAMEH, AIN, | |
| 7907 PEIsofit, PEI, ZADIsofit, ZADI, KOF, RESH, hSHIN, TAV}; | |
| 7908 static char_u map[26] = | |
| 7909 {(char_u)hALEF/*a*/, (char_u)BET /*b*/, (char_u)hKAF /*c*/, | |
| 7910 (char_u)DALET/*d*/, (char_u)-1 /*e*/, (char_u)PEIsofit/*f*/, | |
| 7911 (char_u)GIMEL/*g*/, (char_u)HEI /*h*/, (char_u)IUD /*i*/, | |
| 7912 (char_u)HET /*j*/, (char_u)KOF /*k*/, (char_u)LAMED /*l*/, | |
| 7913 (char_u)MEM /*m*/, (char_u)NUN /*n*/, (char_u)SAMEH /*o*/, | |
| 7914 (char_u)PEI /*p*/, (char_u)-1 /*q*/, (char_u)RESH /*r*/, | |
| 7915 (char_u)ZAIN /*s*/, (char_u)TAV /*t*/, (char_u)TET /*u*/, | |
| 7916 (char_u)VAV /*v*/, (char_u)hSHIN/*w*/, (char_u)-1 /*x*/, | |
| 7917 (char_u)AIN /*y*/, (char_u)ZADI /*z*/}; | |
| 7918 | |
| 7919 if (c == 'N' || c == 'M' || c == 'P' || c == 'C' || c == 'Z') | |
| 7920 return (int)(map[CharOrd(c)] - 1 + p_aleph); | |
| 7921 /* '-1'='sofit' */ | |
| 7922 else if (c == 'x') | |
| 7923 return 'X'; | |
| 7924 else if (c == 'q') | |
| 7925 return '\''; /* {geresh}={'} */ | |
| 7926 else if (c == 246) | |
| 7927 return ' '; /* \"o --> ' ' for a german keyboard */ | |
| 7928 else if (c == 228) | |
| 7929 return ' '; /* \"a --> ' ' -- / -- */ | |
| 7930 else if (c == 252) | |
| 7931 return ' '; /* \"u --> ' ' -- / -- */ | |
| 7932 #ifdef EBCDIC | |
| 7933 else if (islower(c)) | |
| 7934 #else | |
| 7935 /* NOTE: islower() does not do the right thing for us on Linux so we | |
| 7936 * do this the same was as 5.7 and previous, so it works correctly on | |
| 7937 * all systems. Specifically, the e.g. Delete and Arrow keys are | |
| 7938 * munged and won't work if e.g. searching for Hebrew text. | |
| 7939 */ | |
| 7940 else if (c >= 'a' && c <= 'z') | |
| 7941 #endif | |
| 7942 return (int)(map[CharOrdLow(c)] + p_aleph); | |
| 7943 else | |
| 7944 return c; | |
| 7945 } | |
| 7946 else | |
| 7947 { | |
| 7948 switch (c) | |
| 7949 { | |
| 7950 case '`': return ';'; | |
| 7951 case '/': return '.'; | |
| 7952 case '\'': return ','; | |
| 7953 case 'q': return '/'; | |
| 7954 case 'w': return '\''; | |
| 7955 | |
| 7956 /* Hebrew letters - set offset from 'a' */ | |
| 7957 case ',': c = '{'; break; | |
| 7958 case '.': c = 'v'; break; | |
| 7959 case ';': c = 't'; break; | |
| 7960 default: { | |
| 7961 static char str[] = "zqbcxlsjphmkwonu ydafe rig"; | |
| 7962 | |
| 7963 #ifdef EBCDIC | |
| 7964 /* see note about islower() above */ | |
| 7965 if (!islower(c)) | |
| 7966 #else | |
| 7967 if (c < 'a' || c > 'z') | |
| 7968 #endif | |
| 7969 return c; | |
| 7970 c = str[CharOrdLow(c)]; | |
| 7971 break; | |
| 7972 } | |
| 7973 } | |
| 7974 | |
| 7975 return (int)(CharOrdLow(c) + p_aleph); | |
| 7976 } | |
| 7977 } | |
| 7978 #endif | |
| 7979 | |
| 7980 static void | |
| 7981 ins_reg() | |
| 7982 { | |
| 7983 int need_redraw = FALSE; | |
| 7984 int regname; | |
| 7985 int literally = 0; | |
| 844 | 7986 #ifdef FEAT_VISUAL |
| 7987 int vis_active = VIsual_active; | |
| 7988 #endif | |
| 7 | 7989 |
| 7990 /* | |
| 7991 * If we are going to wait for a character, show a '"'. | |
| 7992 */ | |
| 7993 pc_status = PC_STATUS_UNSET; | |
| 7994 if (redrawing() && !char_avail()) | |
| 7995 { | |
| 7996 /* may need to redraw when no more chars available now */ | |
| 661 | 7997 ins_redraw(FALSE); |
| 7 | 7998 |
| 7999 edit_putchar('"', TRUE); | |
| 8000 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO | |
| 8001 add_to_showcmd_c(Ctrl_R); | |
| 8002 #endif | |
| 8003 } | |
| 8004 | |
| 8005 #ifdef USE_ON_FLY_SCROLL | |
| 8006 dont_scroll = TRUE; /* disallow scrolling here */ | |
| 8007 #endif | |
| 8008 | |
| 8009 /* | |
| 8010 * Don't map the register name. This also prevents the mode message to be | |
| 8011 * deleted when ESC is hit. | |
| 8012 */ | |
| 8013 ++no_mapping; | |
| 1389 | 8014 regname = plain_vgetc(); |
| 7 | 8015 LANGMAP_ADJUST(regname, TRUE); |
| 8016 if (regname == Ctrl_R || regname == Ctrl_O || regname == Ctrl_P) | |
| 8017 { | |
| 8018 /* Get a third key for literal register insertion */ | |
| 8019 literally = regname; | |
| 8020 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO | |
| 8021 add_to_showcmd_c(literally); | |
| 8022 #endif | |
| 1389 | 8023 regname = plain_vgetc(); |
| 7 | 8024 LANGMAP_ADJUST(regname, TRUE); |
| 8025 } | |
| 8026 --no_mapping; | |
| 8027 | |
| 8028 #ifdef FEAT_EVAL | |
| 8029 /* | |
| 8030 * Don't call u_sync() while getting the expression, | |
| 8031 * evaluating it or giving an error message for it! | |
| 8032 */ | |
| 8033 ++no_u_sync; | |
| 8034 if (regname == '=') | |
| 8035 { | |
| 133 | 8036 # ifdef USE_IM_CONTROL |
| 7 | 8037 int im_on = im_get_status(); |
| 133 | 8038 # endif |
| 7 | 8039 regname = get_expr_register(); |
| 133 | 8040 # ifdef USE_IM_CONTROL |
| 7 | 8041 /* Restore the Input Method. */ |
| 8042 if (im_on) | |
| 8043 im_set_active(TRUE); | |
| 133 | 8044 # endif |
| 7 | 8045 } |
| 140 | 8046 if (regname == NUL || !valid_yank_reg(regname, FALSE)) |
| 8047 { | |
| 8048 vim_beep(); | |
| 7 | 8049 need_redraw = TRUE; /* remove the '"' */ |
| 140 | 8050 } |
| 7 | 8051 else |
| 8052 { | |
| 8053 #endif | |
| 8054 if (literally == Ctrl_O || literally == Ctrl_P) | |
| 8055 { | |
| 8056 /* Append the command to the redo buffer. */ | |
| 8057 AppendCharToRedobuff(Ctrl_R); | |
| 8058 AppendCharToRedobuff(literally); | |
| 8059 AppendCharToRedobuff(regname); | |
| 8060 | |
| 8061 do_put(regname, BACKWARD, 1L, | |
| 8062 (literally == Ctrl_P ? PUT_FIXINDENT : 0) | PUT_CURSEND); | |
| 8063 } | |
| 8064 else if (insert_reg(regname, literally) == FAIL) | |
| 8065 { | |
| 8066 vim_beep(); | |
| 8067 need_redraw = TRUE; /* remove the '"' */ | |
| 8068 } | |
| 133 | 8069 else if (stop_insert_mode) |
| 8070 /* When the '=' register was used and a function was invoked that | |
| 8071 * did ":stopinsert" then stuff_empty() returns FALSE but we won't | |
| 8072 * insert anything, need to remove the '"' */ | |
| 8073 need_redraw = TRUE; | |
| 8074 | |
| 7 | 8075 #ifdef FEAT_EVAL |
| 8076 } | |
| 8077 --no_u_sync; | |
| 8078 #endif | |
| 8079 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO | |
| 8080 clear_showcmd(); | |
| 8081 #endif | |
| 8082 | |
| 8083 /* If the inserted register is empty, we need to remove the '"' */ | |
| 8084 if (need_redraw || stuff_empty()) | |
| 8085 edit_unputchar(); | |
| 844 | 8086 |
| 8087 #ifdef FEAT_VISUAL | |
| 8088 /* Disallow starting Visual mode here, would get a weird mode. */ | |
| 8089 if (!vis_active && VIsual_active) | |
| 8090 end_visual_mode(); | |
| 8091 #endif | |
| 7 | 8092 } |
| 8093 | |
| 8094 /* | |
| 8095 * CTRL-G commands in Insert mode. | |
| 8096 */ | |
| 8097 static void | |
| 8098 ins_ctrl_g() | |
| 8099 { | |
| 8100 int c; | |
| 8101 | |
| 8102 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND | |
| 8103 /* Right after CTRL-X the cursor will be after the ruler. */ | |
| 8104 setcursor(); | |
| 8105 #endif | |
| 8106 | |
| 8107 /* | |
| 8108 * Don't map the second key. This also prevents the mode message to be | |
| 8109 * deleted when ESC is hit. | |
| 8110 */ | |
| 8111 ++no_mapping; | |
| 1389 | 8112 c = plain_vgetc(); |
| 7 | 8113 --no_mapping; |
| 8114 switch (c) | |
| 8115 { | |
| 8116 /* CTRL-G k and CTRL-G <Up>: cursor up to Insstart.col */ | |
| 8117 case K_UP: | |
| 8118 case Ctrl_K: | |
| 8119 case 'k': ins_up(TRUE); | |
| 8120 break; | |
| 8121 | |
| 8122 /* CTRL-G j and CTRL-G <Down>: cursor down to Insstart.col */ | |
| 8123 case K_DOWN: | |
| 8124 case Ctrl_J: | |
| 8125 case 'j': ins_down(TRUE); | |
| 8126 break; | |
| 8127 | |
| 8128 /* CTRL-G u: start new undoable edit */ | |
| 825 | 8129 case 'u': u_sync(TRUE); |
| 7 | 8130 ins_need_undo = TRUE; |
| 626 | 8131 |
| 8132 /* Need to reset Insstart, esp. because a BS that joins | |
| 1219 | 8133 * a line to the previous one must save for undo. */ |
| 626 | 8134 Insstart = curwin->w_cursor; |
| 7 | 8135 break; |
| 8136 | |
| 8137 /* Unknown CTRL-G command, reserved for future expansion. */ | |
| 8138 default: vim_beep(); | |
| 8139 } | |
| 8140 } | |
| 8141 | |
| 8142 /* | |
| 449 | 8143 * CTRL-^ in Insert mode. |
| 8144 */ | |
| 8145 static void | |
| 8146 ins_ctrl_hat() | |
| 8147 { | |
| 782 | 8148 if (map_to_exists_mode((char_u *)"", LANGMAP, FALSE)) |
| 449 | 8149 { |
| 8150 /* ":lmap" mappings exists, Toggle use of ":lmap" mappings. */ | |
| 8151 if (State & LANGMAP) | |
| 8152 { | |
| 8153 curbuf->b_p_iminsert = B_IMODE_NONE; | |
| 8154 State &= ~LANGMAP; | |
| 8155 } | |
| 8156 else | |
| 8157 { | |
| 8158 curbuf->b_p_iminsert = B_IMODE_LMAP; | |
| 8159 State |= LANGMAP; | |
| 8160 #ifdef USE_IM_CONTROL | |
| 8161 im_set_active(FALSE); | |
| 8162 #endif | |
| 8163 } | |
| 8164 } | |
| 8165 #ifdef USE_IM_CONTROL | |
| 8166 else | |
| 8167 { | |
| 8168 /* There are no ":lmap" mappings, toggle IM */ | |
| 8169 if (im_get_status()) | |
| 8170 { | |
| 8171 curbuf->b_p_iminsert = B_IMODE_NONE; | |
| 8172 im_set_active(FALSE); | |
| 8173 } | |
| 8174 else | |
| 8175 { | |
| 8176 curbuf->b_p_iminsert = B_IMODE_IM; | |
| 8177 State &= ~LANGMAP; | |
| 8178 im_set_active(TRUE); | |
| 8179 } | |
| 8180 } | |
| 8181 #endif | |
| 8182 set_iminsert_global(); | |
| 8183 showmode(); | |
| 8184 #ifdef FEAT_GUI | |
| 8185 /* may show different cursor shape or color */ | |
| 8186 if (gui.in_use) | |
| 8187 gui_update_cursor(TRUE, FALSE); | |
| 8188 #endif | |
| 8189 #if defined(FEAT_WINDOWS) && defined(FEAT_KEYMAP) | |
| 8190 /* Show/unshow value of 'keymap' in status lines. */ | |
| 8191 status_redraw_curbuf(); | |
| 8192 #endif | |
| 8193 } | |
| 8194 | |
| 8195 /* | |
| 7 | 8196 * Handle ESC in insert mode. |
| 8197 * Returns TRUE when leaving insert mode, FALSE when going to repeat the | |
| 8198 * insert. | |
| 8199 */ | |
| 8200 static int | |
| 477 | 8201 ins_esc(count, cmdchar, nomove) |
| 7 | 8202 long *count; |
| 8203 int cmdchar; | |
| 477 | 8204 int nomove; /* don't move cursor */ |
| 7 | 8205 { |
| 8206 int temp; | |
| 8207 static int disabled_redraw = FALSE; | |
| 8208 | |
| 744 | 8209 #ifdef FEAT_SPELL |
| 449 | 8210 check_spell_redraw(); |
| 8211 #endif | |
| 7 | 8212 #if defined(FEAT_HANGULIN) |
| 8213 # if defined(ESC_CHG_TO_ENG_MODE) | |
| 8214 hangul_input_state_set(0); | |
| 8215 # endif | |
| 8216 if (composing_hangul) | |
| 8217 { | |
| 8218 push_raw_key(composing_hangul_buffer, 2); | |
| 8219 composing_hangul = 0; | |
| 8220 } | |
| 8221 #endif | |
| 8222 | |
| 8223 temp = curwin->w_cursor.col; | |
| 8224 if (disabled_redraw) | |
| 8225 { | |
| 8226 --RedrawingDisabled; | |
| 8227 disabled_redraw = FALSE; | |
| 8228 } | |
| 8229 if (!arrow_used) | |
| 8230 { | |
| 8231 /* | |
| 8232 * Don't append the ESC for "r<CR>" and "grx". | |
| 75 | 8233 * When 'insertmode' is set only CTRL-L stops Insert mode. Needed for |
| 8234 * when "count" is non-zero. | |
| 7 | 8235 */ |
| 8236 if (cmdchar != 'r' && cmdchar != 'v') | |
| 75 | 8237 AppendToRedobuff(p_im ? (char_u *)"\014" : ESC_STR); |
| 7 | 8238 |
| 8239 /* | |
| 8240 * Repeating insert may take a long time. Check for | |
| 8241 * interrupt now and then. | |
| 8242 */ | |
| 8243 if (*count > 0) | |
| 8244 { | |
| 8245 line_breakcheck(); | |
| 8246 if (got_int) | |
| 8247 *count = 0; | |
| 8248 } | |
| 8249 | |
| 8250 if (--*count > 0) /* repeat what was typed */ | |
| 8251 { | |
| 164 | 8252 /* Vi repeats the insert without replacing characters. */ |
| 8253 if (vim_strchr(p_cpo, CPO_REPLCNT) != NULL) | |
| 8254 State &= ~REPLACE_FLAG; | |
| 8255 | |
| 7 | 8256 (void)start_redo_ins(); |
| 8257 if (cmdchar == 'r' || cmdchar == 'v') | |
| 8258 stuffReadbuff(ESC_STR); /* no ESC in redo buffer */ | |
| 8259 ++RedrawingDisabled; | |
| 8260 disabled_redraw = TRUE; | |
| 8261 return FALSE; /* repeat the insert */ | |
| 8262 } | |
| 8263 stop_insert(&curwin->w_cursor, TRUE); | |
| 8264 undisplay_dollar(); | |
| 8265 } | |
| 8266 | |
| 8267 /* When an autoindent was removed, curswant stays after the | |
| 8268 * indent */ | |
| 8269 if (restart_edit == NUL && (colnr_T)temp == curwin->w_cursor.col) | |
| 8270 curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE; | |
| 8271 | |
| 8272 /* Remember the last Insert position in the '^ mark. */ | |
| 8273 if (!cmdmod.keepjumps) | |
| 8274 curbuf->b_last_insert = curwin->w_cursor; | |
| 8275 | |
| 8276 /* | |
| 8277 * The cursor should end up on the last inserted character. | |
| 477 | 8278 * Don't do it for CTRL-O, unless past the end of the line. |
| 7 | 8279 */ |
| 477 | 8280 if (!nomove |
| 8281 && (curwin->w_cursor.col != 0 | |
| 7 | 8282 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT |
| 8283 || curwin->w_cursor.coladd > 0 | |
| 8284 #endif | |
| 477 | 8285 ) |
| 8286 && (restart_edit == NUL | |
| 8287 || (gchar_cursor() == NUL | |
| 7 | 8288 #ifdef FEAT_VISUAL |
| 477 | 8289 && !VIsual_active |
| 8290 #endif | |
| 8291 )) | |
| 7 | 8292 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT |
| 8293 && !revins_on | |
| 8294 #endif | |
| 8295 ) | |
| 8296 { | |
| 8297 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT | |
| 8298 if (curwin->w_cursor.coladd > 0 || ve_flags == VE_ALL) | |
| 8299 { | |
| 8300 oneleft(); | |
| 8301 if (restart_edit != NUL) | |
| 8302 ++curwin->w_cursor.coladd; | |
| 8303 } | |
| 8304 else | |
| 8305 #endif | |
| 8306 { | |
| 8307 --curwin->w_cursor.col; | |
| 8308 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 8309 /* Correct cursor for multi-byte character. */ | |
| 8310 if (has_mbyte) | |
| 8311 mb_adjust_cursor(); | |
| 8312 #endif | |
| 8313 } | |
| 8314 } | |
| 8315 | |
| 8316 #ifdef USE_IM_CONTROL | |
| 8317 /* Disable IM to allow typing English directly for Normal mode commands. | |
| 8318 * When ":lmap" is enabled don't change 'iminsert' (IM can be enabled as | |
| 8319 * well). */ | |
| 8320 if (!(State & LANGMAP)) | |
| 8321 im_save_status(&curbuf->b_p_iminsert); | |
| 8322 im_set_active(FALSE); | |
| 8323 #endif | |
| 8324 | |
| 8325 State = NORMAL; | |
| 8326 /* need to position cursor again (e.g. when on a TAB ) */ | |
| 8327 changed_cline_bef_curs(); | |
| 8328 | |
| 8329 #ifdef FEAT_MOUSE | |
| 8330 setmouse(); | |
| 8331 #endif | |
| 8332 #ifdef CURSOR_SHAPE | |
| 8333 ui_cursor_shape(); /* may show different cursor shape */ | |
| 8334 #endif | |
| 8335 | |
| 8336 /* | |
| 8337 * When recording or for CTRL-O, need to display the new mode. | |
| 8338 * Otherwise remove the mode message. | |
| 8339 */ | |
| 8340 if (Recording || restart_edit != NUL) | |
| 8341 showmode(); | |
| 8342 else if (p_smd) | |
| 8343 MSG(""); | |
| 8344 | |
| 8345 return TRUE; /* exit Insert mode */ | |
| 8346 } | |
| 8347 | |
| 8348 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT | |
| 8349 /* | |
| 8350 * Toggle language: hkmap and revins_on. | |
| 8351 * Move to end of reverse inserted text. | |
| 8352 */ | |
| 8353 static void | |
| 8354 ins_ctrl_() | |
| 8355 { | |
| 8356 if (revins_on && revins_chars && revins_scol >= 0) | |
| 8357 { | |
| 8358 while (gchar_cursor() != NUL && revins_chars--) | |
| 8359 ++curwin->w_cursor.col; | |
| 8360 } | |
| 8361 p_ri = !p_ri; | |
| 8362 revins_on = (State == INSERT && p_ri); | |
| 8363 if (revins_on) | |
| 8364 { | |
| 8365 revins_scol = curwin->w_cursor.col; | |
| 8366 revins_legal++; | |
| 8367 revins_chars = 0; | |
| 8368 undisplay_dollar(); | |
| 8369 } | |
| 8370 else | |
| 8371 revins_scol = -1; | |
| 8372 #ifdef FEAT_FKMAP | |
| 8373 if (p_altkeymap) | |
| 8374 { | |
| 8375 /* | |
| 8376 * to be consistent also for redo command, using '.' | |
| 8377 * set arrow_used to true and stop it - causing to redo | |
| 8378 * characters entered in one mode (normal/reverse insert). | |
| 8379 */ | |
| 8380 arrow_used = TRUE; | |
| 8381 (void)stop_arrow(); | |
| 8382 p_fkmap = curwin->w_p_rl ^ p_ri; | |
| 8383 if (p_fkmap && p_ri) | |
| 8384 State = INSERT; | |
| 8385 } | |
| 8386 else | |
| 8387 #endif | |
| 8388 p_hkmap = curwin->w_p_rl ^ p_ri; /* be consistent! */ | |
| 8389 showmode(); | |
| 8390 } | |
| 8391 #endif | |
| 8392 | |
| 8393 #ifdef FEAT_VISUAL | |
| 8394 /* | |
| 8395 * If 'keymodel' contains "startsel", may start selection. | |
| 8396 * Returns TRUE when a CTRL-O and other keys stuffed. | |
| 8397 */ | |
| 8398 static int | |
| 8399 ins_start_select(c) | |
| 8400 int c; | |
| 8401 { | |
| 8402 if (km_startsel) | |
| 8403 switch (c) | |
| 8404 { | |
| 8405 case K_KHOME: | |
| 8406 case K_KEND: | |
| 8407 case K_PAGEUP: | |
| 8408 case K_KPAGEUP: | |
| 8409 case K_PAGEDOWN: | |
| 8410 case K_KPAGEDOWN: | |
| 8411 # ifdef MACOS | |
| 8412 case K_LEFT: | |
| 8413 case K_RIGHT: | |
| 8414 case K_UP: | |
| 8415 case K_DOWN: | |
| 8416 case K_END: | |
| 8417 case K_HOME: | |
| 8418 # endif | |
| 8419 if (!(mod_mask & MOD_MASK_SHIFT)) | |
| 8420 break; | |
| 8421 /* FALLTHROUGH */ | |
| 8422 case K_S_LEFT: | |
| 8423 case K_S_RIGHT: | |
| 8424 case K_S_UP: | |
| 8425 case K_S_DOWN: | |
| 8426 case K_S_END: | |
| 8427 case K_S_HOME: | |
| 8428 /* Start selection right away, the cursor can move with | |
| 8429 * CTRL-O when beyond the end of the line. */ | |
| 8430 start_selection(); | |
| 8431 | |
| 8432 /* Execute the key in (insert) Select mode. */ | |
| 8433 stuffcharReadbuff(Ctrl_O); | |
| 8434 if (mod_mask) | |
| 8435 { | |
| 8436 char_u buf[4]; | |
| 8437 | |
| 8438 buf[0] = K_SPECIAL; | |
| 8439 buf[1] = KS_MODIFIER; | |
| 8440 buf[2] = mod_mask; | |
| 8441 buf[3] = NUL; | |
| 8442 stuffReadbuff(buf); | |
| 8443 } | |
| 8444 stuffcharReadbuff(c); | |
| 8445 return TRUE; | |
| 8446 } | |
| 8447 return FALSE; | |
| 8448 } | |
| 8449 #endif | |
| 8450 | |
| 8451 /* | |
| 449 | 8452 * <Insert> key in Insert mode: toggle insert/remplace mode. |
| 8453 */ | |
| 8454 static void | |
| 8455 ins_insert(replaceState) | |
| 8456 int replaceState; | |
| 8457 { | |
| 8458 #ifdef FEAT_FKMAP | |
| 8459 if (p_fkmap && p_ri) | |
| 8460 { | |
| 8461 beep_flush(); | |
| 8462 EMSG(farsi_text_3); /* encoded in Farsi */ | |
| 8463 return; | |
| 8464 } | |
| 8465 #endif | |
| 8466 | |
| 8467 #ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD | |
| 532 | 8468 # ifdef FEAT_EVAL |
| 449 | 8469 set_vim_var_string(VV_INSERTMODE, |
| 8470 (char_u *)((State & REPLACE_FLAG) ? "i" : | |
| 667 | 8471 # ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE |
| 8472 replaceState == VREPLACE ? "v" : | |
| 8473 # endif | |
| 8474 "r"), 1); | |
| 532 | 8475 # endif |
| 449 | 8476 apply_autocmds(EVENT_INSERTCHANGE, NULL, NULL, FALSE, curbuf); |
| 8477 #endif | |
| 8478 if (State & REPLACE_FLAG) | |
| 8479 State = INSERT | (State & LANGMAP); | |
| 8480 else | |
| 8481 State = replaceState | (State & LANGMAP); | |
| 8482 AppendCharToRedobuff(K_INS); | |
| 8483 showmode(); | |
| 8484 #ifdef CURSOR_SHAPE | |
| 8485 ui_cursor_shape(); /* may show different cursor shape */ | |
| 8486 #endif | |
| 8487 } | |
| 8488 | |
| 8489 /* | |
| 8490 * Pressed CTRL-O in Insert mode. | |
| 8491 */ | |
| 8492 static void | |
| 8493 ins_ctrl_o() | |
| 8494 { | |
| 8495 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE | |
| 8496 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG) | |
| 8497 restart_edit = 'V'; | |
| 8498 else | |
| 8499 #endif | |
| 8500 if (State & REPLACE_FLAG) | |
| 8501 restart_edit = 'R'; | |
| 8502 else | |
| 8503 restart_edit = 'I'; | |
| 8504 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT | |
| 8505 if (virtual_active()) | |
| 8506 ins_at_eol = FALSE; /* cursor always keeps its column */ | |
| 8507 else | |
| 8508 #endif | |
| 8509 ins_at_eol = (gchar_cursor() == NUL); | |
| 8510 } | |
| 8511 | |
| 8512 /* | |
| 7 | 8513 * If the cursor is on an indent, ^T/^D insert/delete one |
| 8514 * shiftwidth. Otherwise ^T/^D behave like a "<<" or ">>". | |
| 1796 | 8515 * Always round the indent to 'shiftwidth', this is compatible |
| 7 | 8516 * with vi. But vi only supports ^T and ^D after an |
| 8517 * autoindent, we support it everywhere. | |
| 8518 */ | |
| 8519 static void | |
| 8520 ins_shift(c, lastc) | |
| 8521 int c; | |
| 8522 int lastc; | |
| 8523 { | |
| 8524 if (stop_arrow() == FAIL) | |
| 8525 return; | |
| 8526 AppendCharToRedobuff(c); | |
| 8527 | |
| 8528 /* | |
| 8529 * 0^D and ^^D: remove all indent. | |
| 8530 */ | |
| 1330 | 8531 if (c == Ctrl_D && (lastc == '0' || lastc == '^') |
| 8532 && curwin->w_cursor.col > 0) | |
| 7 | 8533 { |
| 8534 --curwin->w_cursor.col; | |
| 8535 (void)del_char(FALSE); /* delete the '^' or '0' */ | |
| 8536 /* In Replace mode, restore the characters that '^' or '0' replaced. */ | |
| 8537 if (State & REPLACE_FLAG) | |
| 8538 replace_pop_ins(); | |
| 8539 if (lastc == '^') | |
| 8540 old_indent = get_indent(); /* remember curr. indent */ | |
| 1516 | 8541 change_indent(INDENT_SET, 0, TRUE, 0, TRUE); |
| 7 | 8542 } |
| 8543 else | |
| 1516 | 8544 change_indent(c == Ctrl_D ? INDENT_DEC : INDENT_INC, 0, TRUE, 0, TRUE); |
| 7 | 8545 |
| 8546 if (did_ai && *skipwhite(ml_get_curline()) != NUL) | |
| 8547 did_ai = FALSE; | |
| 8548 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT | |
| 8549 did_si = FALSE; | |
| 8550 can_si = FALSE; | |
| 8551 can_si_back = FALSE; | |
| 8552 #endif | |
| 8553 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT | |
| 8554 can_cindent = FALSE; /* no cindenting after ^D or ^T */ | |
| 8555 #endif | |
| 8556 } | |
| 8557 | |
| 8558 static void | |
| 8559 ins_del() | |
| 8560 { | |
| 8561 int temp; | |
| 8562 | |
| 8563 if (stop_arrow() == FAIL) | |
| 8564 return; | |
| 8565 if (gchar_cursor() == NUL) /* delete newline */ | |
| 8566 { | |
| 8567 temp = curwin->w_cursor.col; | |
| 8568 if (!can_bs(BS_EOL) /* only if "eol" included */ | |
|
2294
2209060c340d
Make joining a range of lines much faster. (Milan Vancura)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2282
diff
changeset
|
8569 || do_join(2, FALSE, TRUE) == FAIL) |
| 7 | 8570 vim_beep(); |
| 8571 else | |
| 8572 curwin->w_cursor.col = temp; | |
| 8573 } | |
| 8574 else if (del_char(FALSE) == FAIL) /* delete char under cursor */ | |
| 8575 vim_beep(); | |
| 8576 did_ai = FALSE; | |
| 8577 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT | |
| 8578 did_si = FALSE; | |
| 8579 can_si = FALSE; | |
| 8580 can_si_back = FALSE; | |
| 8581 #endif | |
| 8582 AppendCharToRedobuff(K_DEL); | |
| 8583 } | |
| 8584 | |
| 1460 | 8585 static void ins_bs_one __ARGS((colnr_T *vcolp)); |
| 8586 | |
| 8587 /* | |
| 8588 * Delete one character for ins_bs(). | |
| 8589 */ | |
| 8590 static void | |
| 8591 ins_bs_one(vcolp) | |
| 8592 colnr_T *vcolp; | |
| 8593 { | |
| 8594 dec_cursor(); | |
| 8595 getvcol(curwin, &curwin->w_cursor, vcolp, NULL, NULL); | |
| 8596 if (State & REPLACE_FLAG) | |
| 8597 { | |
| 8598 /* Don't delete characters before the insert point when in | |
| 8599 * Replace mode */ | |
| 8600 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum != Insstart.lnum | |
| 8601 || curwin->w_cursor.col >= Insstart.col) | |
| 1782 | 8602 replace_do_bs(-1); |
| 1460 | 8603 } |
| 8604 else | |
| 8605 (void)del_char(FALSE); | |
| 8606 } | |
| 8607 | |
| 7 | 8608 /* |
| 8609 * Handle Backspace, delete-word and delete-line in Insert mode. | |
| 8610 * Return TRUE when backspace was actually used. | |
| 8611 */ | |
| 8612 static int | |
| 8613 ins_bs(c, mode, inserted_space_p) | |
| 8614 int c; | |
| 8615 int mode; | |
| 8616 int *inserted_space_p; | |
| 8617 { | |
| 8618 linenr_T lnum; | |
| 8619 int cc; | |
| 8620 int temp = 0; /* init for GCC */ | |
| 1872 | 8621 colnr_T save_col; |
| 7 | 8622 colnr_T mincol; |
| 8623 int did_backspace = FALSE; | |
| 8624 int in_indent; | |
| 8625 int oldState; | |
| 8626 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 714 | 8627 int cpc[MAX_MCO]; /* composing characters */ |
| 7 | 8628 #endif |
| 8629 | |
| 8630 /* | |
| 8631 * can't delete anything in an empty file | |
| 8632 * can't backup past first character in buffer | |
| 8633 * can't backup past starting point unless 'backspace' > 1 | |
| 8634 * can backup to a previous line if 'backspace' == 0 | |
| 8635 */ | |
| 8636 if ( bufempty() | |
| 8637 || ( | |
| 8638 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT | |
| 8639 !revins_on && | |
| 8640 #endif | |
| 8641 ((curwin->w_cursor.lnum == 1 && curwin->w_cursor.col == 0) | |
| 8642 || (!can_bs(BS_START) | |
| 8643 && (arrow_used | |
| 8644 || (curwin->w_cursor.lnum == Insstart.lnum | |
| 8645 && curwin->w_cursor.col <= Insstart.col))) | |
| 8646 || (!can_bs(BS_INDENT) && !arrow_used && ai_col > 0 | |
| 8647 && curwin->w_cursor.col <= ai_col) | |
| 8648 || (!can_bs(BS_EOL) && curwin->w_cursor.col == 0)))) | |
| 8649 { | |
| 8650 vim_beep(); | |
| 8651 return FALSE; | |
| 8652 } | |
| 8653 | |
| 8654 if (stop_arrow() == FAIL) | |
| 8655 return FALSE; | |
| 8656 in_indent = inindent(0); | |
| 8657 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT | |
| 8658 if (in_indent) | |
| 8659 can_cindent = FALSE; | |
| 8660 #endif | |
| 8661 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS | |
| 8662 end_comment_pending = NUL; /* After BS, don't auto-end comment */ | |
| 8663 #endif | |
| 8664 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT | |
| 8665 if (revins_on) /* put cursor after last inserted char */ | |
| 8666 inc_cursor(); | |
| 8667 #endif | |
| 8668 | |
| 8669 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT | |
| 8670 /* Virtualedit: | |
| 8671 * BACKSPACE_CHAR eats a virtual space | |
| 8672 * BACKSPACE_WORD eats all coladd | |
| 8673 * BACKSPACE_LINE eats all coladd and keeps going | |
| 8674 */ | |
| 8675 if (curwin->w_cursor.coladd > 0) | |
| 8676 { | |
| 8677 if (mode == BACKSPACE_CHAR) | |
| 8678 { | |
| 8679 --curwin->w_cursor.coladd; | |
| 8680 return TRUE; | |
| 8681 } | |
| 8682 if (mode == BACKSPACE_WORD) | |
| 8683 { | |
| 8684 curwin->w_cursor.coladd = 0; | |
| 8685 return TRUE; | |
| 8686 } | |
| 8687 curwin->w_cursor.coladd = 0; | |
| 8688 } | |
| 8689 #endif | |
| 8690 | |
| 8691 /* | |
| 8692 * delete newline! | |
| 8693 */ | |
| 8694 if (curwin->w_cursor.col == 0) | |
| 8695 { | |
| 8696 lnum = Insstart.lnum; | |
| 8697 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum == Insstart.lnum | |
| 8698 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT | |
| 8699 || revins_on | |
| 8700 #endif | |
| 8701 ) | |
| 8702 { | |
| 8703 if (u_save((linenr_T)(curwin->w_cursor.lnum - 2), | |
| 8704 (linenr_T)(curwin->w_cursor.lnum + 1)) == FAIL) | |
| 8705 return FALSE; | |
| 8706 --Insstart.lnum; | |
| 8707 Insstart.col = MAXCOL; | |
| 8708 } | |
| 8709 /* | |
| 8710 * In replace mode: | |
| 8711 * cc < 0: NL was inserted, delete it | |
| 8712 * cc >= 0: NL was replaced, put original characters back | |
| 8713 */ | |
| 8714 cc = -1; | |
| 8715 if (State & REPLACE_FLAG) | |
| 8716 cc = replace_pop(); /* returns -1 if NL was inserted */ | |
| 8717 /* | |
| 8718 * In replace mode, in the line we started replacing, we only move the | |
| 8719 * cursor. | |
| 8720 */ | |
| 8721 if ((State & REPLACE_FLAG) && curwin->w_cursor.lnum <= lnum) | |
| 8722 { | |
| 8723 dec_cursor(); | |
| 8724 } | |
| 8725 else | |
| 8726 { | |
| 8727 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE | |
| 8728 if (!(State & VREPLACE_FLAG) | |
| 8729 || curwin->w_cursor.lnum > orig_line_count) | |
| 8730 #endif | |
| 8731 { | |
| 8732 temp = gchar_cursor(); /* remember current char */ | |
| 8733 --curwin->w_cursor.lnum; | |
| 278 | 8734 |
| 8735 /* When "aw" is in 'formatoptions' we must delete the space at | |
| 8736 * the end of the line, otherwise the line will be broken | |
| 8737 * again when auto-formatting. */ | |
| 8738 if (has_format_option(FO_AUTO) | |
| 8739 && has_format_option(FO_WHITE_PAR)) | |
| 8740 { | |
| 8741 char_u *ptr = ml_get_buf(curbuf, curwin->w_cursor.lnum, | |
| 8742 TRUE); | |
| 8743 int len; | |
| 8744 | |
| 835 | 8745 len = (int)STRLEN(ptr); |
| 278 | 8746 if (len > 0 && ptr[len - 1] == ' ') |
| 8747 ptr[len - 1] = NUL; | |
| 8748 } | |
| 8749 | |
|
2294
2209060c340d
Make joining a range of lines much faster. (Milan Vancura)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2282
diff
changeset
|
8750 (void)do_join(2, FALSE, FALSE); |
| 7 | 8751 if (temp == NUL && gchar_cursor() != NUL) |
| 8752 inc_cursor(); | |
| 8753 } | |
| 8754 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE | |
| 8755 else | |
| 8756 dec_cursor(); | |
| 8757 #endif | |
| 8758 | |
| 8759 /* | |
| 8760 * In REPLACE mode we have to put back the text that was replaced | |
| 8761 * by the NL. On the replace stack is first a NUL-terminated | |
| 8762 * sequence of characters that were deleted and then the | |
| 8763 * characters that NL replaced. | |
| 8764 */ | |
| 8765 if (State & REPLACE_FLAG) | |
| 8766 { | |
| 8767 /* | |
| 8768 * Do the next ins_char() in NORMAL state, to | |
| 8769 * prevent ins_char() from replacing characters and | |
| 8770 * avoiding showmatch(). | |
| 8771 */ | |
| 8772 oldState = State; | |
| 8773 State = NORMAL; | |
| 8774 /* | |
| 8775 * restore characters (blanks) deleted after cursor | |
| 8776 */ | |
| 8777 while (cc > 0) | |
| 8778 { | |
| 1872 | 8779 save_col = curwin->w_cursor.col; |
| 7 | 8780 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE |
| 8781 mb_replace_pop_ins(cc); | |
| 8782 #else | |
| 8783 ins_char(cc); | |
| 8784 #endif | |
| 1872 | 8785 curwin->w_cursor.col = save_col; |
| 7 | 8786 cc = replace_pop(); |
| 8787 } | |
| 8788 /* restore the characters that NL replaced */ | |
| 8789 replace_pop_ins(); | |
| 8790 State = oldState; | |
| 8791 } | |
| 8792 } | |
| 8793 did_ai = FALSE; | |
| 8794 } | |
| 8795 else | |
| 8796 { | |
| 8797 /* | |
| 8798 * Delete character(s) before the cursor. | |
| 8799 */ | |
| 8800 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT | |
| 8801 if (revins_on) /* put cursor on last inserted char */ | |
| 8802 dec_cursor(); | |
| 8803 #endif | |
| 8804 mincol = 0; | |
| 8805 /* keep indent */ | |
| 1085 | 8806 if (mode == BACKSPACE_LINE |
| 8807 && (curbuf->b_p_ai | |
| 8808 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT | |
| 2004 | 8809 || cindent_on() |
| 1085 | 8810 #endif |
| 8811 ) | |
| 7 | 8812 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT |
| 8813 && !revins_on | |
| 8814 #endif | |
| 8815 ) | |
| 8816 { | |
| 1872 | 8817 save_col = curwin->w_cursor.col; |
| 7 | 8818 beginline(BL_WHITE); |
| 1988 | 8819 if (curwin->w_cursor.col < save_col) |
| 7 | 8820 mincol = curwin->w_cursor.col; |
| 1872 | 8821 curwin->w_cursor.col = save_col; |
| 7 | 8822 } |
| 8823 | |
| 8824 /* | |
| 8825 * Handle deleting one 'shiftwidth' or 'softtabstop'. | |
| 8826 */ | |
| 8827 if ( mode == BACKSPACE_CHAR | |
| 8828 && ((p_sta && in_indent) | |
| 648 | 8829 || (curbuf->b_p_sts != 0 |
| 1497 | 8830 && curwin->w_cursor.col > 0 |
| 7 | 8831 && (*(ml_get_cursor() - 1) == TAB |
| 8832 || (*(ml_get_cursor() - 1) == ' ' | |
| 8833 && (!*inserted_space_p | |
| 8834 || arrow_used)))))) | |
| 8835 { | |
| 8836 int ts; | |
| 8837 colnr_T vcol; | |
| 8838 colnr_T want_vcol; | |
| 1460 | 8839 colnr_T start_vcol; |
| 7 | 8840 |
| 8841 *inserted_space_p = FALSE; | |
| 648 | 8842 if (p_sta && in_indent) |
| 7 | 8843 ts = curbuf->b_p_sw; |
| 8844 else | |
| 8845 ts = curbuf->b_p_sts; | |
| 8846 /* Compute the virtual column where we want to be. Since | |
| 8847 * 'showbreak' may get in the way, need to get the last column of | |
| 8848 * the previous character. */ | |
| 8849 getvcol(curwin, &curwin->w_cursor, &vcol, NULL, NULL); | |
| 1460 | 8850 start_vcol = vcol; |
| 7 | 8851 dec_cursor(); |
| 8852 getvcol(curwin, &curwin->w_cursor, NULL, NULL, &want_vcol); | |
| 8853 inc_cursor(); | |
| 8854 want_vcol = (want_vcol / ts) * ts; | |
| 8855 | |
| 8856 /* delete characters until we are at or before want_vcol */ | |
| 8857 while (vcol > want_vcol | |
| 8858 && (cc = *(ml_get_cursor() - 1), vim_iswhite(cc))) | |
| 1460 | 8859 ins_bs_one(&vcol); |
| 7 | 8860 |
| 8861 /* insert extra spaces until we are at want_vcol */ | |
| 8862 while (vcol < want_vcol) | |
| 8863 { | |
| 8864 /* Remember the first char we inserted */ | |
| 8865 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum == Insstart.lnum | |
| 8866 && curwin->w_cursor.col < Insstart.col) | |
| 8867 Insstart.col = curwin->w_cursor.col; | |
| 8868 | |
| 8869 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE | |
| 8870 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG) | |
| 8871 ins_char(' '); | |
| 8872 else | |
| 8873 #endif | |
| 8874 { | |
| 8875 ins_str((char_u *)" "); | |
| 1460 | 8876 if ((State & REPLACE_FLAG)) |
| 8877 replace_push(NUL); | |
| 7 | 8878 } |
| 8879 getvcol(curwin, &curwin->w_cursor, &vcol, NULL, NULL); | |
| 8880 } | |
| 1460 | 8881 |
| 8882 /* If we are now back where we started delete one character. Can | |
| 8883 * happen when using 'sts' and 'linebreak'. */ | |
| 8884 if (vcol >= start_vcol) | |
| 8885 ins_bs_one(&vcol); | |
| 7 | 8886 } |
| 8887 | |
| 8888 /* | |
| 8889 * Delete upto starting point, start of line or previous word. | |
| 8890 */ | |
| 8891 else do | |
| 8892 { | |
| 8893 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT | |
| 8894 if (!revins_on) /* put cursor on char to be deleted */ | |
| 8895 #endif | |
| 8896 dec_cursor(); | |
| 8897 | |
| 8898 /* start of word? */ | |
| 8899 if (mode == BACKSPACE_WORD && !vim_isspace(gchar_cursor())) | |
| 8900 { | |
| 8901 mode = BACKSPACE_WORD_NOT_SPACE; | |
| 8902 temp = vim_iswordc(gchar_cursor()); | |
| 8903 } | |
| 8904 /* end of word? */ | |
| 8905 else if (mode == BACKSPACE_WORD_NOT_SPACE | |
| 8906 && (vim_isspace(cc = gchar_cursor()) | |
| 8907 || vim_iswordc(cc) != temp)) | |
| 8908 { | |
| 8909 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT | |
| 8910 if (!revins_on) | |
| 8911 #endif | |
| 8912 inc_cursor(); | |
| 8913 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT | |
| 8914 else if (State & REPLACE_FLAG) | |
| 8915 dec_cursor(); | |
| 8916 #endif | |
| 8917 break; | |
| 8918 } | |
| 8919 if (State & REPLACE_FLAG) | |
| 1782 | 8920 replace_do_bs(-1); |
| 7 | 8921 else |
| 8922 { | |
| 8923 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 8924 if (enc_utf8 && p_deco) | |
| 714 | 8925 (void)utfc_ptr2char(ml_get_cursor(), cpc); |
| 7 | 8926 #endif |
| 8927 (void)del_char(FALSE); | |
| 8928 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 8929 /* | |
| 714 | 8930 * If there are combining characters and 'delcombine' is set |
| 8931 * move the cursor back. Don't back up before the base | |
| 7 | 8932 * character. |
| 8933 */ | |
| 714 | 8934 if (enc_utf8 && p_deco && cpc[0] != NUL) |
| 7 | 8935 inc_cursor(); |
| 8936 #endif | |
| 8937 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT | |
| 8938 if (revins_chars) | |
| 8939 { | |
| 8940 revins_chars--; | |
| 8941 revins_legal++; | |
| 8942 } | |
| 8943 if (revins_on && gchar_cursor() == NUL) | |
| 8944 break; | |
| 8945 #endif | |
| 8946 } | |
| 8947 /* Just a single backspace?: */ | |
| 8948 if (mode == BACKSPACE_CHAR) | |
| 8949 break; | |
| 8950 } while ( | |
| 8951 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT | |
| 8952 revins_on || | |
| 8953 #endif | |
| 8954 (curwin->w_cursor.col > mincol | |
| 8955 && (curwin->w_cursor.lnum != Insstart.lnum | |
| 8956 || curwin->w_cursor.col != Insstart.col))); | |
| 8957 did_backspace = TRUE; | |
| 8958 } | |
| 8959 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT | |
| 8960 did_si = FALSE; | |
| 8961 can_si = FALSE; | |
| 8962 can_si_back = FALSE; | |
| 8963 #endif | |
| 8964 if (curwin->w_cursor.col <= 1) | |
| 8965 did_ai = FALSE; | |
| 8966 /* | |
| 8967 * It's a little strange to put backspaces into the redo | |
| 8968 * buffer, but it makes auto-indent a lot easier to deal | |
| 8969 * with. | |
| 8970 */ | |
| 8971 AppendCharToRedobuff(c); | |
| 8972 | |
| 8973 /* If deleted before the insertion point, adjust it */ | |
| 8974 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum == Insstart.lnum | |
| 8975 && curwin->w_cursor.col < Insstart.col) | |
| 8976 Insstart.col = curwin->w_cursor.col; | |
| 8977 | |
| 8978 /* vi behaviour: the cursor moves backward but the character that | |
| 8979 * was there remains visible | |
| 8980 * Vim behaviour: the cursor moves backward and the character that | |
| 8981 * was there is erased from the screen. | |
| 8982 * We can emulate the vi behaviour by pretending there is a dollar | |
| 8983 * displayed even when there isn't. | |
| 8984 * --pkv Sun Jan 19 01:56:40 EST 2003 */ | |
| 3318 | 8985 if (vim_strchr(p_cpo, CPO_BACKSPACE) != NULL && dollar_vcol == -1) |
| 7 | 8986 dollar_vcol = curwin->w_virtcol; |
| 8987 | |
| 1514 | 8988 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING |
| 8989 /* When deleting a char the cursor line must never be in a closed fold. | |
| 8990 * E.g., when 'foldmethod' is indent and deleting the first non-white | |
| 8991 * char before a Tab. */ | |
| 8992 if (did_backspace) | |
| 8993 foldOpenCursor(); | |
| 8994 #endif | |
| 8995 | |
| 7 | 8996 return did_backspace; |
| 8997 } | |
| 8998 | |
| 8999 #ifdef FEAT_MOUSE | |
| 9000 static void | |
| 9001 ins_mouse(c) | |
| 9002 int c; | |
| 9003 { | |
| 9004 pos_T tpos; | |
| 840 | 9005 win_T *old_curwin = curwin; |
| 7 | 9006 |
| 9007 # ifdef FEAT_GUI | |
| 9008 /* When GUI is active, also move/paste when 'mouse' is empty */ | |
| 9009 if (!gui.in_use) | |
| 9010 # endif | |
| 9011 if (!mouse_has(MOUSE_INSERT)) | |
| 9012 return; | |
| 9013 | |
| 9014 undisplay_dollar(); | |
| 9015 tpos = curwin->w_cursor; | |
| 9016 if (do_mouse(NULL, c, BACKWARD, 1L, 0)) | |
| 9017 { | |
| 840 | 9018 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS |
| 9019 win_T *new_curwin = curwin; | |
| 9020 | |
| 9021 if (curwin != old_curwin && win_valid(old_curwin)) | |
| 9022 { | |
| 9023 /* Mouse took us to another window. We need to go back to the | |
| 9024 * previous one to stop insert there properly. */ | |
| 9025 curwin = old_curwin; | |
| 9026 curbuf = curwin->w_buffer; | |
| 9027 } | |
| 9028 #endif | |
| 9029 start_arrow(curwin == old_curwin ? &tpos : NULL); | |
| 9030 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS | |
| 9031 if (curwin != new_curwin && win_valid(new_curwin)) | |
| 9032 { | |
| 9033 curwin = new_curwin; | |
| 9034 curbuf = curwin->w_buffer; | |
| 9035 } | |
| 9036 #endif | |
| 7 | 9037 # ifdef FEAT_CINDENT |
| 9038 can_cindent = TRUE; | |
| 9039 # endif | |
| 9040 } | |
| 9041 | |
| 9042 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS | |
| 9043 /* redraw status lines (in case another window became active) */ | |
| 9044 redraw_statuslines(); | |
| 9045 #endif | |
| 9046 } | |
| 9047 | |
| 9048 static void | |
|
2409
0ca06a92adfb
Add support for horizontal scroll wheel. (Bjorn Winckler)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2378
diff
changeset
|
9049 ins_mousescroll(dir) |
|
0ca06a92adfb
Add support for horizontal scroll wheel. (Bjorn Winckler)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2378
diff
changeset
|
9050 int dir; |
| 7 | 9051 { |
| 9052 pos_T tpos; | |
| 1434 | 9053 # if defined(FEAT_WINDOWS) |
| 9054 win_T *old_curwin = curwin; | |
| 9055 # endif | |
| 9056 # ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND | |
| 9057 int did_scroll = FALSE; | |
| 7 | 9058 # endif |
| 9059 | |
| 9060 tpos = curwin->w_cursor; | |
| 9061 | |
| 9062 # if defined(FEAT_GUI) && defined(FEAT_WINDOWS) | |
| 9063 /* Currently the mouse coordinates are only known in the GUI. */ | |
| 9064 if (gui.in_use && mouse_row >= 0 && mouse_col >= 0) | |
| 9065 { | |
| 9066 int row, col; | |
| 9067 | |
| 9068 row = mouse_row; | |
| 9069 col = mouse_col; | |
| 9070 | |
| 9071 /* find the window at the pointer coordinates */ | |
| 9072 curwin = mouse_find_win(&row, &col); | |
| 9073 curbuf = curwin->w_buffer; | |
| 9074 } | |
| 9075 if (curwin == old_curwin) | |
| 9076 # endif | |
| 9077 undisplay_dollar(); | |
| 9078 | |
| 1434 | 9079 # ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND |
| 9080 /* Don't scroll the window in which completion is being done. */ | |
| 9081 if (!pum_visible() | |
| 9082 # if defined(FEAT_WINDOWS) | |
| 9083 || curwin != old_curwin | |
| 9084 # endif | |
| 9085 ) | |
| 9086 # endif | |
| 9087 { | |
|
2409
0ca06a92adfb
Add support for horizontal scroll wheel. (Bjorn Winckler)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2378
diff
changeset
|
9088 if (dir == MSCR_DOWN || dir == MSCR_UP) |
|
0ca06a92adfb
Add support for horizontal scroll wheel. (Bjorn Winckler)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2378
diff
changeset
|
9089 { |
|
0ca06a92adfb
Add support for horizontal scroll wheel. (Bjorn Winckler)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2378
diff
changeset
|
9090 if (mod_mask & (MOD_MASK_SHIFT | MOD_MASK_CTRL)) |
|
0ca06a92adfb
Add support for horizontal scroll wheel. (Bjorn Winckler)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2378
diff
changeset
|
9091 scroll_redraw(dir, |
|
0ca06a92adfb
Add support for horizontal scroll wheel. (Bjorn Winckler)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2378
diff
changeset
|
9092 (long)(curwin->w_botline - curwin->w_topline)); |
|
0ca06a92adfb
Add support for horizontal scroll wheel. (Bjorn Winckler)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2378
diff
changeset
|
9093 else |
|
0ca06a92adfb
Add support for horizontal scroll wheel. (Bjorn Winckler)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2378
diff
changeset
|
9094 scroll_redraw(dir, 3L); |
|
0ca06a92adfb
Add support for horizontal scroll wheel. (Bjorn Winckler)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2378
diff
changeset
|
9095 } |
|
0ca06a92adfb
Add support for horizontal scroll wheel. (Bjorn Winckler)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2378
diff
changeset
|
9096 #ifdef FEAT_GUI |
| 1434 | 9097 else |
|
2409
0ca06a92adfb
Add support for horizontal scroll wheel. (Bjorn Winckler)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2378
diff
changeset
|
9098 { |
|
0ca06a92adfb
Add support for horizontal scroll wheel. (Bjorn Winckler)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2378
diff
changeset
|
9099 int val, step = 6; |
|
0ca06a92adfb
Add support for horizontal scroll wheel. (Bjorn Winckler)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2378
diff
changeset
|
9100 |
|
0ca06a92adfb
Add support for horizontal scroll wheel. (Bjorn Winckler)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2378
diff
changeset
|
9101 if (mod_mask & (MOD_MASK_SHIFT | MOD_MASK_CTRL)) |
|
0ca06a92adfb
Add support for horizontal scroll wheel. (Bjorn Winckler)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2378
diff
changeset
|
9102 step = W_WIDTH(curwin); |
|
0ca06a92adfb
Add support for horizontal scroll wheel. (Bjorn Winckler)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2378
diff
changeset
|
9103 val = curwin->w_leftcol + (dir == MSCR_RIGHT ? -step : step); |
|
0ca06a92adfb
Add support for horizontal scroll wheel. (Bjorn Winckler)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2378
diff
changeset
|
9104 if (val < 0) |
|
0ca06a92adfb
Add support for horizontal scroll wheel. (Bjorn Winckler)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2378
diff
changeset
|
9105 val = 0; |
|
0ca06a92adfb
Add support for horizontal scroll wheel. (Bjorn Winckler)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2378
diff
changeset
|
9106 gui_do_horiz_scroll(val, TRUE); |
|
0ca06a92adfb
Add support for horizontal scroll wheel. (Bjorn Winckler)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2378
diff
changeset
|
9107 } |
|
0ca06a92adfb
Add support for horizontal scroll wheel. (Bjorn Winckler)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2378
diff
changeset
|
9108 #endif |
| 1434 | 9109 # ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND |
| 9110 did_scroll = TRUE; | |
| 9111 # endif | |
| 9112 } | |
| 7 | 9113 |
| 9114 # if defined(FEAT_GUI) && defined(FEAT_WINDOWS) | |
| 9115 curwin->w_redr_status = TRUE; | |
| 9116 | |
| 9117 curwin = old_curwin; | |
| 9118 curbuf = curwin->w_buffer; | |
| 9119 # endif | |
| 9120 | |
| 1434 | 9121 # ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND |
| 9122 /* The popup menu may overlay the window, need to redraw it. | |
| 9123 * TODO: Would be more efficient to only redraw the windows that are | |
| 9124 * overlapped by the popup menu. */ | |
| 9125 if (pum_visible() && did_scroll) | |
| 9126 { | |
| 9127 redraw_all_later(NOT_VALID); | |
| 9128 ins_compl_show_pum(); | |
| 9129 } | |
| 9130 # endif | |
| 9131 | |
| 7 | 9132 if (!equalpos(curwin->w_cursor, tpos)) |
| 9133 { | |
| 9134 start_arrow(&tpos); | |
| 9135 # ifdef FEAT_CINDENT | |
| 9136 can_cindent = TRUE; | |
| 9137 # endif | |
| 9138 } | |
| 9139 } | |
| 9140 #endif | |
| 9141 | |
| 692 | 9142 #if defined(FEAT_GUI_TABLINE) || defined(PROTO) |
| 724 | 9143 static void |
| 692 | 9144 ins_tabline(c) |
| 9145 int c; | |
| 9146 { | |
| 9147 /* We will be leaving the current window, unless closing another tab. */ | |
| 9148 if (c != K_TABMENU || current_tabmenu != TABLINE_MENU_CLOSE | |
| 9149 || (current_tab != 0 && current_tab != tabpage_index(curtab))) | |
| 9150 { | |
| 9151 undisplay_dollar(); | |
| 9152 start_arrow(&curwin->w_cursor); | |
| 9153 # ifdef FEAT_CINDENT | |
| 9154 can_cindent = TRUE; | |
| 9155 # endif | |
| 9156 } | |
| 9157 | |
| 9158 if (c == K_TABLINE) | |
| 9159 goto_tabpage(current_tab); | |
| 9160 else | |
| 846 | 9161 { |
| 692 | 9162 handle_tabmenu(); |
| 846 | 9163 redraw_statuslines(); /* will redraw the tabline when needed */ |
| 9164 } | |
| 692 | 9165 } |
| 9166 #endif | |
| 9167 | |
| 9168 #if defined(FEAT_GUI) || defined(PROTO) | |
| 7 | 9169 void |
| 9170 ins_scroll() | |
| 9171 { | |
| 9172 pos_T tpos; | |
| 9173 | |
| 9174 undisplay_dollar(); | |
| 9175 tpos = curwin->w_cursor; | |
| 9176 if (gui_do_scroll()) | |
| 9177 { | |
| 9178 start_arrow(&tpos); | |
| 9179 # ifdef FEAT_CINDENT | |
| 9180 can_cindent = TRUE; | |
| 9181 # endif | |
| 9182 } | |
| 9183 } | |
| 9184 | |
| 9185 void | |
| 9186 ins_horscroll() | |
| 9187 { | |
| 9188 pos_T tpos; | |
| 9189 | |
| 9190 undisplay_dollar(); | |
| 9191 tpos = curwin->w_cursor; | |
|
2409
0ca06a92adfb
Add support for horizontal scroll wheel. (Bjorn Winckler)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2378
diff
changeset
|
9192 if (gui_do_horiz_scroll(scrollbar_value, FALSE)) |
| 7 | 9193 { |
| 9194 start_arrow(&tpos); | |
| 9195 # ifdef FEAT_CINDENT | |
| 9196 can_cindent = TRUE; | |
| 9197 # endif | |
| 9198 } | |
| 9199 } | |
| 9200 #endif | |
| 9201 | |
| 9202 static void | |
| 9203 ins_left() | |
| 9204 { | |
| 9205 pos_T tpos; | |
| 9206 | |
| 9207 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING | |
| 9208 if ((fdo_flags & FDO_HOR) && KeyTyped) | |
| 9209 foldOpenCursor(); | |
| 9210 #endif | |
| 9211 undisplay_dollar(); | |
| 9212 tpos = curwin->w_cursor; | |
| 9213 if (oneleft() == OK) | |
| 9214 { | |
| 941 | 9215 #if defined(FEAT_XIM) && defined(FEAT_GUI_GTK) |
| 9216 /* Only call start_arrow() when not busy with preediting, it will | |
| 9217 * break undo. K_LEFT is inserted in im_correct_cursor(). */ | |
| 9218 if (!im_is_preediting()) | |
| 9219 #endif | |
| 9220 start_arrow(&tpos); | |
| 7 | 9221 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT |
| 9222 /* If exit reversed string, position is fixed */ | |
| 9223 if (revins_scol != -1 && (int)curwin->w_cursor.col >= revins_scol) | |
| 9224 revins_legal++; | |
| 9225 revins_chars++; | |
| 9226 #endif | |
| 9227 } | |
| 9228 | |
| 9229 /* | |
| 9230 * if 'whichwrap' set for cursor in insert mode may go to | |
| 9231 * previous line | |
| 9232 */ | |
| 9233 else if (vim_strchr(p_ww, '[') != NULL && curwin->w_cursor.lnum > 1) | |
| 9234 { | |
| 9235 start_arrow(&tpos); | |
| 9236 --(curwin->w_cursor.lnum); | |
| 9237 coladvance((colnr_T)MAXCOL); | |
| 9238 curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE; /* so we stay at the end */ | |
| 9239 } | |
| 9240 else | |
| 9241 vim_beep(); | |
| 9242 } | |
| 9243 | |
| 9244 static void | |
| 9245 ins_home(c) | |
| 9246 int c; | |
| 9247 { | |
| 9248 pos_T tpos; | |
| 9249 | |
| 9250 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING | |
| 9251 if ((fdo_flags & FDO_HOR) && KeyTyped) | |
| 9252 foldOpenCursor(); | |
| 9253 #endif | |
| 9254 undisplay_dollar(); | |
| 9255 tpos = curwin->w_cursor; | |
| 9256 if (c == K_C_HOME) | |
| 9257 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = 1; | |
| 9258 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0; | |
| 9259 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT | |
| 9260 curwin->w_cursor.coladd = 0; | |
| 9261 #endif | |
| 9262 curwin->w_curswant = 0; | |
| 9263 start_arrow(&tpos); | |
| 9264 } | |
| 9265 | |
| 9266 static void | |
| 9267 ins_end(c) | |
| 9268 int c; | |
| 9269 { | |
| 9270 pos_T tpos; | |
| 9271 | |
| 9272 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING | |
| 9273 if ((fdo_flags & FDO_HOR) && KeyTyped) | |
| 9274 foldOpenCursor(); | |
| 9275 #endif | |
| 9276 undisplay_dollar(); | |
| 9277 tpos = curwin->w_cursor; | |
| 9278 if (c == K_C_END) | |
| 9279 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count; | |
| 9280 coladvance((colnr_T)MAXCOL); | |
| 9281 curwin->w_curswant = MAXCOL; | |
| 9282 | |
| 9283 start_arrow(&tpos); | |
| 9284 } | |
| 9285 | |
| 9286 static void | |
| 9287 ins_s_left() | |
| 9288 { | |
| 9289 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING | |
| 9290 if ((fdo_flags & FDO_HOR) && KeyTyped) | |
| 9291 foldOpenCursor(); | |
| 9292 #endif | |
| 9293 undisplay_dollar(); | |
| 9294 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum > 1 || curwin->w_cursor.col > 0) | |
| 9295 { | |
| 9296 start_arrow(&curwin->w_cursor); | |
| 9297 (void)bck_word(1L, FALSE, FALSE); | |
| 9298 curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE; | |
| 9299 } | |
| 9300 else | |
| 9301 vim_beep(); | |
| 9302 } | |
| 9303 | |
| 9304 static void | |
| 9305 ins_right() | |
| 9306 { | |
| 9307 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING | |
| 9308 if ((fdo_flags & FDO_HOR) && KeyTyped) | |
| 9309 foldOpenCursor(); | |
| 9310 #endif | |
| 9311 undisplay_dollar(); | |
| 1877 | 9312 if (gchar_cursor() != NUL |
| 9313 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT | |
| 9314 || virtual_active() | |
| 9315 #endif | |
| 7 | 9316 ) |
| 9317 { | |
| 9318 start_arrow(&curwin->w_cursor); | |
| 9319 curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE; | |
| 9320 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT | |
| 9321 if (virtual_active()) | |
| 9322 oneright(); | |
| 9323 else | |
| 9324 #endif | |
| 9325 { | |
| 9326 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 9327 if (has_mbyte) | |
| 474 | 9328 curwin->w_cursor.col += (*mb_ptr2len)(ml_get_cursor()); |
| 7 | 9329 else |
| 9330 #endif | |
| 9331 ++curwin->w_cursor.col; | |
| 9332 } | |
| 9333 | |
| 9334 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT | |
| 9335 revins_legal++; | |
| 9336 if (revins_chars) | |
| 9337 revins_chars--; | |
| 9338 #endif | |
| 9339 } | |
| 9340 /* if 'whichwrap' set for cursor in insert mode, may move the | |
| 9341 * cursor to the next line */ | |
| 9342 else if (vim_strchr(p_ww, ']') != NULL | |
| 9343 && curwin->w_cursor.lnum < curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count) | |
| 9344 { | |
| 9345 start_arrow(&curwin->w_cursor); | |
| 9346 curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE; | |
| 9347 ++curwin->w_cursor.lnum; | |
| 9348 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0; | |
| 9349 } | |
| 9350 else | |
| 9351 vim_beep(); | |
| 9352 } | |
| 9353 | |
| 9354 static void | |
| 9355 ins_s_right() | |
| 9356 { | |
| 9357 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING | |
| 9358 if ((fdo_flags & FDO_HOR) && KeyTyped) | |
| 9359 foldOpenCursor(); | |
| 9360 #endif | |
| 9361 undisplay_dollar(); | |
| 9362 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum < curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count | |
| 9363 || gchar_cursor() != NUL) | |
| 9364 { | |
| 9365 start_arrow(&curwin->w_cursor); | |
| 9366 (void)fwd_word(1L, FALSE, 0); | |
| 9367 curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE; | |
| 9368 } | |
| 9369 else | |
| 9370 vim_beep(); | |
| 9371 } | |
| 9372 | |
| 9373 static void | |
| 9374 ins_up(startcol) | |
| 9375 int startcol; /* when TRUE move to Insstart.col */ | |
| 9376 { | |
| 9377 pos_T tpos; | |
| 9378 linenr_T old_topline = curwin->w_topline; | |
| 9379 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF | |
| 9380 int old_topfill = curwin->w_topfill; | |
| 9381 #endif | |
| 9382 | |
| 9383 undisplay_dollar(); | |
| 9384 tpos = curwin->w_cursor; | |
| 9385 if (cursor_up(1L, TRUE) == OK) | |
| 9386 { | |
| 9387 if (startcol) | |
| 9388 coladvance(getvcol_nolist(&Insstart)); | |
| 9389 if (old_topline != curwin->w_topline | |
| 9390 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF | |
| 9391 || old_topfill != curwin->w_topfill | |
| 9392 #endif | |
| 9393 ) | |
| 9394 redraw_later(VALID); | |
| 9395 start_arrow(&tpos); | |
| 9396 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT | |
| 9397 can_cindent = TRUE; | |
| 9398 #endif | |
| 9399 } | |
| 9400 else | |
| 9401 vim_beep(); | |
| 9402 } | |
| 9403 | |
| 9404 static void | |
| 9405 ins_pageup() | |
| 9406 { | |
| 9407 pos_T tpos; | |
| 9408 | |
| 9409 undisplay_dollar(); | |
| 828 | 9410 |
| 9411 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS | |
| 9412 if (mod_mask & MOD_MASK_CTRL) | |
| 9413 { | |
| 9414 /* <C-PageUp>: tab page back */ | |
| 1013 | 9415 if (first_tabpage->tp_next != NULL) |
| 9416 { | |
| 9417 start_arrow(&curwin->w_cursor); | |
| 9418 goto_tabpage(-1); | |
| 9419 } | |
| 828 | 9420 return; |
| 9421 } | |
| 9422 #endif | |
| 9423 | |
| 7 | 9424 tpos = curwin->w_cursor; |
| 9425 if (onepage(BACKWARD, 1L) == OK) | |
| 9426 { | |
| 9427 start_arrow(&tpos); | |
| 9428 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT | |
| 9429 can_cindent = TRUE; | |
| 9430 #endif | |
| 9431 } | |
| 9432 else | |
| 9433 vim_beep(); | |
| 9434 } | |
| 9435 | |
| 9436 static void | |
| 9437 ins_down(startcol) | |
| 9438 int startcol; /* when TRUE move to Insstart.col */ | |
| 9439 { | |
| 9440 pos_T tpos; | |
| 9441 linenr_T old_topline = curwin->w_topline; | |
| 9442 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF | |
| 9443 int old_topfill = curwin->w_topfill; | |
| 9444 #endif | |
| 9445 | |
| 9446 undisplay_dollar(); | |
| 9447 tpos = curwin->w_cursor; | |
| 9448 if (cursor_down(1L, TRUE) == OK) | |
| 9449 { | |
| 9450 if (startcol) | |
| 9451 coladvance(getvcol_nolist(&Insstart)); | |
| 9452 if (old_topline != curwin->w_topline | |
| 9453 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF | |
| 9454 || old_topfill != curwin->w_topfill | |
| 9455 #endif | |
| 9456 ) | |
| 9457 redraw_later(VALID); | |
| 9458 start_arrow(&tpos); | |
| 9459 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT | |
| 9460 can_cindent = TRUE; | |
| 9461 #endif | |
| 9462 } | |
| 9463 else | |
| 9464 vim_beep(); | |
| 9465 } | |
| 9466 | |
| 9467 static void | |
| 9468 ins_pagedown() | |
| 9469 { | |
| 9470 pos_T tpos; | |
| 9471 | |
| 9472 undisplay_dollar(); | |
| 828 | 9473 |
| 9474 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS | |
| 9475 if (mod_mask & MOD_MASK_CTRL) | |
| 9476 { | |
| 9477 /* <C-PageDown>: tab page forward */ | |
| 1013 | 9478 if (first_tabpage->tp_next != NULL) |
| 9479 { | |
| 9480 start_arrow(&curwin->w_cursor); | |
| 9481 goto_tabpage(0); | |
| 9482 } | |
| 828 | 9483 return; |
| 9484 } | |
| 9485 #endif | |
| 9486 | |
| 7 | 9487 tpos = curwin->w_cursor; |
| 9488 if (onepage(FORWARD, 1L) == OK) | |
| 9489 { | |
| 9490 start_arrow(&tpos); | |
| 9491 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT | |
| 9492 can_cindent = TRUE; | |
| 9493 #endif | |
| 9494 } | |
| 9495 else | |
| 9496 vim_beep(); | |
| 9497 } | |
| 9498 | |
| 9499 #ifdef FEAT_DND | |
| 9500 static void | |
| 9501 ins_drop() | |
| 9502 { | |
| 9503 do_put('~', BACKWARD, 1L, PUT_CURSEND); | |
| 9504 } | |
| 9505 #endif | |
| 9506 | |
| 9507 /* | |
| 9508 * Handle TAB in Insert or Replace mode. | |
| 9509 * Return TRUE when the TAB needs to be inserted like a normal character. | |
| 9510 */ | |
| 9511 static int | |
| 9512 ins_tab() | |
| 9513 { | |
| 9514 int ind; | |
| 9515 int i; | |
| 9516 int temp; | |
| 9517 | |
| 9518 if (Insstart_blank_vcol == MAXCOL && curwin->w_cursor.lnum == Insstart.lnum) | |
| 9519 Insstart_blank_vcol = get_nolist_virtcol(); | |
| 9520 if (echeck_abbr(TAB + ABBR_OFF)) | |
| 9521 return FALSE; | |
| 9522 | |
| 9523 ind = inindent(0); | |
| 9524 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT | |
| 9525 if (ind) | |
| 9526 can_cindent = FALSE; | |
| 9527 #endif | |
| 9528 | |
| 9529 /* | |
| 9530 * When nothing special, insert TAB like a normal character | |
| 9531 */ | |
| 9532 if (!curbuf->b_p_et | |
| 9533 && !(p_sta && ind && curbuf->b_p_ts != curbuf->b_p_sw) | |
| 9534 && curbuf->b_p_sts == 0) | |
| 9535 return TRUE; | |
| 9536 | |
| 9537 if (stop_arrow() == FAIL) | |
| 9538 return TRUE; | |
| 9539 | |
| 9540 did_ai = FALSE; | |
| 9541 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT | |
| 9542 did_si = FALSE; | |
| 9543 can_si = FALSE; | |
| 9544 can_si_back = FALSE; | |
| 9545 #endif | |
| 9546 AppendToRedobuff((char_u *)"\t"); | |
| 9547 | |
| 9548 if (p_sta && ind) /* insert tab in indent, use 'shiftwidth' */ | |
| 9549 temp = (int)curbuf->b_p_sw; | |
| 9550 else if (curbuf->b_p_sts > 0) /* use 'softtabstop' when set */ | |
| 9551 temp = (int)curbuf->b_p_sts; | |
| 9552 else /* otherwise use 'tabstop' */ | |
| 9553 temp = (int)curbuf->b_p_ts; | |
| 9554 temp -= get_nolist_virtcol() % temp; | |
| 9555 | |
| 9556 /* | |
| 9557 * Insert the first space with ins_char(). It will delete one char in | |
| 9558 * replace mode. Insert the rest with ins_str(); it will not delete any | |
| 9559 * chars. For VREPLACE mode, we use ins_char() for all characters. | |
| 9560 */ | |
| 9561 ins_char(' '); | |
| 9562 while (--temp > 0) | |
| 9563 { | |
| 9564 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE | |
| 9565 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG) | |
| 9566 ins_char(' '); | |
| 9567 else | |
| 9568 #endif | |
| 9569 { | |
| 9570 ins_str((char_u *)" "); | |
| 9571 if (State & REPLACE_FLAG) /* no char replaced */ | |
| 9572 replace_push(NUL); | |
| 9573 } | |
| 9574 } | |
| 9575 | |
| 9576 /* | |
| 9577 * When 'expandtab' not set: Replace spaces by TABs where possible. | |
| 9578 */ | |
| 9579 if (!curbuf->b_p_et && (curbuf->b_p_sts || (p_sta && ind))) | |
| 9580 { | |
| 9581 char_u *ptr; | |
| 9582 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE | |
| 9583 char_u *saved_line = NULL; /* init for GCC */ | |
| 9584 pos_T pos; | |
| 9585 #endif | |
| 9586 pos_T fpos; | |
| 9587 pos_T *cursor; | |
| 9588 colnr_T want_vcol, vcol; | |
| 9589 int change_col = -1; | |
| 9590 int save_list = curwin->w_p_list; | |
| 9591 | |
| 9592 /* | |
| 9593 * Get the current line. For VREPLACE mode, don't make real changes | |
| 9594 * yet, just work on a copy of the line. | |
| 9595 */ | |
| 9596 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE | |
| 9597 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG) | |
| 9598 { | |
| 9599 pos = curwin->w_cursor; | |
| 9600 cursor = &pos; | |
| 9601 saved_line = vim_strsave(ml_get_curline()); | |
| 9602 if (saved_line == NULL) | |
| 9603 return FALSE; | |
| 9604 ptr = saved_line + pos.col; | |
| 9605 } | |
| 9606 else | |
| 9607 #endif | |
| 9608 { | |
| 9609 ptr = ml_get_cursor(); | |
| 9610 cursor = &curwin->w_cursor; | |
| 9611 } | |
| 9612 | |
| 9613 /* When 'L' is not in 'cpoptions' a tab always takes up 'ts' spaces. */ | |
| 9614 if (vim_strchr(p_cpo, CPO_LISTWM) == NULL) | |
| 9615 curwin->w_p_list = FALSE; | |
| 9616 | |
| 9617 /* Find first white before the cursor */ | |
| 9618 fpos = curwin->w_cursor; | |
| 9619 while (fpos.col > 0 && vim_iswhite(ptr[-1])) | |
| 9620 { | |
| 9621 --fpos.col; | |
| 9622 --ptr; | |
| 9623 } | |
| 9624 | |
| 9625 /* In Replace mode, don't change characters before the insert point. */ | |
| 9626 if ((State & REPLACE_FLAG) | |
| 9627 && fpos.lnum == Insstart.lnum | |
| 9628 && fpos.col < Insstart.col) | |
| 9629 { | |
| 9630 ptr += Insstart.col - fpos.col; | |
| 9631 fpos.col = Insstart.col; | |
| 9632 } | |
| 9633 | |
| 9634 /* compute virtual column numbers of first white and cursor */ | |
| 9635 getvcol(curwin, &fpos, &vcol, NULL, NULL); | |
| 9636 getvcol(curwin, cursor, &want_vcol, NULL, NULL); | |
| 9637 | |
| 9638 /* Use as many TABs as possible. Beware of 'showbreak' and | |
| 9639 * 'linebreak' adding extra virtual columns. */ | |
| 9640 while (vim_iswhite(*ptr)) | |
| 9641 { | |
| 9642 i = lbr_chartabsize((char_u *)"\t", vcol); | |
| 9643 if (vcol + i > want_vcol) | |
| 9644 break; | |
| 9645 if (*ptr != TAB) | |
| 9646 { | |
| 9647 *ptr = TAB; | |
| 9648 if (change_col < 0) | |
| 9649 { | |
| 9650 change_col = fpos.col; /* Column of first change */ | |
| 9651 /* May have to adjust Insstart */ | |
| 9652 if (fpos.lnum == Insstart.lnum && fpos.col < Insstart.col) | |
| 9653 Insstart.col = fpos.col; | |
| 9654 } | |
| 9655 } | |
| 9656 ++fpos.col; | |
| 9657 ++ptr; | |
| 9658 vcol += i; | |
| 9659 } | |
| 9660 | |
| 9661 if (change_col >= 0) | |
| 9662 { | |
| 9663 int repl_off = 0; | |
| 9664 | |
| 9665 /* Skip over the spaces we need. */ | |
| 9666 while (vcol < want_vcol && *ptr == ' ') | |
| 9667 { | |
| 9668 vcol += lbr_chartabsize(ptr, vcol); | |
| 9669 ++ptr; | |
| 9670 ++repl_off; | |
| 9671 } | |
| 9672 if (vcol > want_vcol) | |
| 9673 { | |
| 9674 /* Must have a char with 'showbreak' just before it. */ | |
| 9675 --ptr; | |
| 9676 --repl_off; | |
| 9677 } | |
| 9678 fpos.col += repl_off; | |
| 9679 | |
| 9680 /* Delete following spaces. */ | |
| 9681 i = cursor->col - fpos.col; | |
| 9682 if (i > 0) | |
| 9683 { | |
| 1622 | 9684 STRMOVE(ptr, ptr + i); |
| 7 | 9685 /* correct replace stack. */ |
| 9686 if ((State & REPLACE_FLAG) | |
| 9687 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE | |
| 9688 && !(State & VREPLACE_FLAG) | |
| 9689 #endif | |
| 9690 ) | |
| 9691 for (temp = i; --temp >= 0; ) | |
| 9692 replace_join(repl_off); | |
| 9693 } | |
| 33 | 9694 #ifdef FEAT_NETBEANS_INTG |
| 2210 | 9695 if (netbeans_active()) |
| 33 | 9696 { |
|
2209
d0ddf7ba1630
Included the patch to support netbeans in a terminal.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2178
diff
changeset
|
9697 netbeans_removed(curbuf, fpos.lnum, cursor->col, (long)(i + 1)); |
| 33 | 9698 netbeans_inserted(curbuf, fpos.lnum, cursor->col, |
| 9699 (char_u *)"\t", 1); | |
| 9700 } | |
| 9701 #endif | |
| 7 | 9702 cursor->col -= i; |
| 9703 | |
| 9704 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE | |
| 9705 /* | |
| 9706 * In VREPLACE mode, we haven't changed anything yet. Do it now by | |
| 9707 * backspacing over the changed spacing and then inserting the new | |
| 9708 * spacing. | |
| 9709 */ | |
| 9710 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG) | |
| 9711 { | |
| 9712 /* Backspace from real cursor to change_col */ | |
| 9713 backspace_until_column(change_col); | |
| 9714 | |
| 9715 /* Insert each char in saved_line from changed_col to | |
| 9716 * ptr-cursor */ | |
| 9717 ins_bytes_len(saved_line + change_col, | |
| 9718 cursor->col - change_col); | |
| 9719 } | |
| 9720 #endif | |
| 9721 } | |
| 9722 | |
| 9723 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE | |
| 9724 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG) | |
| 9725 vim_free(saved_line); | |
| 9726 #endif | |
| 9727 curwin->w_p_list = save_list; | |
| 9728 } | |
| 9729 | |
| 9730 return FALSE; | |
| 9731 } | |
| 9732 | |
| 9733 /* | |
| 9734 * Handle CR or NL in insert mode. | |
| 9735 * Return TRUE when out of memory or can't undo. | |
| 9736 */ | |
| 9737 static int | |
| 9738 ins_eol(c) | |
| 9739 int c; | |
| 9740 { | |
| 9741 int i; | |
| 9742 | |
| 9743 if (echeck_abbr(c + ABBR_OFF)) | |
| 9744 return FALSE; | |
| 9745 if (stop_arrow() == FAIL) | |
| 9746 return TRUE; | |
| 9747 undisplay_dollar(); | |
| 9748 | |
| 9749 /* | |
| 9750 * Strange Vi behaviour: In Replace mode, typing a NL will not delete the | |
| 9751 * character under the cursor. Only push a NUL on the replace stack, | |
| 9752 * nothing to put back when the NL is deleted. | |
| 9753 */ | |
| 9754 if ((State & REPLACE_FLAG) | |
| 9755 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE | |
| 9756 && !(State & VREPLACE_FLAG) | |
| 9757 #endif | |
| 9758 ) | |
| 9759 replace_push(NUL); | |
| 9760 | |
| 9761 /* | |
| 9762 * In VREPLACE mode, a NL replaces the rest of the line, and starts | |
| 9763 * replacing the next line, so we push all of the characters left on the | |
| 9764 * line onto the replace stack. This is not done here though, it is done | |
| 9765 * in open_line(). | |
| 9766 */ | |
| 9767 | |
| 844 | 9768 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT |
| 9769 /* Put cursor on NUL if on the last char and coladd is 1 (happens after | |
| 9770 * CTRL-O). */ | |
| 9771 if (virtual_active() && curwin->w_cursor.coladd > 0) | |
| 9772 coladvance(getviscol()); | |
| 9773 #endif | |
| 9774 | |
| 7 | 9775 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT |
| 9776 # ifdef FEAT_FKMAP | |
| 9777 if (p_altkeymap && p_fkmap) | |
| 9778 fkmap(NL); | |
| 9779 # endif | |
| 9780 /* NL in reverse insert will always start in the end of | |
| 9781 * current line. */ | |
| 9782 if (revins_on) | |
| 9783 curwin->w_cursor.col += (colnr_T)STRLEN(ml_get_cursor()); | |
| 9784 #endif | |
| 9785 | |
| 9786 AppendToRedobuff(NL_STR); | |
| 9787 i = open_line(FORWARD, | |
| 9788 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS | |
| 9789 has_format_option(FO_RET_COMS) ? OPENLINE_DO_COM : | |
| 9790 #endif | |
| 9791 0, old_indent); | |
| 9792 old_indent = 0; | |
| 9793 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT | |
| 9794 can_cindent = TRUE; | |
| 9795 #endif | |
| 1032 | 9796 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING |
| 9797 /* When inserting a line the cursor line must never be in a closed fold. */ | |
| 9798 foldOpenCursor(); | |
| 9799 #endif | |
| 7 | 9800 |
| 9801 return (!i); | |
| 9802 } | |
| 9803 | |
| 9804 #ifdef FEAT_DIGRAPHS | |
| 9805 /* | |
| 9806 * Handle digraph in insert mode. | |
| 9807 * Returns character still to be inserted, or NUL when nothing remaining to be | |
| 9808 * done. | |
| 9809 */ | |
| 9810 static int | |
| 9811 ins_digraph() | |
| 9812 { | |
| 9813 int c; | |
| 9814 int cc; | |
| 2811 | 9815 int did_putchar = FALSE; |
| 7 | 9816 |
| 9817 pc_status = PC_STATUS_UNSET; | |
| 9818 if (redrawing() && !char_avail()) | |
| 9819 { | |
| 9820 /* may need to redraw when no more chars available now */ | |
| 661 | 9821 ins_redraw(FALSE); |
| 7 | 9822 |
| 9823 edit_putchar('?', TRUE); | |
| 2811 | 9824 did_putchar = TRUE; |
| 7 | 9825 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO |
| 9826 add_to_showcmd_c(Ctrl_K); | |
| 9827 #endif | |
| 9828 } | |
| 9829 | |
| 9830 #ifdef USE_ON_FLY_SCROLL | |
| 9831 dont_scroll = TRUE; /* disallow scrolling here */ | |
| 9832 #endif | |
| 9833 | |
| 9834 /* don't map the digraph chars. This also prevents the | |
| 9835 * mode message to be deleted when ESC is hit */ | |
| 9836 ++no_mapping; | |
| 9837 ++allow_keys; | |
| 1389 | 9838 c = plain_vgetc(); |
| 7 | 9839 --no_mapping; |
| 9840 --allow_keys; | |
| 2811 | 9841 if (did_putchar) |
| 9842 /* when the line fits in 'columns' the '?' is at the start of the next | |
| 9843 * line and will not be removed by the redraw */ | |
| 9844 edit_unputchar(); | |
|
2319
c79ccf947487
Fix: When entering a digraph or special character after a line that fits the
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2297
diff
changeset
|
9845 |
| 7 | 9846 if (IS_SPECIAL(c) || mod_mask) /* special key */ |
| 9847 { | |
| 9848 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO | |
| 9849 clear_showcmd(); | |
| 9850 #endif | |
| 9851 insert_special(c, TRUE, FALSE); | |
| 9852 return NUL; | |
| 9853 } | |
| 9854 if (c != ESC) | |
| 9855 { | |
| 2811 | 9856 did_putchar = FALSE; |
| 7 | 9857 if (redrawing() && !char_avail()) |
| 9858 { | |
| 9859 /* may need to redraw when no more chars available now */ | |
| 661 | 9860 ins_redraw(FALSE); |
| 7 | 9861 |
| 9862 if (char2cells(c) == 1) | |
| 9863 { | |
| 661 | 9864 ins_redraw(FALSE); |
| 7 | 9865 edit_putchar(c, TRUE); |
| 2811 | 9866 did_putchar = TRUE; |
| 7 | 9867 } |
| 9868 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO | |
| 9869 add_to_showcmd_c(c); | |
| 9870 #endif | |
| 9871 } | |
| 9872 ++no_mapping; | |
| 9873 ++allow_keys; | |
| 1389 | 9874 cc = plain_vgetc(); |
| 7 | 9875 --no_mapping; |
| 9876 --allow_keys; | |
| 2811 | 9877 if (did_putchar) |
| 9878 /* when the line fits in 'columns' the '?' is at the start of the | |
| 9879 * next line and will not be removed by a redraw */ | |
| 9880 edit_unputchar(); | |
| 7 | 9881 if (cc != ESC) |
| 9882 { | |
| 9883 AppendToRedobuff((char_u *)CTRL_V_STR); | |
| 9884 c = getdigraph(c, cc, TRUE); | |
| 9885 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO | |
| 9886 clear_showcmd(); | |
| 9887 #endif | |
| 9888 return c; | |
| 9889 } | |
| 9890 } | |
| 9891 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO | |
| 9892 clear_showcmd(); | |
| 9893 #endif | |
| 9894 return NUL; | |
| 9895 } | |
| 9896 #endif | |
| 9897 | |
| 9898 /* | |
| 9899 * Handle CTRL-E and CTRL-Y in Insert mode: copy char from other line. | |
| 9900 * Returns the char to be inserted, or NUL if none found. | |
| 9901 */ | |
| 9902 static int | |
| 9903 ins_copychar(lnum) | |
| 9904 linenr_T lnum; | |
| 9905 { | |
| 9906 int c; | |
| 9907 int temp; | |
| 9908 char_u *ptr, *prev_ptr; | |
| 9909 | |
| 9910 if (lnum < 1 || lnum > curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count) | |
| 9911 { | |
| 9912 vim_beep(); | |
| 9913 return NUL; | |
| 9914 } | |
| 9915 | |
| 9916 /* try to advance to the cursor column */ | |
| 9917 temp = 0; | |
| 9918 ptr = ml_get(lnum); | |
| 9919 prev_ptr = ptr; | |
| 9920 validate_virtcol(); | |
| 9921 while ((colnr_T)temp < curwin->w_virtcol && *ptr != NUL) | |
| 9922 { | |
| 9923 prev_ptr = ptr; | |
| 9924 temp += lbr_chartabsize_adv(&ptr, (colnr_T)temp); | |
| 9925 } | |
| 9926 if ((colnr_T)temp > curwin->w_virtcol) | |
| 9927 ptr = prev_ptr; | |
| 9928 | |
| 9929 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 9930 c = (*mb_ptr2char)(ptr); | |
| 9931 #else | |
| 9932 c = *ptr; | |
| 9933 #endif | |
| 9934 if (c == NUL) | |
| 9935 vim_beep(); | |
| 9936 return c; | |
| 9937 } | |
| 9938 | |
| 449 | 9939 /* |
| 9940 * CTRL-Y or CTRL-E typed in Insert mode. | |
| 9941 */ | |
| 9942 static int | |
| 9943 ins_ctrl_ey(tc) | |
| 9944 int tc; | |
| 9945 { | |
| 9946 int c = tc; | |
| 9947 | |
| 9948 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND | |
| 9949 if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_SCROLL) | |
| 9950 { | |
| 9951 if (c == Ctrl_Y) | |
| 9952 scrolldown_clamp(); | |
| 9953 else | |
| 9954 scrollup_clamp(); | |
| 9955 redraw_later(VALID); | |
| 9956 } | |
| 9957 else | |
| 9958 #endif | |
| 9959 { | |
| 9960 c = ins_copychar(curwin->w_cursor.lnum + (c == Ctrl_Y ? -1 : 1)); | |
| 9961 if (c != NUL) | |
| 9962 { | |
| 9963 long tw_save; | |
| 9964 | |
| 9965 /* The character must be taken literally, insert like it | |
| 9966 * was typed after a CTRL-V, and pretend 'textwidth' | |
| 9967 * wasn't set. Digits, 'o' and 'x' are special after a | |
| 9968 * CTRL-V, don't use it for these. */ | |
| 9969 if (c < 256 && !isalnum(c)) | |
| 9970 AppendToRedobuff((char_u *)CTRL_V_STR); /* CTRL-V */ | |
| 9971 tw_save = curbuf->b_p_tw; | |
| 9972 curbuf->b_p_tw = -1; | |
| 9973 insert_special(c, TRUE, FALSE); | |
| 9974 curbuf->b_p_tw = tw_save; | |
| 9975 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT | |
| 9976 revins_chars++; | |
| 9977 revins_legal++; | |
| 9978 #endif | |
| 9979 c = Ctrl_V; /* pretend CTRL-V is last character */ | |
| 9980 auto_format(FALSE, TRUE); | |
| 9981 } | |
| 9982 } | |
| 9983 return c; | |
| 9984 } | |
| 9985 | |
| 7 | 9986 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT |
| 9987 /* | |
| 9988 * Try to do some very smart auto-indenting. | |
| 9989 * Used when inserting a "normal" character. | |
| 9990 */ | |
| 9991 static void | |
| 9992 ins_try_si(c) | |
| 9993 int c; | |
| 9994 { | |
| 9995 pos_T *pos, old_pos; | |
| 9996 char_u *ptr; | |
| 9997 int i; | |
| 9998 int temp; | |
| 9999 | |
| 10000 /* | |
| 10001 * do some very smart indenting when entering '{' or '}' | |
| 10002 */ | |
| 10003 if (((did_si || can_si_back) && c == '{') || (can_si && c == '}')) | |
| 10004 { | |
| 10005 /* | |
| 10006 * for '}' set indent equal to indent of line containing matching '{' | |
| 10007 */ | |
| 10008 if (c == '}' && (pos = findmatch(NULL, '{')) != NULL) | |
| 10009 { | |
| 10010 old_pos = curwin->w_cursor; | |
| 10011 /* | |
| 10012 * If the matching '{' has a ')' immediately before it (ignoring | |
| 10013 * white-space), then line up with the start of the line | |
| 10014 * containing the matching '(' if there is one. This handles the | |
| 10015 * case where an "if (..\n..) {" statement continues over multiple | |
| 10016 * lines -- webb | |
| 10017 */ | |
| 10018 ptr = ml_get(pos->lnum); | |
| 10019 i = pos->col; | |
| 10020 if (i > 0) /* skip blanks before '{' */ | |
| 10021 while (--i > 0 && vim_iswhite(ptr[i])) | |
| 10022 ; | |
| 10023 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = pos->lnum; | |
| 10024 curwin->w_cursor.col = i; | |
| 10025 if (ptr[i] == ')' && (pos = findmatch(NULL, '(')) != NULL) | |
| 10026 curwin->w_cursor = *pos; | |
| 10027 i = get_indent(); | |
| 10028 curwin->w_cursor = old_pos; | |
| 10029 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE | |
| 10030 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG) | |
| 1516 | 10031 change_indent(INDENT_SET, i, FALSE, NUL, TRUE); |
| 7 | 10032 else |
| 10033 #endif | |
| 10034 (void)set_indent(i, SIN_CHANGED); | |
| 10035 } | |
| 10036 else if (curwin->w_cursor.col > 0) | |
| 10037 { | |
| 10038 /* | |
| 10039 * when inserting '{' after "O" reduce indent, but not | |
| 10040 * more than indent of previous line | |
| 10041 */ | |
| 10042 temp = TRUE; | |
| 10043 if (c == '{' && can_si_back && curwin->w_cursor.lnum > 1) | |
| 10044 { | |
| 10045 old_pos = curwin->w_cursor; | |
| 10046 i = get_indent(); | |
| 10047 while (curwin->w_cursor.lnum > 1) | |
| 10048 { | |
| 10049 ptr = skipwhite(ml_get(--(curwin->w_cursor.lnum))); | |
| 10050 | |
| 10051 /* ignore empty lines and lines starting with '#'. */ | |
| 10052 if (*ptr != '#' && *ptr != NUL) | |
| 10053 break; | |
| 10054 } | |
| 10055 if (get_indent() >= i) | |
| 10056 temp = FALSE; | |
| 10057 curwin->w_cursor = old_pos; | |
| 10058 } | |
| 10059 if (temp) | |
| 1516 | 10060 shift_line(TRUE, FALSE, 1, TRUE); |
| 7 | 10061 } |
| 10062 } | |
| 10063 | |
| 10064 /* | |
| 10065 * set indent of '#' always to 0 | |
| 10066 */ | |
| 10067 if (curwin->w_cursor.col > 0 && can_si && c == '#') | |
| 10068 { | |
| 10069 /* remember current indent for next line */ | |
| 10070 old_indent = get_indent(); | |
| 10071 (void)set_indent(0, SIN_CHANGED); | |
| 10072 } | |
| 10073 | |
| 10074 /* Adjust ai_col, the char at this position can be deleted. */ | |
| 10075 if (ai_col > curwin->w_cursor.col) | |
| 10076 ai_col = curwin->w_cursor.col; | |
| 10077 } | |
| 10078 #endif | |
| 10079 | |
| 10080 /* | |
| 10081 * Get the value that w_virtcol would have when 'list' is off. | |
| 10082 * Unless 'cpo' contains the 'L' flag. | |
| 10083 */ | |
| 10084 static colnr_T | |
| 10085 get_nolist_virtcol() | |
| 10086 { | |
| 10087 if (curwin->w_p_list && vim_strchr(p_cpo, CPO_LISTWM) == NULL) | |
| 10088 return getvcol_nolist(&curwin->w_cursor); | |
| 10089 validate_virtcol(); | |
| 10090 return curwin->w_virtcol; | |
| 10091 } | |
| 3390 | 10092 |
| 10093 #ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD | |
| 10094 /* | |
| 10095 * Handle the InsertCharPre autocommand. | |
| 10096 * "c" is the character that was typed. | |
| 10097 * Return a pointer to allocated memory with the replacement string. | |
| 10098 * Return NULL to continue inserting "c". | |
| 10099 */ | |
| 10100 static char_u * | |
| 10101 do_insert_char_pre(c) | |
| 10102 int c; | |
| 10103 { | |
| 10104 char_u *res; | |
| 10105 | |
| 10106 /* Return quickly when there is nothing to do. */ | |
| 10107 if (!has_insertcharpre()) | |
| 10108 return NULL; | |
| 10109 | |
| 10110 /* Lock the text to avoid weird things from happening. */ | |
| 10111 ++textlock; | |
| 10112 set_vim_var_char(c); /* set v:char */ | |
| 10113 | |
| 10114 if (apply_autocmds(EVENT_INSERTCHARPRE, NULL, NULL, FALSE, curbuf)) | |
| 10115 /* Get the new value of v:char. It may be empty or more than one | |
| 10116 * character. */ | |
| 10117 res = vim_strsave(get_vim_var_str(VV_CHAR)); | |
| 10118 else | |
| 10119 res = NULL; | |
| 10120 | |
| 10121 set_vim_var_string(VV_CHAR, NULL, -1); /* clear v:char */ | |
| 10122 --textlock; | |
| 10123 | |
| 10124 return res; | |
| 10125 } | |
| 10126 #endif |